Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
C2016-416 - 9/20/2016 - NA
2016-416 9/20/16 Bridge Specialties Inc. 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement,for the Contract Renewal approved on September 20, 2016 , is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner)and Bridges Specialties, Inc. (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1—WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications E11050 ARTICLE 2—DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: HDR Engineering, Inc. 555 N.Carancahua St. Corpus Christi,TX 78401 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Phil Boehk, P.E.-Acting Construction Engineer City of Corpus Christi-Engineering Services 4917 Holly Road#5 Corpus Christi TX 78411 ARTICLE 3—CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 55 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within 85 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Milestones, and the dates for completion of each, are as defined in SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. Agreement 00 52 23-1 Rev 06-22-2016 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF CEFE VALENZUELA OUTFALL MODIFICATIONS #E11050 HDR ENGINEERING INC 5/5/2016 Record Drawing Number SLF-131 PREPARED BY: HDR Engineering Inc. Texas P.E. Firm Registration No. F-754 555 N. Carancahua, Suite 1600 Corpus Christi, TX 78401 Table of Contents 00 01 00 - 1 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 00 01 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS Division / Section Title Division 00 Procurement and Contracting Requirements 00 21 13 Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders (Rev 01-13-2016) 00 30 00 Bid Acknowledgment Form (Rev 01-13-2016) 00 30 01 Bid Form (Rev 01-13-2016) 00 30 02 Compliance to State Law on Nonresident Bidders (Rev 11-25-2013) 00 30 05 Disclosure of Interest (Rev 01-13-2016) 00 30 06 Non-Collusion Certification (Rev 11-25-2013) 00 45 16 Statement of Experience (Rev 10-06-2015) 00 52 23 Agreement (Rev 01-13-2016) 00 61 13 Performance Bond (Rev 01-13-2016) 00 61 16 Payment Bond (Rev 01-13-2016) 00 72 00 General Conditions (Rev 3-23-2015) 00 72 01 Insurance Requirements (Rev 01-13-2016) 00 72 02 Wage Rate Requirements (Rev 06-12-2015) 00 72 03 Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy (Rev 01-13-2016) 00 73 00 Supplementary Conditions (Rev 11-25-2013) Division 01 General Requirements 01 11 00 Summary of Work (Rev 01-13-2016) 01 29 00 Application for Payment Procedures (Rev 03-11-2015) 01 29 01 Measurement and Basis for Payment (Rev 01-13-2016) 01 31 00 Project Management and Coordination (Rev 01-13-2016) 01 31 13 Project Coordination (Rev 11-25-2013) 01 31 14 Change Management (Rev 11-25-2013) 01 33 00 Document Management (Rev 11-25-2013) 01 33 01 Submittal Register (Rev 7/3/2014) 01 33 02 Shop Drawings (Rev 11-25-2013) 01 33 03 Record Data (Rev 11-25-2013) 01 33 04 Construction Progress Schedule (Rev 11-25-2013) 01 33 05 Video and Photographic Documentation (Rev 11-25-2013) 01 35 00 Special Procedures (Rev 11-25-2013) 01 40 00 Quality Management (Rev 11-25-2013) Table of Contents 00 01 00 - 2 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 Division / Section Title 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls (Rev 11-25-2013) 01 57 00 Temporary Controls (Rev 11-25-2013) 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements (Rev 11-25-2013) Part S Standard Specifications 021020 Site Clearing and Stripping (Rev 10-30-2014) 022020 Excavation and Backfill For Utilities and Sewers (Rev 3-25-2015) 022022 Trench Safety for Excavations (Rev 10-30-2014) 022080 Embankment (Rev 10-30-2014) 022100 Select Materials (Rev 10-30-2014) 022420 Silt Fence (Rev 10-30-2014) 026214 Grouting Abandoned Utility Lines (Rev 10-30-2014) 027402 Reinforced Concrete Pipe Culverts (Rev 3-25-2015) 028020 Seeding (Rev 3-25-2015) 030020 Portland Cement Concrete (Rev 10-30-2014) 032020 Reinforcing Steel (Rev 10-30-2014) 038000 Concrete Structures (Rev 3-25-2015) 055420 Frames Grates Rings and Covers (Rev 3-25-2015) 099020 Painting (Rev 11-6-1989) Appendix Title 1 Contract Documents END OF SECTION Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 1 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 00 21 13 INVITATION TO BID AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS DEFINED TERMS 1.01 Terms used in this Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions. GENERAL NOTICE 2.01 The City of Corpus Christi, Texas (Owner) is requesting Bids for the construction of the following Project: Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications E11050 A. The Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications project has three work sites along the Cefe Valenzuela outfall channel. The channel runs from the Cefe Valenzuela landfill south across FM 70 to Petronila Creek. Site 1 is at the outfall structure located by Petronila Creek. Work Repair includes filling void under concrete structure with approximately 300 CY of flowable fill and timber bollard adjustment along the outfall structure crossing. Site 2 consists of removal and relocation of approximately 5 CY of concrete riprap that lies 200 feet north of FM 70 and lies within the outfall channel. Site 3 is located 2 miles south of the Cefe Valenzuela southwest gate from where the contractors proposed staging / stockpile area will be located. Site 3 consists of construction of a 4 ft by 4 ft post inlet, 37 LF of 36 inch reinforced concrete pipe installation, 800 CY concrete riprap installation with 7 – 6 inch diameter galvanized pipe markers along edge of the drainage structure. 2.02 The Engineer’s Opinion of Probable Construction Cost for the Project is $160,000. The Project is to be substantially complete and ready for operation within 55 days. The Project is to be complete and eligible for Final Payment 30 days after the date for Substantial Completion. 2.03 Advertisement and bidding information for the Project can be found at the following website: www.CivCastUSA.com 2.04 Contract Documents may be downloaded or viewed free of charge at this website. This website will be updated periodically with Addenda, lists of interested parties, reports, or other information relevant to submitting a Bid for the Project. DELIVERY AND OPENING OF BIDS 3.01 Bids must be received no later than 2:00 P.M. on June 15, 2016 to be accepted. Bids received after this time will not be accepted. It is the sole responsibility of the Bidder to deliver the Bid, electronic or hard copy, by the specified deadline. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 2 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 3.02 Complete and submit the Bid Form, the Bid Bond and the Bid Acknowledgement Form along with all required documents identified in the Bid Acknowledgement Form. 3.03 Electronic Bids may be submitted to the CivCast website at www.civcastusa.com. 3.04 If submitting a hard copy bid or bid security by cashier’s check or money order, please address envelopes or packages: City of Corpus Christi City Secretary’s Office City Hall Building, 1st Floor 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Attention: City Secretary Bid – Cefe Valenzuela Outfall, Project No. E11050 All envelopes and packages (including FEDEX envelopes) must clearly identify, on the OUTSIDE of the package, the project name and number and that bid documents are enclosed. 3.05 Bids will be publicly opened and read aloud at 2:00 P.M. on June 15, 2016, at the following location: City Hall Building – City of Corpus Christi First Floor City Council Staff Room or Council Chambers 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 3.06 The Owner will read aloud the names of the Bidders and the apparent Bid amounts shown on the Bid Summary for all Bids received in time to be considered. PRE-BID CONFERENCE 4.01 A pre-bid conference is not required for this Project. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 3 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 4.02 A non-mandatory pre-bid conference for the Project will be held on May 31, 2016 at 10:00 A.M. at the following location: City Hall Building – Engineering Services Conference Room 1 or 2 3rd floor, Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street, Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 COPIES OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 5.01 Obtain a complete set of the Contract Documents as indicated in SECTION 00 52 23 AGREEMENT. 5.02 Use complete sets of Contract Documents in preparing Bids; Bidder assumes sole responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Contract Documents. 5.03 OPT makes copies of Contract Documents available for the sole purpose of obtaining Bids for completion of the Project and does not confer a license or grant permission or authorization for any other use. EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 6.01 Before submitting a Bid: A. Examine and carefully study the Contract Documents, including any Addenda and related supplemental data. B. Become familiar with all federal, state, and local Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, or the completion of Work. C. Carefully study and correlate the information available to the Bidder with the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data. D. Notify the OAR of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Bidder discovers in the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data. E. Determine that the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for completion of Work. 6.02 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Article 5, that without exception the Bid is premised upon completion of Work required by the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data, that the Bidder has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, and discrepancies that the Bidder has discovered in the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data and the written resolutions provided by the OAR are acceptable to the Bidder, and that the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 4 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 related supplemental data are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for completion of Work. INTERPRETATIONS AND ALTERNATE BIDS 7.01 Submit all questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents, Addenda, and the related supplemental data using the Owner’s Bidding Website at www.civcastusa.com. Responses to questions submitted will be posted on the website by the Owner for the benefit of all Bidders. Responses will be posted for questions submitted by 5:00 p.m. seven (7) days prior to the date of the bid opening. Inquiries made after this period may not be addressed. 7.02 Submit any offer of alternate terms and conditions, or offer of Work not in strict compliance with the Contract Documents to the OAR no later than 14 days prior to the date for opening of Bids. OAR and Designer will issue Addenda as appropriate if any of the proposed changes to the Contract Documents are accepted. A Bid submitted with clarifications or taking exceptions to the Contract Documents, except as modified by Addenda, may be considered non-responsive. 7.03 Addenda may be issued to clarify, correct, or change the Contract Documents, Addenda or the related supplemental data as deemed advisable by the Owner or Designer. Modifications to the Contract Documents prior to the award of contract can only be made by Addenda. Only answers in Addenda authorized by the Owner will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without legal effect. BID SECURITY 8.01 Bidders must submit an acceptable Bid Security with their Bid as a guarantee that the Bidder will enter into a contract for the Project with the Owner within 10 days of Notice of Award of the Contract. The security must be payable to the City of Corpus Christi, Texas in the amount of 5 percent (5%) of the greatest amount bid. 8.02 Bid Security may be in the form of a Bid Bond or a cashier’s check, certified check, money order, or bank draft from a chartered financial institution authorized to operate in the State of Texas. Bidders submitting bids electronically through the CivCast System at www.CivCastUSA.com shall scan and upload a copy of Bid Bond as an attachment to their bid. Cashier’s check, certified check, money order or bank draft must be enclosed in a sealed envelope, plainly identified on the outside as containing bid documents, the bidder’s name and the job name and number and delivered as required in Article 7 below. 8.03 Bid Bond Requirements: 1. A Bid Bond must guarantee, without qualification or condition, that the Owner will be paid a sum equal to 5 percent (5%) of the greatest amount bid if, within 10 calendar days of Notice of Award of the Contract, the Bidder/Principal: a. fails to enter into a contract for the Project with the Owner; or b. fails to provide the required Performance and Payment Bonds. 2. A Bid Bond may not limit the sum payable to the Owner to be the difference between the Bidder/Principal’s bid and the next highest bidder. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 5 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 3. The Bid Bond must reference the Project by name as identified in Article 1. 4. Bidders may provide their surety’s standard bid bond form if revised to meet these Bid Bond Requirements. 8.04 Failure to provide an acceptable Bid Security will constitute a non-responsive Bid which will not be considered. 8.05 Failure to provide the required Performance and Payment Bonds will result in forfeiture of the Bid Security to the City as liquidated damages. 8.06 Owner may annul the Notice of Award and the Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited if the apparent Selected Bidder fails to execute and deliver the Agreement or Amendments to the Agreement. The Bid Security of other Bidders whom the Owner believes to have a reasonable chance of receiving the award may be retained by the Owner until the earlier of 7 days after the Effective Date of the Contract or 90 days after the date Bids are opened. 8.07 Bid Securities are to remain in effect until the Contract is executed. The Bid Securities of all but the three lowest responsible Bidders will be returned within 14 days of the opening of Bids. Bid Securities become void and will be released by the Owner when the Contract is awarded or all Bids are rejected. PREPARATION OF BID 9.01 The Bid Form is included with the Contract Documents and has been made available at the Owner’s Bidding Website. Complete all blanks on the Bid Form by typing or printing in ink. Indicate Bid prices for each Bid item or alternate shown. 9.02 Execute the Bid Acknowledgement Form as indicated in the document and include evidence of authority to sign. 9.03 Acknowledge receipt of all Addenda by filling in the number and date of each Addendum. Provide a signature as indicated to verify that the Addenda were received. A Bid that does not acknowledge the receipt of all Addenda may be considered non-responsive. 9.04 Provide the name, address, email, and telephone number of the individual to be contacted for any communications regarding the Bid in the Bid Acknowledgement Form. 9.05 Provide evidence of the Bidder’s authority and qualification to do business in the State of Texas or covenant to obtain such qualification prior to award of the Contract. CONFIDENTIALITY OF BID INFORMATION 10.01 In accordance with Texas Government Code 552.110, trade secrets and confidential information in Bids are not open for public inspection. Bids will be opened in a manner that avoids disclosure of confidential information to competing Bidders and keeps the Bids from the public during considerations. All Bids are open for public inspection after the Contract is awarded, but trade secrets and confidential information in Bids are not typically open for public inspection. The Owner will protect this information to the extent allowed by Laws and Regulations. Clearly indicate which specific documents are considered to be trade secrets or confidential information by stamping or watermarking all such documents with the word “confidential” prominently on Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 6 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 each page or sheet or on the cover of bound documents. Place “confidential” stamps or watermarks so that they do not obscure any of the required information on the document, either in the original or in a way that would obscure any of the required information in a photocopy of the document. Photocopies of “confidential” documents will be made only for the convenience of the selection committee and will be destroyed after the Effective Date of the Contract. Original confidential documents will be returned to the Bidder after the Effective Date of the Contract if the Bidder indicates that the information is to be returned with the Bid, and arrangements for its return are provided by the Bidder. MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID 11.01 A Bid may be withdrawn by a Bidder, provided an authorized individual of the Bidder submits a written request to withdraw the Bid prior to the time set for opening the Bids. 11.02 A Bidder may withdraw its Bid within 24 hours after Bids are opened if the Bidder files a signed written notice with the Owner and promptly, but no later than 3 days, thereafter demonstrates to the reasonable satisfaction of the Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in the preparation of its Bid. The Bid Security will be returned if it is clearly demonstrated to the Owner that there was a material and substantial mistake in its Bid. A Bidder that requests to withdraw its Bid under these conditions may be disqualified from responding to a reissued invitation to Bid for the Work to be furnished under these Contract Documents. BIDS REMAIN SUBJECT TO ACCEPTANCE 12.01 All Bids will remain subject to acceptance for 90 days, but the Owner may, at its sole discretion, release any Bid and return the Bid Security prior to the end of this period. STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE 13.01 The three lowest Bidders must submit the information required in SECTION 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE within 5 days of the date Bids are due to demonstrate that the Bidder meets the minimum requirements to complete the Work. EVALUATION OF BIDS 14.01 The Owner will consider the amount bid, the Bidder’s responsibilities, the Bidder’s safety record, the Bidder’s indebtedness to Owner, the Bidder’s capacity to perform the work and/or whether the Bidder has met the minimum specific project experience requirements. 14.02 Owner may conduct such investigations as it deems necessary to establish the responsibility of the Bidder and any Subcontractors, individuals, or entities proposed to furnish parts of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 14.03 Submission of a Bid indicates the Bidder’s acceptance of the evaluation technique and methodology as well as the Bidder’s recognition that some subjective judgments must be made by the Owner during the evaluation. Each Bidder agrees to waive any claim it has or may have against the OPT and their respective employees, arising out of or in connection with the administration, evaluation, or recommendation of any Bid. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 7 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 AWARD OF CONTRACT 15.01 The Bidder selected for award of the Contract will be the lowest responsible Bidder that submits a responsive bid. Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bids, including without limitation, non-conforming, non-responsive or conditional Bids. The Owner reserves the right to adopt the most advantageous interpretation of the Bids submitted in the case of ambiguity or lack of clearness in stating Bid prices and/or waive any or all formalities. 15.02 More than one Bid for the same Work from an individual or entity under the same or different names will not be considered. Reasonable grounds for believing that any Bidder has an interest in more than one Bid for the Work shall be cause for disqualification of that Bidder and the rejection of all Bids in which that Bidder has an interest. MINORITY / MBE / DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY 16.01 Selected Contractor is required to comply with the Owner’s Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy as indicated in SECTION 00 72 03 MINORITY / MBE / DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY. 16.02 Minority participation goal for this Project has been established to be 45%. 16.03 Minority Business Enterprise participation goal for this Project has been established to be 15%. BONDS AND INSURANCE 17.01 Article 6 of the General Conditions and SECTION 00 72 01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS sets forth the Owner’s requirements as to Bonds and insurance. When the Selected Bidder delivers the executed Agreement to the Owner, it must be accompanied by the required Bonds and evidence of insurance. 17.02 Provide Performance and Payment Bonds for this Project that fully comply with the provisions of Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. Administration of Bonds will conform to Texas Government Code Chapter 2253 and the provisions of these Contract Documents. SIGNING OF AGREEMENT 18.01 The City Engineer or Director of Capital Programs will submit recommendation for award to the City Council for those project awards requiring City Council action. The Selected Bidder will be required to deliver the required Bonds and insurance certificates and endorsements along with the required number of counterparts (1) of the Agreement and attached documents to the Owner within 14 days. The Contract will be signed by the City Manager or his/her designee after award and the Bidder’s submission of required documentation and signed counterparts. The Contract will not be binding upon Owner until it has been executed by both parties. Owner will process the Contract expeditiously. However, Owner will not be liable for any delays prior to the award or execution of Contract. SALES AND USE TAXES 19.01 The Owner generally qualifies as a tax exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas and is usually not subject to any City or State sales or use taxes, however certain items such as rented equipment may be taxable even though Owner is a tax-exempt agency. Assume Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 8 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 responsibility for including any applicable sales taxes in the Contract Price and assume responsibility for complying with all applicable statutes and rulings of the State of Texas Comptroller. 19.02 It is the Owner’s intent to have this Contract qualify as a “separated contract.” WAGE RATES 20.01 This Contract is subject to Texas Government Code Chapter 2258 concerning payment of prevailing wage rates. Requirements for paying the prevailing wage rates are discussed in SECTION 00 72 02 WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS. Bidders must pay not less than the minimum wage shown on this list and comply with all statutes and rulings of the State of Texas Comptroller. ARTICLE 21 – BIDDER’s CERTIFICATION OF NO LOBBYING 21.01 In submitting its Bid, Bidder certifies that it has not lobbied the City or its officials, managers, employees, consultants, or contractors in such a manner as to influence or to attempt to influence the bidding process. In the event it reasonably appears that the Bidder influenced or attempted to influence the bidding process, the City may, in its discretion, reject the Bid. CONFLICT OF INTEREST 22.01 Bidder agrees to comply with Chapter 176 of the Texas Local Government Code and file Form CIQ with the City of Corpus Christi City Secretary’s Office, if required. For more information on Form CIQ and to determine if you need to file a Form CIQ, please review the information on the City Secretary’s website at http://www.cctexas.com/government/city-secretary/conflict- disclosure/index. ARTICLE 23 – CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES 23.01 Bidder agrees to comply with Texas Government Code section 2252.908 and complete Form 1295 Certificate of Interested Parties as part of this contract, if required. For more information, please review the information on the Texas Ethics Commission website at https://www.ethics.state.tx.us. ARTICLE 24 - REJECTION OF BID 24.01 The following will be cause to reject a Bid: A. Bids which are not signed by an individual empowered to bind the Bidder. B. Bids which do not have an acceptable Bid Security, with Power of Attorney, submitted as required by Article 7. C. More than one Bid for same Work from an individual, firm, partnership or corporation. D. Evidence of collusion among Bidders. E. Sworn testimony or discovery in pending litigation with Owner which discloses misconduct or willful refusal by bidder to comply with subject contract or instructions of Owner. F. Failure to have an authorized agent of the Bidder attend the mandatory Pre-Bid Conference, if applicable. Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 9 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 G. Bids received from a Bidder who has been debarred or suspended by Owner. H. Bids received from a Bidder when Bidder or principals are currently debarred or suspended by Federal, State or City governmental agencies. 24.02 The following may be cause to reject a Bid or cause to deem a Bid non-responsive or irregular. The City reserves the right to waive any irregularities and any or all formalities: A. Poor performance in execution of work under a previous City of Corpus Christi contract. B. Failure to achieve reasonable progress on an existing City of Corpus Christi contract. Evidence of Bidder’s recurring failure to complete an item of work within a timeframe acceptable to the City or in accordance with a City-accepted schedule is evidence of Bidder’s failure to achieve reasonable progress under this subsection. C. Default on previous contracts or failure to execute Contract after award. D. Evidence of failure to pay Subcontractors, Suppliers or employees in accordance with Contract requirements. E. Bids containing omissions, alterations of form, additions, qualifications or conditions not called for by Owner, or incomplete Bids may be rejected. In any case of ambiguity or lack of clarity in the Bid, OWNER reserves right to determine most advantageous Bid or to reject the Bid. F. Failure to acknowledge receipt of Addenda. G. Failure to submit post-Bid information specified in Section 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE within the allotted time(s). H. Failure to timely execute Contract after award. I. Previous environmental violations resulting in fines or citations by a governmental entity (i.e. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, etc.). J. Bidder’s Safety Experience. K. Failure of Bidder to demonstrate, through submission of the Statement of Experience, the experience required as specified in Section 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE, if that Section is included in the bidding documents. L. Evidence of Bidder’s lack of sufficient resources, workforce, equipment or supervision, if required by inclusion of appropriate requirements in Section 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE. M. Evidence of poor performance on previous Projects as documented in Owner’s project performance evaluations. N. Unbalanced Unit Price Bid: “Unbalanced Bid” means a Bid, which includes a Bid that is based on unit prices which are significantly less than cost for some Bid items and significantly more than cost for others. This may be evidenced by submission of unit price Bid items where the cost are significantly higher/lower than the cost of the same Bid items submitted by other Bidders on the project. O. Evidence of Bidder’s lack of capacity to perform the Work. Evidence of Bidder’s lack of capacity. Evidence of capacity to perform the Work will include a factual review of (i) all Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders 00 21 13 - 10 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 remaining work or incomplete work items under any existing city or non-city contract; (ii) ability to perform the Work with remaining sufficient resources, workforce, equipment and supervision/supervisory staff; (iii) ability in the past to timely complete the same or similar work in a good and workmanlike manner utilizing same or similar remaining resources or under the same or similar conditions. Evidence of incomplete work items under any existing City-awarded IDIQ or other contract for similar work may constitute a lack of capacity to perform the Work. END OF SECTION Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 1 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 00 30 00 BID ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM ARTICLE 1 – BID RECIPIENT 1.01 In accordance with the Drawings, Specifications, and Contract Documents, this Bid Proposal is submitted by _______________________________________________ (type or print name of company) on: June 15, 2016 at 2:00 P.M. for E11050 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications. 1.02 Submit Bids, Bid Security and all attachments to the Bid (See Section 7.01 below) to the City’s electronic bidding website at www.CivCastUSA.com. If submitting hard copy bids or bid security in the form of a cashier’s or certified check, please send to: The City of Corpus Christi, Texas City Secretary’s Office 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Attention: City Secretary Bid - Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications, Project No. E11050 All envelopes and packages (including FEDEX envelopes) must clearly identify, on the OUTSIDE of the package, the project name and number and that bid documents are enclosed. ARTICLE 2 – BIDDERS’S ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 2.01 Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with Owner on the form included in the Contract Documents, to perform all Work specified or indicated in Contract Documents for the Contract Price indicated in this Bid or as modified by Contract Amendment. Bidder agrees to complete the Work within the Contract Times established in the Agreement or as modified by Contract Amendment and comply with the all other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 2.02 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of SECTION 00 21 13 INVITATION AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, including those dealing with required Bonds. The Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 90 days after the opening of Bids. 2.03 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of its failure to complete Work in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Agreement. 2.04 Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda: Addendum No. Addendum Date Signature Acknowledging Receipt Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 2 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 ARTICLE 3 – BIDDER’S REPRESENTATIONS 3.01 The Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. 3.02 The Bidder has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. 3.03 The Bidder is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. 3.04 The Bidder has carefully studied the following Site-related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: A. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; B. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; C. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; D. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and E. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. 3.05 The Bidder has considered the: A. Information known to Bidder; B. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; C. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and D. The Contract Documents. 3.06 The Bidder has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 3.04 and 3.05 with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: A. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; B. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder; and C. Bidder’s safety precautions and programs. 3.07 Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Bidder agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.08 The Bidder is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. 3.09 The Bidder has correlated the information known to the Bidder, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 3 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. 3.10 The Bidder has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Bidder has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Bidder. 3.11 The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 3.12 Bidder’s entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 – BASIS OF BID 4.01 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for: Base Bid $ The Bidder selected for award of the Contract will be either the Lowest Responsible Bidder or the Bidder who provides the Best Value for the Owner that submits a responsive Bid. Owner will, at its discretion, award the contract to the lowest responsible Bidder for the Base Bid, plus any combination of Add or Deduct Alternates or to the Bidder who provides the Best Value for the Owner. 4.02 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the BID FORM. A. Extended amounts have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 13.03 of the General Conditions. B. Bidder acknowledges that the estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and final payment for all Unit Price items will be based on actual quantities provided, measured as provided in the Contract Documents. C. Unit Price and figures column will be used to compute the actual Bid price. ARTICLE 5 – EVALUATION OF BIDDERS 5.01 The contract may be awarded either to the lowest responsible bidder or to the bidder who provides the best value for the Owner. The Owner will consider the amount bid, the Bidder’s responsibility, the Bidder’s safety record, the Bidder’s indebtedness to Owner and whether the Bidder has met the minimum specific project experience requirements to determine the lowest responsible Bidder. The Owner reserves the right to waive any and all irregularities in determining the Bidders’ responsibility or value, and whether the Bidder has met the minimum specific project experience requirements, and reserves the right to require the submission of additional information. 5.02 The Owner has the right to accept a Bid, reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all irregularities in the Bids, or to reject non-conforming, non-responsive or conditional Bids. In Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 4 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 addition, the Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid where circumstances and developments have, in the opinion of the Owner, changed the responsibility of the Bidder. 5.03 Material misstatements in the documentation submitted to determine the Bidder’s responsibility, including information submitted per SECTION 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE, may be grounds for rejection of the Bidder’s Bid on this Project. Any such misstatement, if discovered after award of the Contract to such Bidder, may be grounds for immediate termination of the Contract. Additionally, the Bidder will be liable to the Owner for any additional costs or damages to the Owner resulting from such misstatements, including costs and attorney’s fees for collecting such costs and damages. ARTICLE 6 – TIME OF COMPLETION 6.01 Bidder will complete the Work required to be substantially completed within 55 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in Paragraph 4.01 of the General Conditions. Bidder will complete the Work required for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within 85 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. 6.02 Bidder agrees that the Work will be substantially complete and will be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within the number of days indicated. ARTICLE 7 – ATTACHMENTS TO THIS BID In compliance with the Bid Requirements in SECTION 00 21 13 INVITATION TO BID AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, the following are made a condition of this Bid: A. Bid Security. B. SECTION 00 30 00 BID ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM and documentation of signatory authority. C. SECTION 00 30 01 BID FORM. D. SECTION 00 30 02 COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW ON NONRESIDENT BIDDERS. E. SECTION 00 30 05 DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST. F. SECTION 00 30 06 NON-COLLUSION CERTIFICATION. ARTICLE 8 – DEFINED TERMS 8.01 The terms used in this Bid have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. The significance of terms with initial capital letters is described in the General Conditions. ARTICLE 9 – VENUE 9.01 Bidder agrees that venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 5 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 ARTICLE 10 – SIGNATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR BIDDERS 10.01 Bidders must include their correct legal name, state of residency, and federal tax identification number in the Bid Form. 10.02 The Bidder, or the Bidder’s authorized representative, shall sign and date the Bid Form to accompany all materials included in the submitted Bid. Bids which are not signed and dated in this manner, or which do not contain the required documentation of signatory authority may be rejected as non‐responsive. The individual(s) signing the Bid must have the authority to bind the Bidder to a contract, and if required, shall attach documentation of signatory authority to the Bid Form. 10.03 Bidders who are individuals (“natural persons” as defined by the Texas Business Organizations Code §1.002), but who will not be signing the Bid Form personally, shall include in their bid a notarized power of attorney authorizing the individual designated as their authorized representative to submit the Bid and to sign on behalf of the Bidder. 10.04 Bidders that are entities who are not individuals shall identify in their Bid their charter or Certificate of Authority number issued by the Texas Secretary of State and shall submit with their Bid a copy of a resolution or other documentation approved by the Bidder’s governing body authorizing the submission of the Bid and designating the individual(s) authorized to execute documents on behalf of the Bidder. Bidders using an assumed name (an “alias”) shall submit a copy of the Certificate of Assumed Name or similar document. 10.05 Bidders that are not residents of the State of Texas must document their legal authority to conduct business in Texas. Nonresident Bidders that have previously registered with the Texas Secretary of State may submit a copy of their Certificate of Authority. Nonresident Bidders that have not previously registered with the Texas Secretary of State shall submit a copy of the Bidder’s enabling documents as filed with the state of residency, or as otherwise existing. Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 6 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 ARTICLE 11 – BID SUBMITTAL 11.01 This Bid is submitted by: Bidder: (typed or printed full legal name of Bidder) By: (individual’s signature) Name: (typed or printed) Title: (typed or printed) Attest: (individual’s signature) State of Residency: Federal Tax Id. No. Address for giving notices: Phone: Email: (Attach evidence of authority to sign if the authorized individual is not the Bidder, but an individual signing on behalf of another individual Bidder, or if the authorized individual is a representative of a corporation, partnership, or joint venture.) END OF SECTION 00 30 01 BID FORM Project Name: Project Number: Owner: Bidder: OAR: Designer: Item UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT A1 LS 1 A2 CY 300 A3 EA 21 A4 EA 24 A5 EA 9 A6 EA 1 A7 CY 5 A8 CY 1100 A9 SY 2000 A10 LF 37 A11 EA 1 A12 EA 1 A13 EA 7 A14 EA 31 A15 CY 800 A16 SY 550 A17 LF 54 A18 LF 1000 SILT FENCE INSTALL CONC RIPRAP SEEDING AND WATERING TRENCH SAFETY FURNISH AND INSTALL 36 IN RCP FURNISH AND INSTALL 4FT X 4FT POST INLET FURNISH AND INSTALL CONC HEADWALL 36 IN 3:1 SLOPE FURNISH & INSTALL PAINTED GALVANIZED PIPE MARKER FURNISH AND INSTALL HAY BALES TIMBER BOLLARD ADJUSTMENT 4 FT X 4FT X 5 IN CONC RIPRAP REMOVE & REPAIR CRUSHED CONC RIPRAP REMOVAL & RELOCATION FURNISH AND INSTALL EMBANKMENT (FINAL) (ORD COMP) FURNISH AND INSTALL GEOTEXTILE FABRIC DESCRIPTION Base Bid MOBILIZATION/ BONDS/ INSURANCE/ DEMOBILIZATION FURNISH AND INSTALL FLOWABLE FILL Part A - General (per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) Basis of Bid TIMBER BLOCKOUT CONCRETE REPAIR FURNISH AND INSTALL SAND BAG BERM CEFE VALENZUELA OUTFALL MODIFICATIONS City of Corpus Christi HDR ENGINEERING INC E11050 SUBTOTAL PART A - GENERAL (Items A1 thru A19) Bid Form Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Page 1 of 2 Rev 01-13-2016 00 30 01 BID FORM Item UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNTDESCRIPTION Contract Times 55 days 85 days Bidder agrees to reach Substantial Completion in Bidder agrees to reach Final Completion in TOTAL PROJECT BASE BID (PARTS A THRU A) BID SUMMARY SUBTOTAL PART A - GENERAL (Items A1 thru A19) Bid Form Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Page 2 of 2 Rev 01-13-2016 Compliance to State Law on Nonresident Bidders 00 30 02 - 1 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 11-25-2013 00 30 02 COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW ON NONRESIDENT BIDDERS Chapter 2252 of the Texas Government Code applies to the award of government contract to nonresident bidders. This law provides that: “a government entity may not award a governmental contract to a nonresident bidder unless the nonresident underbids the lower bid submitted by a responsible resident bidder by an amount that is not less than the amount by which a resident bidder would be required to underbid the nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident’s principal place of business is located.” “Nonresident bidder” refers to a person who is not a resident of Texas. “Resident bidder” refers to a person whose principal place of business is in this state, including a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. Check the statement that is correct for Bidder. ☐ Bidder qualifies as a nonresident bidder whose principal place of business or residency is in the State of . ☐ Bidder (includes parent company or majority owner) qualifies as a resident bidder whose principal place of business is in the State of Texas. The Owner will use the information provided in the State of Texas Comptroller’s annual publication of other states’ laws on contracts to evaluate the Bids of nonresident Bidders. Bidder: Company Name: (typed or printed) By: (signature -- attach evidence of authority to sign) Name: (typed or printed) Title: Business address: Phone: Email: END OF SECTION 00 30 05 City of Corpus Christi Disclosure of Interest SUPPLIER NUMBER TO BE ASSIGNED BY CI FY = PURCHASING DIVISION City of Corpus Chnsti CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST City of Corpus Christi Ordinance 17112, as amended, requires all persons or firms seeking to do business with the City to provide the following information. Every question must be answered. If the question is not applicable, answer with "NA". See reverse side for Filing Requirements, Certifications and definitions. COMPANY NAME: P. O. BOX: STREET ADDRESS: CITY: ZIP: FIRM IS: 1. Corporation 8 4. Association 2. Partnership e 5. Other 3. Sole Owner ❑ DISCLOSURE QUESTIONS If additional space is necessary, please use the reverse side of this page or attach separate sheet. 1. State the names of each "employee" of the City of Corpus Christi having an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm." Name Job Title and City Department (if known) 2. State the names of each "official" of the City of Corpus Christi having an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm." Name Title 3. State the names of each "board member" of the City of Corpus Christi having an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm." Name Board, Commission or Committee 4. State the names of each employee or officer of a "consultant" for the City of Corpus Christi who worked on any matter related to the subject of this contract and has an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm." Name Consultant City of Corpus Christi Disclosure of Interest 003005-1 Rev 01-13-2016 FILING REQUIREMENTS If a person who requests official action on a matter knows that the requested action will confer an economic benefit on any City official or employee that is distinguishable from the effect that the action will have on members of the public in general or a substantial segment thereof, you shall disclose that fact in a signed writing to the City official, employee or body that has been requested to act in the matter, unless the interest of the City official or employee in the matter is apparent. The disclosure shall also be made in a signed writing filed with the City Secretary. [Ethics Ordinance Section 2-349 (d)] CERTIFICATION I certify that all information provided is true and correct as of the date of this statement, that I have not knowingly withheld disclosure of any information requested; and that supplemental statements will be promptly submitted to the City of Corpus Christi, Texas as changes occur. Certifying Person: Title: (Type or Print) Signature of Certifying Date: Person: DEFINITIONS a. "Board member." A member of any board, commission, or committee appointed by the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas. b. "Economic benefit". An action that is likely to affect an economic interest if it is likely to have an effect on that interest that is distinguishable from its effect on members of the public in general or a substantial segment thereof. c. "Employee." Any person employed by the City of Corpus Christi, Texas either on a full or part- time basis, but not as an independent contractor. d. "Firm." Any entity operated for economic gain, whether professional, industrial or commercial, and whether established to produce or deal with a product or service, including but not limited to, entities operated in the form of sole proprietorship, as self-employed person, partnership, corporation, joint stock company, joint venture, receivership or trust, and entities which for purposes of taxation are treated as non-profit organizations. e. "Official." The Mayor, members of the City Council, City Manager, Deputy City Manager, Assistant City Managers, Department and Division Heads, and Municipal Court Judges of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas. f. "Ownership Interest." Legal or equitable interest, whether actually or constructively held, in a firm, including when such interest is held through an agent, trust, estate, or holding entity. "Constructively held" refers to holdings or control established through voting trusts, proxies, or special terms of venture or partnership agreements." g. "Consultant." Any person or firm, such as engineers and architects, hired by the City of Corpus Christi for the purpose of professional consultation and recommendation. City of Corpus Christi Disclosure of Interest 003005-2 Rev 01-13-2016 00 30 06 NON -COLLUSION CERTIFICATION STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF NUECES OWNER: City of Corpus Christi, Texas 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 CONTRACT: Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications Project #E11050 Bidder certifies that the it has not been a party to any collusion among Bidders in the restraint of freedom of competition by agreement to submit a Bid at a fixed price or to refrain from bidding; or with any official or employee of the Owner as to quantity, quality, or price in the prospective contract, or any other terms of said prospective contract; or in any discussion between Bidders and any official of the Owner concerning exchange of money or other thing of value for special consideration in the letting of a contract. Company Name: By: Name: Title: Business address: (typed or printed) (signature -- attach evidence of authority to sign) (typed or printed) Phone: Email: END OF SECTION Non -Collusion Certification 00 30 06 - 1 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 11-25-2013 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE ARTICLE 1— REQUIREMENT TO PROVIDE A STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE 1.01 To be considered a responsive Bidder, the three lowest Bidders must complete and submit the Statement of Experience within 5 days after the date Bids are due to demonstrate the Bidders' responsibility and ability to meet the minimum requirements to complete the Work. Failure to submit the required information in the Statement of Experience may result in the Owner considering the Bid non-responsive and result in rejection of the Bid by the Owner. The Bid Security of the Bidder will be forfeited if Bidder fails to deliver the Statement of Experience in an attempt to be released from its Bid. Bidders may be required to provide supplemental information if requested by the Owner to clarify, enhance or supplement the information provided in the Statement of Experience. 1.02 Bidders must provide the information requested in this Statement of Experience using the forms attached to this Section. A copy of these forms can be provided in Microsoft Word to assist with the preparation of the Statement of Experience. Information in these forms must be provided completely and in detail. Information that cannot be totally incorporated in the form may be included in an attachment to the form. This attachment must be clearly referenced by attachment number in the form, and the attached material must include the attachment number on every sheet of the attachment. The attachment must include only the information that responds to the question or item number to which the attachment information applies. ARTICLE 2 — EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS 2.01 The Bidder agrees that, in addition to determining the apparent low Bid, the Owner will consider the responsiveness of the Bids and the responsibility of the Bidders in awarding a Contract for this Project. Information that indicates the Bidder or a Subcontractor is not responsible or that might negatively impact a Bidder's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Time and for the Contract Price may result in the Owner rejecting the Bid. 2.02 If none of the three apparent low Bidders are deemed responsible, the Owner may notify the next apparent low Bidders in order, who will then be required to submit the Statement of Experience for review, until a Contract is awarded or all Bids have been rejected. 2.03 The Bidder is responsible for the accuracy and completeness of all of the information provided by the Bidder or a proposed Subcontractor in response to this Statement of Experience. 2.04 Provide general information about the organization as required in Table 1. Describe the organizational structure of the Bidder's organization as it relates to this Project in Table 2. 2.05 Provide Information on the experience of proposed key personnel. A. Provide information on the key personnel that will be actively working on this Project in Table 3. Key personnel include the Project Manager, Project Superintendent, Safety Manager, and Quality Control Manager If key personnel are to fulfill more than one of the roles listed above, provide a written narrative describing how much time will be devoted to each function, their qualifications to fulfill each role, and the percentage of their time that will be devoted to each role. If the individual is not to be devoted solely to this Project, indicate how that individual's time is to be divided between this Project and other assignments. B. The Bidder may provide information on an alternate individual if the Bidder is not able to commit to one individual for the Project at the time the Bid is submitted. Qualifications of these individuals will be considered in determining whether the experience of the Bidder meets the minimum requirements. The Bidder must provide the services of the proposed key personnel for the life of the Project as a condition of qualification. Failure to provide the proposed Key Personnel may result in the disqualification of the Bidder and may void the award of the Contract. Statement of Experience Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 004516-1 Rev 10-6-2015 C. Provide biographical information for each primary and alternate candidate as an attachment that includes: technical experience, managerial experience, education and formal training and a work history which describes project experience, including the roles and responsibilities for each assignment. Additional information demonstrating experience that meets the minimum requirements should also be included. Bidders are to include a list of the current project assignments for each of the individuals proposed, the anticipated completion date for this assignment, and the percentage of the time they will have available to devote to this Project to demonstrate their availability for this project. D. The Project Manager and Project Superintendent must have at least 5 years of recent experience in the management and oversight of projects of a similar size and complexity to this Project. This experience must include scheduling of manpower and materials, safety, coordination of Subcontractors, experience with the submittal process, Federal and State wage rate requirements and contract close-out procedures. The Project Superintendent is to be present at the Site at all times that Work is being performed. Foremen must have at least 5 years of recent experience in similar work and be subordinate to the Project Superintendent. Foremen cannot act as a superintendent without prior written approval from the Owner. 2.06 Provide information on the project experience and past performance of the organization and Key Personnel. A. Provide a list of projects currently under construction and projects completed by the Organization in the last 5 years using copies of Table 7. Highlight the project information that demonstrates the experience of Bidder with similar projects and the experience of proposed Key Personnel. Experience must include the satisfactory completion of at least five similar projects within the last 5 years for the Bidder's organization that are equal to or greater in size and magnitude than the current Project. B. In determining the responsibility of the Bidder, the Owner will consider the Bidder's past projects and any substandard quality of workmanship on completed projects. The Owner will consider whether the Bidder's past project experience shows substandard quality of workmanship, issues related to a substandard appearance of the completed work, the amount of warranty or rework required, problems with durability and maintainability of the completed project, and problems with the lack of quality of documentation provided. In addition to the work produced, the Owner may consider issues related to the quality of construction practices, responsiveness to the owner's needs during construction, an inability to work in the spirit of partnering and any non -responsiveness of the Bidder to make warranty corrections. Information to make this determination will come from Owner's interviews with references provided for this project. By listing reference contact information in this Statement of Experience, Bidder indicates its approval for OPT to contact the individuals listed as a reference. 2.07 The Owner will consider any percentages in excess of 15 percent of change orders for projects as an indicator of ability to complete Projects within the Contract Price. Provide a tabulation of budget performance of all projects completed by the Bidder within the last 5 years on Table 8 to demonstrate the ability of the Bidder to complete projects for the Contract Price. Lines may be added beneath project change over breakdowns to add explanatory comments. 2.08 Provide information to demonstrate the ability of the Bidder to complete projects on time. Bidders are to provide a tabulation of all projects completed by the Organization within the 5 years on Table 9 to demonstrate performance in completing projects on time. Comments may be added to the tabulations to indicate the reasons for amending completion dates. 2.09 Provide information to demonstrate the ability of the Bidder to provide subcontracting opportunities that will meet the Owner's established goals for Minority, MBE, and DBE participation in the Project. List all work to be performed by qualified Minority, MBE, and proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers in Table 10. Include percentages of Work subcontracted to each to demonstrate compliance with Owner's stated goals. Statement of Experience Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 004516-2 Rev 10-6-2015 ARTICLE 3 — STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENTS 3.01 Provide one printed copy of the Statement of Experience using the referenced tables and narrative descriptions as described in Article 2. Pages are to be 8-1/2 x 11 pages using a minimum font size of 10. A limited number of 11 x 17 sheets may be used, and must be folded to the size of an 8-1/2 x 11 page. 3.02 Provide a digital copy of the Statement of Experience in Portable Document Format (PDF) on a CD, portable drive, or other digital recording device. This digital copy is to include all information required to evaluate the Bid and should match the content of the printed copy of the Bid. When creating the digital copy: A. Create PDF documents from native format files. B. Rotate pages so that the top of the document appears at the top of the file when opened in PDF viewing software. C. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the original documents. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. D. Submit color PDF documents if color is used in the printed version of the documents. Statement of Experience Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 004516-3 Rev 10-6-2015 Table 1— Organization Information Organization doing business as: Business Address of Principal Office Telephone No. Website Form of Business (check one) • Corporation • Partnership • Individual If a Corporation State of Incorporation Date of Incorporation Chief Executive Officer's Name President's Name Vice President's Name(s) Secretary's Name Treasurer's Name If a Partnership Date of Organization Form of Partnership: • General • Limited If an Individual Name Ownership of Organization List of companies, firms, or organizations that own any part of the organization. Names of Companies, Firms, or Organizations Percent Ownership Organization History List of names that this organization currently, has, or anticipates operating under including the names of related companies presently doing business. Names of Organizations From Date To Date Indicators of Organization Size Average number of current full-time employees Average estimate of revenue for the current year Statement of Experience Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 004516-4 Rev 10-6-2015 Table 1— Organization Information Organization doing business as: Previous History with City of Corpus Christi List the 5 most recent projects that have been completed with the City of Corpus Christi. Project Name Year 1 2 3 4 5 Construction Site Safety Experience Provide Bidders Experience Modification Ratio (EMR) History for the last 3 years. Provide documentation of the EMR. Year EMR Year EMR Year EMR Previous Bidding and Construction Experience Has Bidder or a predecessor organization been disqualified as a bidder within the last 10 years? List Projects below and provide full details in a separate attachment if yes. Has Bidder or a predecessor organization been released from a bid or proposal in the past 10 years? List Projects below and provide full details in a separate attachment if yes. Has Bidder or a predecessor organization ever defaulted on a project or failed to complete any work awarded to it? List Projects below and provide full details in a separate attachment if yes. Has Bidder or a predecessor organization been involved in claims or litigation involving project owners within the last 10 years? List Projects below and provide full details in a separate attachment if yes. Have liens or claims for outstanding unpaid invoices been filed against the Bidder for services or materials on any projects begun within the preceding 3 years? Specify the name and address of the party holding the lien or making the claim, the amount and basis for the lien or claim, and an explanation of why the lien has not been released or that the claim has not been paid if yes. Statement of Experience Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 004516-5 Rev 10-6-2015 Table 2 — Project Information Organization doing business as: Proposed Project Organization Provide a brief description of the organizational structure proposed for this project indicating the names and functional roles of proposed key personnel and alternates. Provide resumes for Project Manager, Superintendent, Safety Manager and Quality Control Manager. Position Primary Alternate Project Manager Superintendent Safety Manager Quality Control Manager Division of work between Bidder and Proposed Subcontractor and Suppliers Provide a list of Work to be self -performed by the Bidder and the Work contracted to Subcontractors and Suppliers for more than 10 percent of the Work (based on estimated subcontract or purchase order amounts and the Contract Price). Description of Work Name of Entity Performing the Work Estimated Percentage of Contract Price Subcontractor Construction Site Safety Experience Provide Experience Modification Ratio (EMR) History for the last 3 years for Subcontractors that will provide Work valued at 25% or more of the Contract Price. Provide documentation of the EMR. Subcontractor Year EMR Year EMR Year EMR Subcontractor Year EMR Year EMR Year EMR Statement of Experience Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 004516-6 Rev 10-6-2015 Table 3 — Projects Awarded during the Last 5 Years Organization doing business as: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Table 3 — Projects Awarded during the Last 5 Years — Not including City of Corpus Christi Projects Statement of Experience Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 004516-7 Rev 10-6-2015 Organization doing business as: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Statement of Experience Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 004516-8 Rev 10-6-2015 Table 3 — Projects Awarded during the Last 5 Years — Not including City of Corpus Christi Projects Organization doing business as: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Project Information Project Name Description Reference Contact Information Project Owner Name/Title Telephone Email Project Designer Project Budget and Performance Original Contract Price Final Contract Price # Contract Days # Days Late Issues/Claims/ Litigation: Statement of Experience Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 004516-9 Rev 10-6-2015 Table 4 — Demonstrated Minority, MBE, DBE Participation Organization doing business as Project Subcontractors and Suppliers Provide a list of anticipated Minority, MBE, DBE Subcontractors or Suppliers contracts that will be used to demonstrate compliance with the Owner's Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy Name Work to be Provided Estimated % of Contract Price Statement of Experience Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 00 45 16 - 10 Rev 10-6-2015 ARTICLE 4 — CERTIFICATION 4.01 By submitting this Statement of Experience and related information, Bidder certifies that it has read this Statement of Experience and that Bidder's responses are true and correct and contain no material misrepresentations and that the individual signing below is authorized to make this certification on behalf of the Bidder's organization. The individual signing this certification shall attach evidence of individual's authority to bind the organization to an agreement. Bidder: By: Name: Title: (typed or printed) (individual's signature) (typed or printed) Designated Representative: Name: Title: Address: (typed or printed) Telephone No.: Email: END OF SECTION Statement of Experience Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 00 45 16-11 Rev 10-6-2015 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Project awarded on [insert Award Date], is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1— WORK (Contractor). 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications E11050 ARTICLE 2 — DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: HDR ENGINERING INC. 555 N. CARANCAHUA ST CORPUS CHRISTI, TEXAS 78401 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: TBD ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 55 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within 85 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Milestones, and the dates for completion of each, are as defined in SECTION 0135 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Agreement 00 52 23 - 1 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner $500 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner $500 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 — CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 13.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $ ARTICLE 5 — PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 15 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. Agreement 00 52 23 - 2 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 B. Progress payments equal to 95 percent of the total earned value to date for completed Work and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. The balance will be held as retainage. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.B, less the total of payments previously made and less set -offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, retainage may be required at a higher percentage rate if progress on the Project is considered to be unsatisfactory. If retainage in excess of the amount described above is held prior to Substantial Completion, the Owner will place the additional amount in an interest bearing account. Interest will be paid in accordance with Paragraph 6.01. E. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6 — INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. 6.02 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7 — CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site -related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; Agreement 00 52 23 - 3 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. Agreement 00 52 23 - 4 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 ARTICLE 8 — ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 13.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice, the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 01 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS. 2. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index. 3. Addenda. 4. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form. 5. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award. B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10 — CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES One original of the signed Agreement will be required. The sequence of signatures will be completed in the following order: A. CONTRACTOR —Agreement must be signed by a person authorized to bind the firm or company. If Contractor is a Corporation, agreements must be Attested; B. ASSISTANT CITY ATTORNEY for the City; C. DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING SERVICES; D. CITY SECRETARY for the City. Agreement 00 52 23 - 5 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Rebecca Huerta City Secretary APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: Janet L. Kellogg Assistant City Attorney J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Director of Engineering Services ATTEST (IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR (Seal Below) By: Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer Title: Address City State Zip Phone Fax EMail END OF SECTION Agreement 00 52 23 - 6 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 00 61 13 PERFORMANCE BOND BOND NO. Contractor as Principal Name: Mailing address (principal place of business): Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Contract Project name and number: Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications E11050 Award Date of the Contract: Contract Price: Bond Date of Bond: (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date of the Contract) Said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument in 4 copies, each one of which shall be deemed an original. Surety Name: Mailing address (principal place of business): Physical address (principal place of business): Surety is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of: By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Telephone (main number): Telephone (for notice of claim): Local Agent for Surety Name: Address: Telephone: E -Mail Address: The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll-free number: 1-800-252-3439 Performance Bond Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 006113-1 Rev 01-13-2016 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal faithfully performs the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor as Principal Signature: Surety Signature: Name: Name: Title: Title: Email Address: Email Address: (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Performance Bond Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 006113-2 Rev 0143-2016 00 61 16 PAYMENT BOND BOND NO. Contractor as Principal Name: Mailing address (principal place of business): Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Contract Project name and number: Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications E11050 Award Date of the Contract: Contract Price: Bond Date of Bond: (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date of Contract) Said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument in 4 copies, each one of which shall be deemed an original. Surety Name: Mailing address (principal place of business): Physical address (principal place of business): Surety is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of: By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business in the State of Texas and its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Telephone (main number): Telephone (for notice of claim): Local Agent for Surety Name: Address: Telephone: E -Mail Address: The address of the surety company to which any notice of claim should be sent may be obtained from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll-free number: 1-800-252-3439 Payment Bond Form Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 006116-1 Rev. 01-13-2016 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal pays all claimants providing labor or materials to him or to a Subcontractor in the prosecution of the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor as Principal Signature: Surety Signature: Name: Name: Title: Title: Email Address: Email Address: (Attach Power of Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Payment Bond Form 00 61 16 - 2 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 Rev. 01-13-2016 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS Table of Contents Page Article 1— Definitions and Terminology 6 1.01 Defined Terms 6 1.02 Terminology 11 Article 2 — Preliminary Matters 12 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance 12 2.02 Copies of Documents 13 2.03 Before Starting Construction 13 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives 13 Article 3 — Contract Documents: Intent, Requirements, Reuse 13 3.01 Intent 13 3.02 Reference Standards 15 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies 15 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents 16 3.05 Reuse of Documents 16 Article 4 — Commencement and Progress of the Work 16 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed 16 4.02 Starting the Work 16 4.03 Progress Schedule 17 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress 17 Article 5 — Availability of Lands; Subsurface and Physical Conditions; Hazardous Environmental Conditions 18 5.01 Availability of Lands 18 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas 18 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions 19 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions 19 5.05 Underground Facilities 21 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site 22 Article 6 — Bonds and Insurance 24 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds 24 6.02 Licensed Sureties 24 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 007200-1 03-23-2015 6.03 Insurance Article 7 — Contractor's Responsibilities 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence 7.02 Labor; Working Hours 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties 7.06 Permits 7.07 Taxes 7.08 Laws and Regulations 7.09 Safety and Protection 7.10 Safety Representative 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs 7.12 Emergencies 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee 7.14 Indemnification 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services Article 8 — Other Work at the Site 8.01 Other Work 8.02 Coordination 8.03 Legal Relationships Article 9 — Owner's and OPT's Responsibilities 9.01 Communications to Contractor 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members 9.03 Furnish Data 9.04 Pay When Due 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests 9.06 Insurance 9.07 Modifications 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 007200-2 03-23-2015 Article 10 — OAR's and Designer's Status During Construction 36 10.01 Owner's Representative 36 10.02 Visits to Site 36 10.03 Resident Project Representatives 36 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work 36 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments 36 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work 37 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities 37 Article 11— Amending the Contract Documents; Changes in the Work 37 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents 37 11.02 Owner -Authorized Changes in the Work 38 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work 38 11.04 Change of Contract Price 39 11.05 Change of Contract Times 40 11.06 Change Proposals 40 11.07 Execution of Change Orders 40 11.08 Notice to Surety 41 Article 12 — Claims 42 12.01 Claims 42 12.02 Claims Process 42 Article 13 — Cost of the Work; Allowances; Unit Price Work 43 13.01 Cost of the Work 43 13.02 Allowances 46 13.03 Unit Price Work 46 13.04 Contingencies 47 Article 14 — Tests and Inspections; Correction, Removal, or Acceptance of Defective Work 47 14.01 Access to Work 47 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals 47 14.03 Defective Work 48 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work 49 14.05 Uncovering Work 49 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work 49 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work 50 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 007200-3 03-23-2015 Article 15 — Payments to Contractor; Set -Offs; Completion; Correction Period 15.01 Progress Payments 15.02 Contractor's Warranty of Title 15.03 Substantial Completion 15.04 Partial Utilization 15.05 Final Inspection 15.06 Final Payment 15.07 Waiver of Claims 15.08 Correction Period Article 16 — Suspension of Work and Termination 16.01 16.02 16.03 Owner May Suspend Work Owner May Terminate for Cause Owner May Terminate For Convenience Article 17 — Final Resolution of Disputes 17.01 Methods and Procedures Article 18 — Miscellaneous 18.01 Computation of Times 18.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records 18.03 Independent Contractor 18.04 Cumulative Remedies 18.05 Limitation of Damages 18.06 No Waiver 18.07 Severability 18.08 Survival of Obligations 18.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries 18.10 Assignment of Contract 18.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity 18.12 Controlling Law 18.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue 18.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury 18.15 Attorney Fees 18.16 Compliance with Laws 18.17 Enforcement General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 007200-4 03-23-2015 18.18 Subject to Appropriation 60 18.19 Contract Sum 60 18.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy 60 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 007200-5 03-23-2015 ARTICLE 1— DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY 1.01 Defined Terms A. A term with initial capital letters, including the term's singular and plural forms, has the meaning indicated in this paragraph wherever used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents. In addition to the terms specifically defined, terms with initial capital letters in the Contract Documents may include references to identified articles and paragraphs, and the titles of other documents or forms. 1. Addenda - Documents issued prior to the receipt of Bids which clarify or modify the Bidding Requirements or the proposed Contract Documents. 2. Agreement - The document executed between Owner and Contractor covering the Work. 3. Alternative Dispute Resolution - The process by which a disputed Claim may be settled as an alternative to litigation, if Owner and Contractor cannot reach an agreement between themselves. 4. Application for Payment - The forms used by Contractor to request payments from Owner and the supporting documentation required by the Contract Documents. 5. Award Date — The date the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi (City) authorizes the City Manager or designee to execute the Contract on behalf of the City. 6. Bid - The documents submitted by a Bidder to establish the proposed Contract Price and Contract Times and provide other information and certifications as required by the Bidding Requirements. 7. Bidding Documents - The Bidding Requirements, the proposed Contract Documents, and Addenda. 8. Bidder - An individual or entity that submits a Bid to Owner. 9. Bidding Requirements - The Invitation for Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Security, Bid Form and attachments, and required certifications. 10. Bid Security - The financial security in the form of a bid bond provided by Bidder at the time the Bid is submitted and held by Owner until the Agreement is executed and the evidence of insurance and Bonds required by the Contract Documents are provided. A cashier's check, certified check, money order or bank draft from any State or National Bank will also be acceptable. 11. Bonds - Performance Bond, Payment Bond, Maintenance Bond, and other Surety instruments executed by Surety. When in singular form, refers to individual instrument. 12. Change Order - A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which modifies the Work, Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 007200-6 03-23-2015 13. Change Proposal - A document submitted by Contractor in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Requesting an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times; b. Contesting an initial decision concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; c. Challenging a set-off against payment due; or d. Seeking a Modification with respect to the terms of the Contract. 14. City Engineer - The Corpus Christi City Engineer and/or his designated representative as identified at the preconstruction conference or in the Notice to Proceed. 15. Claim - A demand or assertion by Owner or Contractor submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. A demand for money or services by an entity other than the Owner or Contractor is not a Claim. 16. Constituent of Concern - Asbestos, petroleum, radioactive materials, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), hazardous wastes, and substances, products, wastes, or other materials that are or become listed, regulated, or addressed pursuant to: a. The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§9601 et seq. ("CERCLA"); b. The Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. §§5501 et seq.; c. The Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §§6901 et seq. ("RCRA"); d. The Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. §§2601 et seq.; e. The Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. §§1251 et seq.; f. The Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. §§7401 et seq.; or g. Any other Laws or Regulations regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning hazardous, toxic, or dangerous waste, substance, or material. 17. Contract - The entire integrated set of documents concerning the Work and describing the relationship between the Owner and Contractor. 18. Contract Amendment - A document issued on or after the Effective Date of the Contract and signed by Owner and Contractor which: a. Authorizes new phases of the Work and establishes the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work; or b. Modifies the terms and conditions of the Contract, but does not make changes in the Work. 19. Contract Documents - Those items designated as Contract Documents in the Agreement. 20. Contract Price - The monetary amount stated in the Agreement and as adjusted by Modifications, and increases or decreases in unit price quantities, if any, that Owner has agreed to pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 007200-7 03-23-2015 21. Contract Times - The number of days or the dates by which Contractor must: a. Achieve specified Milestones; b. Achieve Substantial Completion; and c. Complete the Work. 22. Contractor - The individual or entity with which Owner has contracted for performance of the Work. 23. Contractor's Team - Contractor and Subcontractors, Suppliers, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to perform part of the Work or anyone for whose acts they may be liable. 24. Cost of the Work - The sum of costs incurred for the proper performance of the Work as allowed by Article 13. 25. Defective - When applied to Work, refers to Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient in that it: a. Does not conform to the Contract Documents; b. Does not meet the requirements of applicable inspections, reference standards, tests, or approvals referred to in the Contract Documents; or c. Has been damaged or stolen prior to OAR's recommendation of final payment unless responsibility for the protection of the Work has been assumed by Owner at Substantial Completion in accordance with Paragraphs 15.03 or 15.04. 26. Designer - The individuals or entity named as Designer in the Agreement and the subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by Designer to provide design or other technical services to the Owner. Designer has responsibility for engineering or architectural design and technical issues related to the Contract Documents. Designers are Licensed Professional Engineers or Registered Architects qualified to practice their profession in the State of Texas. 27. Drawings - The part of the Contract that graphically shows the scope, extent, and character of the Work. Shop Drawings and other Contractor documents are not Drawings. 28. Effective Date of the Contract - The date indicated in the Agreement on which the City Manager or designee has signed the Contract. 29. Field Order - A document issued by OAR or Designer requiring changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times. 30. Hazardous Environmental Condition - The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site in quantities or circumstances that may present a danger to persons or property exposed to Constituents of Concern. The presence of Constituents of Concern at the Site necessary for the execution of the Work or to be incorporated in the Work is not a Hazardous Environmental Condition provided these Constituents of Concern are controlled and contained pursuant to industry practices, Laws and Regulations, and the requirements of the Contract. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 007200-8 03-23-2015 31. Indemnified Costs - All costs, losses, damages, and legal or other dispute resolution costs resulting from claims or demands against Owner's Indemnitees. These costs include fees for engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals. 32. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations - Applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and orders of governmental bodies, agencies, authorities, and courts having jurisdiction over the Project. 33. Liens - Charges, security interests, or encumbrances upon Contract related funds, real property, or personal property. 34. Milestone - A principal event in the performance of the Work that Contractor is required by Contract to complete by a specified date or within a specified period of time. 35. Modification - Change made to the Contract Documents by one of the following methods: a. Contract Amendment; b. Change Order; c. Field Order; or d. Work Change Directive. 36. Notice of Award - The notice of Owner's intent to enter into a contract with the Selected Bidder. 37. Notice to Proceed - A notice to Contractor of the Contract Times and the date Work is to begin. 38. Owner - The City of Corpus Christi (City), a Texas home -rule municipal corporation and political subdivision organized under the laws of the State of Texas, acting by and through its duly authorized City Manager and his designee, the City Engineer (the Director of Engineering Services), and the City's officers, employees, agents, or representatives, authorized to administer design and construction of the Project. 39. Owner's Authorized Representative or OAR - The individual or entity named as OAR in the Agreement and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide construction management services to the Owner. The OAR may be an employee of the Owner. 40. Owner's Indemnitees - Each member of the OPT and their officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors. 41. Owner's Project Team or OPT - The Owner, Owner's Authorized Representative, Resident Project Representative, Designer, and the consultants, subconsultants, individuals, or entities directly or indirectly employed or retained by them to provide services to the Owner. 42. Partial Occupancy or Use - Use by Owner of a substantially completed part of the Work for the purpose for which it is intended (or a related purpose) prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 007200-9 03-23-2015 43. Progress Schedule - A schedule prepared and maintained by Contractor, describing the sequence and duration of the activities comprising the Contractor's plan to accomplish the Work within the Contract Times. 44. Project - The total undertaking to be accomplished for Owner under the Contract Documents. 45. Resident Project Representative or RPR - The authorized representative of OPT assigned to assist OAR at the Site. As used herein, the term Resident Project Representative includes assistants and field staff of the OAR. 46. Samples - Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship representing some portion of the Work that are used to establish the standards for that portion of the Work. 47. Schedule of Documents - A schedule of required documents, prepared, and maintained by Contractor. 48. Schedule of Values - A schedule, prepared and maintained by Contractor, allocating portions of the Contract Price to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for Contractor's Applications for Payment. 49. Selected Bidder - The Bidder to which Owner intends to award the Contract. 50. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data or information that are specifically prepared or assembled and submitted by Contractor to illustrate some portion of the Work. Shop Drawings, whether approved or not, are not Drawings and are not Contract Documents. 51. Site - Lands or areas indicated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by Owner upon which the Work is to be performed. The Site includes rights-of-way, easements, and other lands furnished by Owner which are designated for use by the Contractor. 52. Specifications - The part of the Contract that describes the requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards, and workmanship as applied to the Work, and certain administrative requirements and procedural matters applicable to the Work. 53. Subcontractor - An individual or entity having a direct contract with Contractor or with other Subcontractors or Suppliers for the performance of a part of the Work. 54. Substantial Completion - The point where the Work or a specified part of the Work is sufficiently complete to be used for its intended purpose in accordance with the Contract Documents. 55. Supplementary Conditions - The part of the Contract that amends or supplements the General Conditions. 56. Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with Contractor or with Subcontractors or other Suppliers to furnish materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work. 57. Technical Data - Those items expressly identified as Technical Data in the Supplementary Conditions with respect to either: a. Subsurface conditions at the Site; General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 10 03-23-2015 b. Physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; or c. Hazardous Environmental Conditions at the Site. 58. Underground Facilities - All underground pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, other similar facilities or appurtenances, and encasements containing these facilities which are used to convey electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, fiber optic transmissions, cable television, water, wastewater, storm water, other liquids or chemicals, or traffic or other control systems. 59. Unit Price Work - Work to be paid for on the basis of unit prices. 60. Work - The construction of the Project or its component parts as required by the Contract Documents. 61. Work Change Directive - A directive issued to Contractor on or after the Effective Date of the Contract ordering an addition, deletion, or revision in the Work. The Work Change Directive serves as a memorandum of understanding regarding the directive until a Change Order can be issued. 1.02 Terminology A. The words and terms discussed in this Paragraph 1.02 are not defined, but when used in the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents, have the indicated meaning. B. It is understood that the cost for performing Work is included in the Contract Price and no additional compensation is to be paid by Owner unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. Expressions including or similar to "at no additional cost to Owner," "at Contractor's expense," or similar words mean that the Contractor is to perform or provide specified operation of Work without an increase in the Contract Price. C. The terms "day" or "calendar day" mean a calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. D. The meaning and intent of certain terms or adjectives are described as follows: 1. The terms "as allowed," "as approved," "as ordered," "as directed," or similar terms in the Contract Documents indicate an exercise of professional judgment by the OPT. 2. Adjectives including or similar to "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," "satisfactory," or similar adjectives are used to describe a determination of OPT regarding the Work. 3. Any exercise of professional judgment by the OPT will be made solely to evaluate the Work for general compliance with the Contract Documents unless there is a specific statement in the Contract Documents indicating otherwise. 4. The use of these or similar terms or adjectives does not assign a duty or give OPT authority to supervise or direct the performance of the Work, or assign a duty or give authority to the OPT to undertake responsibilities contrary to the provisions of Articles 9 or 10 or other provisions of the Contract Documents. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 11 03-23-2015 E. The use of the words "furnish," "install," "perform," and "provide" have the following meanings when used in connection with services, materials, or equipment: 1. Furnish means to supply and deliver the specified services, materials, or equipment to the Site or other specified location ready for use or installation. 2. Install means to complete construction or assembly of the specified services, materials, or equipment so they are ready for their intended use. 3. Perform or provide means to furnish and install specified services, materials, or equipment, complete and ready for their intended use. 4. Perform or provide the specified services, materials, or equipment complete and ready for intended use if the Contract Documents require specific services, materials, or equipment, but do not expressly use the words "furnish," "install," "perform," or "provide." F. Contract Documents are written in modified brief style: 1. Requirements apply to all Work of the same kind, class, and type even though the word "all" is not stated. 2. Simple imperative sentence structure is used which places a verb as the first word in the sentence. It is understood that the words "furnish," "install," "perform," "provide," or similar words include the meaning of the phrase "The Contractor shall..." before these words. 3. Unless specifically stated that action is to be taken by the OPT or others, it is understood that the action described is a requirement of the Contractor. G. Words or phrases that have a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with this recognized meaning unless stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. H. Written documents are required where reference is made to notices, reports, approvals, consents, documents, statements, instructions, opinions or other types of communications required by the Contract Documents. Approval and consent documents must be received by Contractor prior to the action or decision for which approval or consent is given. These may be made in printed or electronic format through the OPT's project management information system or other electronic media as required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. I. Giving notice as required by the Contract Documents may be by printed or electronic media using a method that requires acknowledgment of the receipt of that notice. ARTICLE 2 — PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.01 Delivery of Bonds and Evidence of Insurance A. Provide required Bonds with the executed Agreement. B. Provide evidence of insurance required by the Contract Documents with the executed Agreement. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 12 03-23-2015 2.02 Copies of Documents A. OPT is to furnish one fully executed Agreement and one copy of the executed Contract Documents in electronic portable document format (PDF). This document is the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents. 2.03 Before Starting Construction A. Provide the following preliminary documents in accordance with the Contract Documents within 10 days after the Effective Date of the Contract: 1. Progress Schedule; 2. Schedule of Documents; and 3. Schedule of Values and projected cash flow information. 2.04 Preconstruction Conference; Designation of Authorized Representatives A. Attend the preconstruction conference as required by the Contract Documents. B. Designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Contractor. These individuals must have the authority to transmit and receive information, render decisions relative to the Contract, and otherwise act on behalf of the Contractor. C. Owner is to designate the specific individuals authorized to act as representatives of the Owner and the limits of their authority with regard to acting on behalf of the Owner. ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: INTENT, REQUIREMENTS, REUSE 3.01 Intent A. Requirements of components of the Contract Documents are as binding as if required by all Contract Documents. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe a functionally complete Project. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OPT. 1. The Contract requirements described in the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, and General Requirements (Division 01 Sections of the Specifications) apply to Work regardless of where it is described in the Contract Documents, unless specifically noted otherwise. 2. In offering a Bid for this Project and in entering into this Contract, Contractor represents: a. Contractor has studied the Contract Documents, the Work, the Site, local conditions, Laws and Regulations, and other conditions that may affect the Work; b. Contractor has studied the Technical Data and other information referred to in the Contract Documents and has or will make additional surveys and investigations as deemed necessary for the performance of the Work; c. Contractor has correlated these studies and observations with the requirements of the Contract Documents; and General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 13 03-23-2015 d. Contractor has taken all of this information into consideration in developing the Contract Price offered and that the Contract Price offered provides full compensation for providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 3. Organization of the Contract Documents is not intended to control or lessen the responsibility of the Contractor when dividing Work among Subcontractors or Suppliers, or to establish the extent of Work to be performed by trades, Subcontractors, or Suppliers. Specifications or details do not need to be indicated or specified in each Specification or Drawing. Items shown in the Contract Documents are applicable regardless of their location in the Contract Documents. 4. Standard paragraph titles and other identifications of subject matter in the Specifications are intended to aid in locating and recognizing various requirements of the Specifications. Titles do not define, limit, or otherwise restrict Specification text. 5. Provide the labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the indicated result, whether specifically called for in the Contract Documents or not. Include these related costs in the offered Contract Price. B. Provide equipment that is functionally complete as described in the Contract Documents. The Drawings and Specifications do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the installation of products purchased by the Owner or Contractor. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the Designer through the OAR. C. Comply with the most stringent requirements where compliance with two or more standards is specified and they establish different or conflicting requirements for the Work, unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. D. Provide materials and equipment comparable in quality to similar materials and equipment incorporated in the Project or as required to meet the minimum requirements of the application if the materials and equipment are shown in the Drawings but are not included in the Specifications. E. The Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents governs if there is a discrepancy between the Project Record Copy of the Contract Documents and subsequent electronic or digital versions of the Contract Documents, including printed copies derived from these electronic or digital versions. F. The Contract supersedes all prior written or oral negotiations, representations, and agreements. The Contract Documents comprise the entire Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The Contract Documents may be modified only by a Modification. G. Request clarification from OAR for a decision before proceeding if Contractor is not clear on the meaning of the Contract Documents. OAR is to issue clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 14 03-23-2015 3.02 Reference Standards A. Standard Specifications, Codes, Laws and Regulations: 1. Reference in the Contract Documents to standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes of technical societies, organizations, or associations, or to Laws or Regulations, whether specific or implied, are those in effect at the time Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. 2. No provision of referenced standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier changes the duties or responsibilities of OPT or Contractor from those described in the Contract Documents or assigns a duty to or gives authority to the OPT to supervise or direct the performance of the Work or undertake responsibilities inconsistent with the Contract Documents. 3. The provisions of the Contract Documents take precedence over standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, codes, or instructions of a Supplier unless specifically stated otherwise in the Contract Documents. B. Comply with applicable construction industry standards, whether referenced or not. 1. Standards referenced in the Contract Documents govern over standards not referenced but recognized as applicable in the construction industry. 2. Comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents if they produce a higher quality of Work than the applicable construction industry standards. 3. Designer determines whether a code or standard is applicable, which of several are applicable, or if the Contract Documents produce a higher quality of Work. C. Make copies of reference standards available if requested by OAR. 3.03 Reporting and Resolving Discrepancies A. Reporting Discrepancies: 1. Carefully study the Drawings and verify pertinent figures and dimensions with respect to actual field measurements before undertaking the Work. Immediately report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that Contractor discovers or has actual knowledge of to the OAR. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01. 2. Immediately notify the OAR of conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents or discrepancies between the Contract Documents and: a. Applicable Laws or Regulations; b. Actual field conditions; c. Standard specifications, manuals, reference standards, or codes; or d. Instructions of Suppliers. 3. Do not proceed with affected Work until the conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy is resolved by a clarification or interpretation from the OAR or by a Modification to the General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 15 03-23-2015 Contract Documents issued pursuant to Paragraph 11.01, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. 4. Contractor is liable to the OPT for failure to report conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies in the Contract Documents of which Contractor has actual knowledge. 5. Contractor is deemed to have included the most expensive item, system, procedure, etc. in the Contract Price if a conflict, error, ambiguity, or discrepancy in components of the Contract Documents was known, but not reported prior to submitting the Bid or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 3.04 Interpretation of the Contract Documents A. Submit questions concerning the non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to provide an interpretation of the Contract Documents regarding these questions and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Submit questions regarding the design of the Project described in the Contract Documents to the OAR immediately after those questions arise. OAR is to request an interpretation of the Contract Documents from the Designer. Designer is to respond to these questions by providing an interpretation of the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OPT may initiate a Modification to the Contract Documents through the OAR if a response to the question indicates that a change in the Contract Documents is required. Contractor may appeal Designer's or OAR's interpretation by submitting a Change Proposal. 3.05 Reuse of Documents A. Contractor's Team has no rights to the Contract Documents and may not use the Contract Documents, or copies or electronic media editions of the Contract Documents, other than for the construction of this Project. This provision survives final payment or termination of the Contract. B. Contractor is allowed to retain a copy of the Contract Documents for record purposes, unless specifically prohibited by the Owner for security reasons. Surrender paper and digital copies of the Contract Documents and other related documents and remove these documents from computer equipment or storage devices as a condition of final payment if the Owner so directs. ARTICLE 4 — COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK 4.01 Commencement of Contract Times; Notice to Proceed A. The Contract Times commence to run on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. 4.02 Starting the Work A. Begin performing the Work on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. Do not begin Work prior to having the insurance required in Article 6 in force or before the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 16 03-23-2015 4.03 Progress Schedule A. Construct the Work in accordance with the Progress Schedule established in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1. Adjust the Progress Schedule as required to accurately reflect actual progress on the Work. 2. Submit proposed adjustments in the Progress Schedule that change the Contract Times in accordance with the requirements of Article 11. B. Continue performing Work and adhere to the Progress Schedule during disputes or disagreements with Owner. Do not delay or postpone Work pending resolution of disputes or disagreements, or during an appeal process, except as permitted by Paragraph 16.04, or as Owner and Contractor may otherwise agree. 4.04 Delays in Contractor's Progress A. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if OPT directly delays, disrupts, or interferes with the performance or progress of the Work. The Contractor agrees to make no Claim for damages for delay in the performance of the Contract occasioned by an act or omission to act of the OPT and agrees that the extension of time provides an equitable adjustment. B. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delays, disruptions, or interference caused by or within the control of Contractor's Team. C. No time extensions are allowed for weather conditions, other than those listed in Paragraph 4.04.D.1, for Projects using calendar days or a fixed date to establish the Contract Time. Contractor is to include the cost associated with weather related delays in the Contract Price and assumes the risks associated with delays related to weather conditions. D. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Times if Contractor's performance or progress is delayed, disrupted, or interfered with by unanticipated causes not the fault of and beyond the control of OPT or Contractor. These unanticipated causes may include: 1. Severe and unavoidable natural catastrophes e.g. fires, floods, hurricanes, epidemics, and earthquakes; 2. Acts or failures to act of utility owners other than those performing other work at or adjacent to the Site by arrangement with the Owner, as contemplated in Article 8; and 3. Acts of war or terrorism. 4. Rain days in excess of the number of days allocated for rain as described in the Supplementary Conditions. E. Delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the following are governed by Article 5: 1. The existence of a differing subsurface or physical condition; 2. An Underground Facility not shown or not indicated with reasonable accuracy by the Contract Documents; and General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 17 03-23-2015 3. Hazardous Environmental Conditions. These adjustments in Contract Times are the Contractor's sole and exclusive remedy for the delays, disruption, and interference described in this paragraph. F. Article 8 governs delays, disruption, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work resulting from the performance of certain other work at or adjacent to the Site. G. Notify the OAR immediately of a potential delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times within 30 days of the commencement of the delaying, disrupting, or interfering event. H. Contractor is only entitled to an adjustment of the Contract Times for specific delays, disruptions, and interference to the performance or progress of the Work that can be demonstrated to directly impact the ability of the Contractor to complete the Work within the Contract Times. No adjustments in Contract Times are allowed for delays on components of the Work which were or could have been completed without impacting the Contract Times. I. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times for delay, disruption, or interference caused by or within the control of the Owner if this delay is concurrent with a delay, disruption, or interference attributable to or within the control of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLE 5 —AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS 5.01 Availability of Lands A. Owner is to furnish the Site and inform the Contractor of encumbrances or restrictions known to Owner related to use of the Site with which Contractor must comply in performing the Work. B. Provide for additional lands and access Contractor requires for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment, other than those identified in the Contract Documents. Provide documentation of authority to use these additional lands to OAR before using them. 5.02 Use of Site and Other Areas A. Limitation on Use of Site and Other Areas: 1. Confine construction equipment, temporary construction facilities, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site, adjacent areas that Owner or Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or agreements, and other adjacent areas as permitted by Laws and Regulations. Assume full responsibility for damage or injuries which result from the performance of the Work or from other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team, including: a. Damage to the Site; b. Damage to adjacent areas used for Contractor's Team's operations; c. Damage to other adjacent land or areas; and General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 18 03-23-2015 d. Injuries and losses sustained by the owners or occupants of these lands or areas. 2. Take the following action if a damage or injury claim is made by the owner or occupant of adjacent land or area because of the performance of the Work, or because of other actions or conduct of the Contractor's Team: a. Take immediate corrective or remedial action as required by Paragraph 7.09; and b. Attempt to settle the claim through negotiations with the owner or occupant, or otherwise resolve the claim by mediation or other dispute resolution proceeding or at law. 5.03 Subsurface and Physical Conditions A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports known to OPT of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Those drawings known to OPT of physical conditions related to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, except Underground Facilities; and 3. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Data contained in boring logs, recorded measurements of subsurface water levels, and the results of tests performed on materials described in geotechnical data reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data, unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. C. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for this reliance on Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner's Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor, or Contractor's safety precautions and programs; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Contractor's interpretation of or conclusions drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. 5.04 Differing Subsurface or Physical Conditions A. Notify OAR immediately, but in no event later than 3 days, after becoming aware of a subsurface or physical condition that is uncovered or revealed at the Site, and before further disturbing the subsurface or physical conditions or performing any related Work that: 1. Establishes that the Technical Data on which Contractor is entitled to rely as provided in Paragraph 5.03 is materially inaccurate; 2. Requires a change in the Drawings or Specifications; 3. Differs materially from that shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; or General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 19 03-23-2015 4. Is of an unusual nature and differs materially from conditions ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb or perform Work related to this subsurface or physical condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12, until permission to do so is issued by OAR. B. OAR is to notify the OPT after receiving notice of a differing subsurface or physical condition from the Contractor. Designer is to: 1. Promptly review the subsurface or physical condition; 2. Determine the necessity of OPT's obtaining additional exploration or tests with respect the subsurface or physical condition; 3. Determine if the subsurface or physical condition falls within one or more of the differing Site condition categories in Paragraph 5.04.A; 4. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with the subsurface or physical condition in question; 5. Determine the need for changes in the Drawings or Specifications; and 6. Advise OPT of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. C. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. D. Possible Contract Price and Contract Times Adjustments: 1. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times to the extent that a differing subsurface or physical condition causes a change in Contractor's cost or time to perform the Work provided the condition falls within one or more of the categories described in Paragraph 5.04.A. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. 2. Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a subsurface or physical condition if: a. Contractor knew of the existence of the subsurface or physical condition at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; b. The existence of the subsurface or physical condition could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or c. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.04.A. 3. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of the OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the subsurface or physical condition in question. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 20 03-23-2015 4. A Change Order is to be issued by the OAR if Owner and Contractor agree that Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times and agree to the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times. 5.05 Underground Facilities A. The information and data shown or indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site is based on information and data furnished to OPT by the owners of these Underground Facilities or by others. OPT is not responsible for the accuracy or completeness of information or data provided by others that OPT makes available to Contractor. The Contractor is responsible for: 1. Reviewing and checking available information and data regarding existing Underground Facilities at the Site; 2. Complying with Laws and Regulations related to locating Underground Facilities before beginning Work; 3. Locating Underground Facilities shown or indicated in the Contract Documents; 4. Coordinating the Work with the owners, including Owner, of Underground Facilities during construction; and 5. The safety and protection of existing Underground Facilities at or adjacent to the Site and repairing damage resulting from the Work. B. Notify the OAR and the owner of the Underground Facility immediately if an Underground Facility is uncovered or revealed at the Site that was not shown in the Contract Documents, or was not shown with reasonable accuracy in the Contract Documents. Do not further disturb conditions or perform Work affected by this discovery, except in the event of an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12. C. The Designer is to take the following action after receiving notice from the OAR: 1. Promptly review the Underground Facility and conclude whether the Underground Facility was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown or indicated with reasonable accuracy; 2. Prepare recommendations to OPT regarding the Contractor's resumption of Work in connection with this Underground Facility; 3. Determine the extent to which a change is required in the Drawings or Specifications to document the consequences of the existence or location of the Underground Facility; and 4. Advise OAR of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations and provide revised Drawings and Specifications if required. D. OAR is to issue a statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility in question and recommend action as appropriate after review of Designer's findings, conclusions, and recommendations. E. Contractor is entitled to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times as provided in Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05 to the extent that the existing Underground Facility at the Site that was not shown or indicated in the Contract Documents, or was not shown General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00-21 03-23-2015 or indicated with reasonable accuracy. Any adjustment in Contract Price for Work that is paid for on a unit price basis is subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. F. Contractor is not entitled an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to an existing Underground Facility at the Site if: 1. Contractor knew of the existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site at the time Contractor made an offer to Owner with respect to Contract Price and Contract Times; 2. The existence of the existing Underground Facility at the Site could have been discovered or revealed as a result of examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, or studies of the Site and contiguous areas expressly required by the Bidding Requirements or Contract Documents prior to when Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price; or 3. Contractor failed to give notice as required by Paragraph 5.05.6. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal regarding its entitlement to or the amount or extent of adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Times no later than 30 days after OAR's issuance of OPT's statement to Contractor regarding the Underground Facility. 5.06 Hazardous Environmental Conditions at Site A. The Supplementary Conditions identify: 1. Those reports and drawings known to OPT relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions that have been identified at or adjacent to the Site; and 2. Technical Data contained in these reports and drawings. B. Contractor may rely upon the accuracy of the Technical Data contained in reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions identified in the Supplementary Conditions, but these reports and drawings are not Contract Documents. Except for the reliance on expressly identified Technical Data, Contractor may not rely upon or make claims against Owner's Indemnitees with respect to: 1. The completeness of these reports and drawings for Contractor's purposes, including aspects of the means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor or Contractor's safety precautions and programs related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions; 2. Other data, interpretations, opinions, and information contained in these reports or shown or indicated in the drawings; or 3. Any Contractor interpretation of or conclusion drawn from Technical Data or other data, interpretations, opinions, or information. C. The results of tests performed on materials described in environmental reports specifically prepared for the Project and made available to Contractor are defined as Technical Data unless Technical Data has been defined more specifically in the Supplementary Conditions. D. Contractor is not responsible for removing or remediating Hazardous Environmental Conditions encountered, uncovered, or revealed at the Site unless this removal or General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 22 03-23-2015 remediation is expressly identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the Work. E. Contractor is responsible for controlling, containing, and duly removing and remediating Constituents of Concern brought to the Site by Contractor's Team and paying associated costs. 1. Owner may remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition and impose a set-off against payments to Contractor for associated costs if Contractor's Team creates a Hazardous Environmental Condition and Contractor does not take acceptable action to remove and remediate the Hazardous Environmental Condition. 2. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner's Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related to Hazardous Environmental Conditions are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. F. Immediately notify the OAR and take the following action if Contractor uncovers or reveals a Hazardous Environmental Condition at the Site or adjacent areas used by the Contractor's Team that was not created by the Contractor's Team: 1. Secure or otherwise isolate this condition; 2. Stop Work in affected areas or connected with the condition, except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 7.12; and 3. Do not resume Work in connection with the Hazardous Environmental Condition or in affected areas until after OPT has obtained required permits and OAR sends notice to the Contractor: a. Specifying that this condition and affected areas are or have been rendered safe for the resumption of Work; or b. Specifying special conditions under which Work may be resumed safely. 4. Owner may order the portion of the Work that is in the area affected by the Hazardous Environmental Condition to be deleted from the Work following the procedures in Article 11 if Contractor does not agree to: a. Resume the Work based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe; or b. Resume the Work under the special conditions provided by the OAR. 5. Owner may have this deleted portion of the Work performed by Owner's own forces or others in accordance with Article 8. G. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may impose a set-off if an agreement is not reached within 10 days of OAR's notice regarding the resumption of Work as to whether Contractor is entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times or on the amount or extent of adjustments resulting from this Work stoppage or special conditions under which Contractor agrees to resume Work. H. The provisions of Paragraphs 5.03, 5.04, and 5.05 do not apply to the presence of Constituents of Concern or a Hazardous Environmental Condition uncovered or revealed at the Site. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 23 03-23-2015 ARTICLE 6 — BONDS AND INSURANCE 6.01 Performance, Payment, and Other Bonds A. Furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in an amount equal to the Contract Price, as security for the faithful performance and payment of Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds are to remain in effect until 1 year after the date of final payment. Furnish other Bonds as required by the Contract Documents. B. Bonds furnished by the Contractor must meet the requirements of Texas Insurance Code Chapter 3503, Texas Government Code Chapter 2253, and all other applicable Laws and Regulations. C. Notify OAR immediately if the surety on Bonds furnished by Contractor: 1. Is declared bankrupt, or becomes insolvent; 2. Has its right to do business in Texas terminated; or 3. Ceases to meet the requirements of Paragraph 6.02. Provide a Bond and surety which comply with the requirements of Paragraph 6.02 within 20 days after the event giving rise to this notification. D. Contractor is to use amounts paid by Owner to Contractor under the Contract for the performance of the Contract and to satisfy claims against the Payment Bond. E. Notify the OAR of claims filed against the Payment Bond. Notify the claimant and OAR of undisputed amounts and the basis for challenging disputed amounts when a claimant has satisfied the conditions prescribed by Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. Promptly pay undisputed amount. F. Owner is not liable for payment of costs or expenses of claimants under the Payment Bond. Owner has no obligations to pay, give notice, or take other action to claimants under the Payment Bond. G. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 16 if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain required Bonds. H. OPT will provide a copy of the Payment Bond to Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other persons or entities claiming to have furnished labor or materials used in the performance of the Work that request this information in accordance with Texas Government Code Chapter 2253. 6.02 Licensed Sureties A. Provide Bonds in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents from sureties named in the list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal Bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Financial Management Service, Surety Bond Branch, U.S. Department of the Treasury. B. Provide Bonds required by the Contract Documents from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized to provide bonds in the State of Texas. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 24 03-23-2015 6.03 Insurance A. Obtain and maintain insurance as required in this Article and in SECTION 00 72 01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. B. Deliver evidence of insurance in accordance with SECTION 00 72 01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS to the Owner to demonstrate that Contractor has obtained and is maintaining the policies, coverages, and endorsements required by the Contract. Provide copies of these certificates to each named insured and additional insured as identified in the Supplementary Conditions or otherwise. ARTICLE 7 — CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 7.01 Supervision and Superintendence A. Supervise, inspect, and direct the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor is solely responsible for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction. B. Provide a competent resident superintendent acceptable to the OPT. The resident superintendent or acceptable qualified assistant is to be present at all times when Work is being done. Do not replace this resident superintendent except under extraordinary circumstances. Provide a replacement resident superintendent equally competent to the previous resident superintendent if replacement is required. Notify the Owner prior to replacing the resident superintendent and obtain Owner's consent to the change in superintendent. 7.02 Labor; Working Hours A. Provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the Work and perform Work to complete the Project. Maintain good discipline and order at the Site. B. Perform Work at the Site during regular working hours except as otherwise required for the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at the Site or adjacent to the Site and except as otherwise stated in the Contract Documents. C. Do not perform Work on a Saturday, Sunday, or legal holiday without OAR's consent. The following legal holidays are observed by the Owner: Holiday Date Observed New Year's Day January 1 Memorial Day Last Monday in May Independence Day July 4 Labor Day First Monday in September Thanksgiving Day Fourth Thursday in November Friday after Thanksgiving Friday after Thanksgiving Christmas Day December 25 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 25 03-23-2015 D. If a legal holiday falls on a Saturday, it will be observed the preceding Friday. If a legal holiday falls on a Sunday, it will be observed the following Monday. E. Pay additional cost incurred by Owner for services of the OAR or RPR to observe Work constructed outside of regular working hours. OAR will issue a Set-off in the Application for Payment for this cost per Paragraph 15.01.6 7.03 Services, Materials, and Equipment A. Provide services, materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, temporary facilities, and other facilities and incidentals necessary for the performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the Work, whether or not these items are specifically called for in the Contract Documents. B. Provide new materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work. Provide special warranties and guarantees required by the Contract Document. Provide satisfactory evidence, including reports of required tests, as to the source, kind, and quality of materials and equipment as required by the Contract Documents or as requested by the OAR. C. Store, apply, install, connect, erect, protect, use, clean, and condition materials and equipment in accordance with instructions of the applicable Supplier, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. 7.04 Concerning Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Others A. Contractor may retain Subcontractors and Suppliers for the performance of parts of the Work. All Subcontractors and Suppliers must be acceptable to Owner. B. Contractor must retain specific Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities for the performance of designated parts of the Work if required to do so by the Contract Documents. C. Submit a list of proposed Subcontractors and Suppliers to OAR prior to entering into binding subcontracts or purchase orders. These proposed Subcontractors or Suppliers are deemed acceptable to Owner unless Owner raises a substantive, reasonable objection within 30 days after receiving this list. D. Contractor is not required to retain Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities to furnish or perform part of the Work after the Effective Date of the Contract if Contractor has reasonable objection. E. Owner may require the replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities retained by the Contractor. Provide an acceptable replacement for the rejected Subcontractor, Supplier, or other individual or entity. Owner also may require Contractor to retain specific replacements, subject to Contractor's reasonable objections. F. Contractor may be entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Times with respect to a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entities required by Owner. The Contractor is not entitled to an adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time with respect to replacement of any individual deemed unsuitable by the OPT. Notify OAR immediately if a replacement of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other entity increases the Contract Price or Contract Times. Initiate a Change Proposal for the adjustment within 10 General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 26 03-23-2015 days of Owner's notice to replace a Subcontractor, Supplier, or other entity retained by Contractor to perform part of the Work. Do not make the replacement until the change in Contract Price or Contract Times has been accepted by the Owner if Change Proposal is to be submitted. G. Owner's initial acceptance of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other individuals or entities, or their replacements, does not constitute a waiver of the obligation of the Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. H. Maintain a current and complete list of Subcontractors and Suppliers that are to perform or furnish part of the Work. I. Contractor is fully responsible for the acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. J. Contractor is solely responsible for scheduling and coordinating the work of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work. K. Require Subcontractors, Suppliers, and other individuals or entities performing or furnishing Work to communicate with OPT through Contractor. L. Contracts between the Contractor and their Subcontractors or Suppliers may specifically bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to the applicable terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents if they choose to not bind the Subcontractors or Suppliers to applicable terms or conditions of the Contract Documents. 1. All Subcontractors employed on this Project must be required to obtain Workers' Compensation Insurance. 2. Proof of this insurance will be required prior to the start of any Work. M. OPT may furnish information about amounts paid to Contractor for Work provided by Subcontractors or Suppliers to the entity providing the Work. N. Nothing in the Contract Documents: 1. Creates a contractual relationship between members of the OPT and members of the Contractor's Team. 2. Creates an obligation on the part of the Owner to pay or to see to the payment of money due members of the Contractor's Team, except as may be required by Laws and Regulations. 7.05 Patent Fees and Royalties A. Pay license fees, royalties, and costs incident to the use of inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the performance of the Work, or to incorporate these inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices which are patented or copyrighted by others in the Work. The Contract Documents identify inventions, designs, processes, products, or devices OPT knows are patented or copyrighted by others or that its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of a license fee or royalty to others. Contractor is to include the cost associated with the use of patented or copyrighted products or processes, whether specified or selected by the Contractor, in the Contract Price. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 27 03-23-2015 B. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner's Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related to infringement of patent rights and copyrights are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. 7.06 Permits A. Obtain and pay for construction permits and licenses. OPT is to assist Contractor in obtaining permits and licenses when required to do so by applicable Laws and Regulations. Pay governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the Work which are applicable at the time the Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. 7.07 Taxes A. Contractor is responsible for all taxes and duties arising out of the Work. The Owner generally qualifies as a tax exempt agency as defined by the statutes of the State of Texas and is usually not subject to any city or state sales or use taxes, however certain items such as rented equipment may be taxable even though Owner is a tax-exempt agency. Contractor is responsible for including in the Contract Price any applicable sales and use taxes and is responsible for complying with all applicable statutes and rulings of the State Comptroller. Pay sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by Contractor in accordance with the Laws and Regulations. B. The Owner is exempt from the Federal Transportation and Excise Tax. Contractor must comply with all federal regulations governing the exemptions. C. Products incorporated into the Work are exempt from state sales tax according to the provisions of Subchapter H, Chapter 151, of the Texas Tax Code. D. Contractor may not include any amounts for sales, use, or similar taxes for which the Owner is exempt in the Contract Price or any proposed Change Order or Application for Payment. E. Obtain tax exemption certificates or other documentation necessary to establish Owner's exemption from such taxes. 7.08 Laws and Regulations A. Give required notices and comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for monitoring Contractor's compliance with Laws or Regulations except where expressly required by applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Pay costs resulting from actions taken by Contractor that are contrary to Laws or Regulations. Contractor is not responsible for determining that the design aspects of the Work described in the Contract Documents is in accordance with Laws and Regulations. This does not relieve Contractor of its obligations under Paragraph 3.03. C. Owner or Contractor may give notice to the other party of changes in Laws or Regulations that may affect the cost or time of performance of the Work, including: 1. Changes in Laws or Regulations affecting procurement of permits; and 2. Sales, use, value-added, consumption, and other similar taxes which come into effect after Contractor's Bid is submitted or when Contractor negotiates the Contract Price. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 28 03-23-2015 D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal or Owner may initiate a Claim within 30 days of this notice if Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on entitlement to or on the amount or extent of adjustments in Contract Price or Contract Times resulting from these changes. 7.09 Safety and Protection A. Contractor is solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work. This responsibility does not relieve Subcontractors of their responsibility for the safety of persons or property in the performance of their work, nor for compliance with applicable safety Laws and Regulations. B. Take necessary precautions for the safety of persons on the Site or who may be affected by the Work, and provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to: 1. Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated in the Work, whether stored on or off Site; and 2. Other property at or adjacent to the Site, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, other work in progress, utilities, and Underground Facilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. C. Comply with applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety and protection of persons or property. Erect and maintain necessary safeguards for safety and protection. Notify Owner; the owners of adjacent property, Underground Facilities, and other utilities; and other contractors and utility owners performing work at or adjacent to the Site when prosecution of the Work may affect them. Cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property or work in progress. 1. Comply with requirements of Underground Facility Damage Prevention and Safety Act, Texas Utilities Code Chapter 251. 2. Comply with all applicable safety rules and regulations of the Federal Occupational Health and Safety Act of 1970 and subsequent amendments (OSHA). D. Remedy damage, injury, or loss to property referred to in Paragraph 7.09.B caused by Contractor's Team. Pay remediation costs unless the damage or loss is: 1. Attributable to the fault of the Contract Documents; 2. Attributable to acts or omissions of OPT; or 3. Not attributable to the actions or failure to act of the Contractor's Team. E. Contractor's duties and responsibilities for safety and protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site continues until Work is completed and resumes whenever Contractor's Team returns to the Site to fulfill warranty or correction obligations or to conduct other tasks. F. Comply with the applicable requirements of the Owner's safety program if required to do so in the Supplementary Conditions. A copy of the Owner's safety program will be provided in the Bidding Documents. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 29 03-23-2015 7.10 Safety Representative A. Provide a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities are the prevention of accidents and maintaining and supervising safety programs. 7.11 Hazard Communication Programs A. Coordinate the exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. 7.12 Emergencies A. Act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss in emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the Work or property at or adjacent to the Site. Notify OAR immediately if Contractor believes that significant changes in the Work or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused or are required as a result of this need to act. A Modification is to be issued by OAR if OPT determines that the incident giving rise to the emergency action was not the responsibility of the Contractor and that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by Contractor in response to this emergency. 7.13 Contractor's General Warranty and Guarantee A. Contractor warrants and guarantees to Owner that Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents and is not Defective. Owner is entitled to rely on Contractor's warranty and guarantee. Assume and bear responsibility for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. This Contractor's warranty and guarantee excludes defects or damage caused by improper maintenance or operation, abuse, or modification by OPT; or normal wear and tear under normal usage. C. Contractor's obligation to perform and complete Work in accordance with the Contract Documents is absolute. None of the following constitute an acceptance of Defective Work or a release of Contractor's obligation to perform Work in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Observations by OPT; 2. Recommendation by OAR or payment by Owner of progress or final payments; 3. The issuance of a Certificate of Substantial Completion; 4. Use or occupancy of part of the Work by Owner; 5. Review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample; 6. Inspections, tests, or approvals by others; or 7. Correction of Defective Work by Owner. D. The Contract Documents may require the Contractor to accept the assignment of a contract between the Owner and a contractor or supplier. The specific warranties, guarantees, and General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 30 03-23-2015 correction obligations contained in an assigned contract govern with respect to Contractor's performance obligations to Owner for the Work described in an assigned contract. 7.14 Indemnification A. To THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LOSSES AND EXPENSES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ATTORNEY'S FEES OR DISPUTE RESOLUTION COSTS, ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK, VIOLATIONS OF LAWS OR REGULATIONS, OR BODILY INJURY, DEATH, OR DESTRUCTION OF TANGIBLE PROPERTY CAUSED BY THE ACTS OR OMISSIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR'S TEAM, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER SUCH CLAIM, DAMAGE, LOSS OR EXPENSE I5 ALLEGED TO BE CAUSED IN PART BY AN OWNER'S INDEMNITEE HEREUNDER, SUBJECT TO THE OWNER'S DEFENSES AND LIABILITY LIMITS UNDER THE TEXAS TORT CLAIMS ACT. HOWEVER, NOTHING HEREIN SHALL BE CONSTRUED TO REQUIRE CONTRACTOR TO INDEMNIFY AN OWNER'S INDEMNITEE AGAINST A CLAIM, LOSS, DAMAGE OR EXPENSE CAUSED BY THE (I) NEGLIGENCE OR FAULT, (II) BREACH OR VIOLATION OF A STATUTE, ORDINANCE, GOVERNMENTAL REGULATION, STANDARD OR RULE, OR (III) THE BREACH OF CONTRACT BY AN OWNER'S INDEMNITEE. PROVIDED FURTHER HOWEVER, AND IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE, CONTRACTOR INDEMNIFIES EACH OF OWNER'S INDEMNITEES AGAINST CLAIMS FOR THE BODILY INJURY OR DEATH OF AN EMPLOYEE OF THE CONTRACTOR'S TEAM OF ANY TIER EVEN IF CAUSED BY THE SOLE OR CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE OF AN OWNER'S INDEMNITEE. B. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST INDEMNIFIED COSTS, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO: (I) THE FAILURE TO CONTROL, CONTAIN, OR REMOVE A CONSTITUENT OF CONCERN BROUGHT TO THE SITE BY CONTRACTOR'S TEAM OR A HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION CREATED BY CONTRACTOR'S TEAM, (II) CONTRACTOR'S TEAM'S ACTION OR INACTION RELATED TO DAMAGES, DELAYS, DISRUPTIONS, OR INTERFERENCE WITH THE WORK OF OWNER'S EMPLOYEES, OTHER CONTRACTORS, OR UTILITY OWNERS PERFORMING OTHER WORK AT OR ADJACENT TO THE SITE, OR (III) THE CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK. NOTHING IN THIS PARAGRAPH OBLIGATES THE CONTRACTOR TO INDEMNIFY THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES FROM THE CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNER'S AND OWNER'S INDEMNITEES OWN NEGLIGENCE. PROVIDED FURTHER HOWEVER, AND IN ADDITION TO THE ABOVE, CONTRACTOR INDEMNIFIES THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES AGAINST CLAIMS FOR THE BODILY INJURY OR DEATH OF AN EMPLOYEE OF THE CONTRACTOR'S TEAM OF ANY TIER EVEN IF CAUSED BY THE SOLE OR CONCURRENT NEGLIGENCE OF OWNER'S INDEMNITEES. C. TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, CONTRACTOR SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS THE OWNER'S INDEMNITEES FROM AND AGAINST INDEMNIFIED COSTS RESULTING FROM INFRINGEMENT ON PATENT RIGHTS OR COPYRIGHTS BY CONTRACTOR'S TEAM TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW. D. The indemnification obligations under this paragraph are not limited by the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for members of the Contractor's Team or other individuals or entities under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts in claims against Owner's Indemnitees by an employee or the survivor or personal representative of employee of Contractor's Team. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00-31 03-23-2015 E. The indemnification obligations of this Paragraph 7.14 do not extend to the liability of Designer arising out of the preparation of the Contract Documents or giving directions or instructions, or failing to give them, to the extent they are obligated to do so if that is the primary cause of the injury or damage. F. Notify the other party within 10 days if Owner or Contractor receives notice of any claim or circumstances that could give rise to an indemnified loss. The notice must include the following: 1. A description of the indemnification event in reasonable detail; 2. The basis on which indemnification may be due; and 3. The anticipated amount of the indemnified loss. This notice does not stop or prevent Owner's Indemnitees from later asserting a different basis for indemnification or a different amount of indemnified loss than that indicated in the initial notice. Owner's Indemnitees do not waive any rights to indemnification except to the extent that Contractor is prejudiced, suffers loss, or incurs expense because of the delay if Owner does not provide this notice within the 10 -day period. G. Defense of Indemnification Claims: 1. Assume the defense of the claim with counsel chosen by the Contractor and pay related costs, unless Owner decides otherwise. Contractor's counsel must be acceptable to Owner. Control the defense and any negotiations to settle the claim. Advise Owner's Indemnitees as to its defense of the claim within 10 days after being notified of the indemnification request. Owner's Indemnitees may assume and control the defense If Contractor does not assume the defense. Pay all defense expenses of the Owner's Indemnitees as an indemnified loss. 2. Owner's Indemnitees may retain separate counsel to participate in, but not control, the defense and any settlement negotiations if Contractor defends the claim. Contractor may not settle the claim without the consent or agreement of Owner. Contractor may settle the claim with Owner's consent and agreement unless it: a. Would result in injunctive relief or other equitable remedies or otherwise require Owner's Indemnitees to comply with restrictions or limitations that adversely affect Owner's Indemnitees; b. Would require Owner's Indemnitees to pay amounts that Contractor does not fund in full; or c. Would not result in Owner and Owner's Indemnitees' full and complete release from all liability to the plaintiffs or claimants who are parties to or otherwise bound by the settlement. 7.15 Delegation of Professional Design Services A. Contractor is not required to provide professional design services unless these services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless these services are required to carry out Contractor's responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. Contractor is not required to provide professional services in violation of applicable Laws and Regulations. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 32 03-23-2015 B. The Contract Documents specify performance and design criteria related to systems, materials, or equipment if professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of Contractor. These services or certifications must be provided by the licensed Texas Professional Engineer or Registered Architect who prepares, signs, and seals drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other documents. C. OPT is entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy, and completeness of the services, certifications, or approvals performed by Contractor's design professionals, provided OPT has specified to Contractor the performance and design criteria that these services must satisfy. D. Pursuant to this Paragraph 7.15, Designer's review and approval of design calculations and design drawings is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with the performance and design criteria given and the design concepts expressed in the Contract Documents. Designer's review and approval of Shop Drawings and other documents is only for the purpose stated in the Contract Documents. E. Contractor is not responsible for the adequacy of the performance or design criteria specified by OPT. Advise OPT if the performance or design criteria are known or considered likely to be inadequate or otherwise deficient. ARTICLE 8 — OTHER WORK AT THE SITE 8.01 Other Work A. Owner may arrange for other work at or adjacent to the Site which is not part of the Contractor's Work. This other work may be performed by Owner's employees or through other contractors. Utility owners may perform work on their utilities and facilities at or adjacent to the Site. Include costs associated with coordinating with entities performing other work or associated with connecting to this other work in the Contract Price if this other work is shown in the Contract Documents. B. OPT is to notify Contractor of other work prior to starting the work and provide any knowledge they have regarding the start of utility work at or adjacent to the Site to Contractor. C. Provide other contractors: 1. Proper and safe access to the Site; 2. Reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment; and 3. Reasonable opportunity to execute their work. D. Provide cutting, fitting, and patching of the Work required to properly connect or integrate with other work. Do not endanger the work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering the work of others without the consent of OAR and the others whose work will be affected. E. Inspect the work of others and immediately notify OAR if the proper execution of part of Contractor's Work depends upon work performed by others and this work has not been performed or is unsuitable for the proper execution of Contractor's Work. Contractor's General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 33 03-23-2015 failure to notify the OAR constitutes an acceptance of this other work as acceptable for integration with Contractor's Work. This acceptance does not apply to latent defects or deficiencies in the work of others. F. Take adequate measures to prevent damages, delays, disruptions, or interference with the work of Owner, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.02 Coordination A. Owner has sole authority and responsibility for coordination of this other work unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. The Owner is to identify the entity with authority and responsibility for coordination of the activities of the various contractors, the limitations of their authority, and the work to be coordinated prior to the start of other work at or adjacent to the Site. 8.03 Legal Relationships A. Contractor may be entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times if, while performing other work at or adjacent to the Site for Owner, the OPT, other contractor, or utility owner: 1. Damages the Work or property of Contractor's Team; 2. Delays, disrupts, or interferes with the execution of the Work; or 3. Increases the scope or cost of performing the Work through their actions or inaction. B. Notify the OAR immediately of the event leading to a potential Change Proposal so corrective action can be taken. Submit the Change Proposal within 30 days of the event if corrective action has not adequately mitigated the impact of the actions or inactions of others. Information regarding this other work in the Contract Documents is used to determine if the Contractor is entitled to a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Changes in Contract Price require that Contractor assign rights against the other contractor or utility owner to Owner with respect to the damage, delay, disruption, or interference that is the subject of the adjustment. Changes in Contract Times require that the time extension is essential to Contractor's ability to complete the Work within the Contract Times. C. Take prompt corrective action if Contractor's Team damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of Owner's employees, other contractors, or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site or agree to compensate other contractors or utility owners for correcting the damage. Promptly attempt to settle claims with other contractors or utility owners if Contractor damages, delays, disrupts, or interferes with the work of other contractors or utility owners performing other work at or adjacent to the Site. D. Owner may impose a set-off against payments due to Contractor and assign the Owner's contractual rights against Contractor with respect to the breach of the obligations described in this Paragraph 8.03 to other contractors or utility owners if damages, delays, disruptions, or interference occur. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 34 03-23-2015 E. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner's Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related damages, delays, disruptions, and interference with other work at the Site are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. ARTICLE 9 — OWNER'S AND OPT'S RESPONSIBILITIES 9.01 Communications to Contractor A. OPT issues communications to Contractor through OAR except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. 9.02 Replacement of Owner's Project Team Members A. Owner may replace members of the OPT at its discretion. 9.03 Furnish Data A. OPT is to furnish the data required of OPT under the Contract Documents. 9.04 Pay When Due A. Owner is to make payments to Contractor when due as described in Paragraphs 15.01.D and 15.06.D. 9.05 Lands and Easements; Reports and Tests A. Owner's duties with respect to providing lands and easements are described in Paragraph 5.01. OPT will make copies of reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions and drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site available to Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 5.03. 9.06 Insurance A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to purchasing and maintaining insurance are described in Article 6. 9.07 Modifications A. Owner's responsibilities with respect to Modifications are described in Article 11. 9.08 Inspections, Tests, and Approvals A. OPT's responsibility with respect to certain inspections, tests, and approvals are described in Paragraph 14.02. 9.09 Limitations on OPT's Responsibilities A. The OPT does not supervise, direct, or have control or authority over, and is not responsible for Contractor's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or related safety precautions and programs, or for failure of Contractor to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the Work. OPT is not responsible for Contractor's failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 35 03-23-2015 9.10 Undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Condition A. OPT's responsibility for undisclosed Hazardous Environmental Conditions is described in Paragraph 5.06. 9.11 Compliance with Safety Program A. Contractor is to inform the OPT of its safety programs and OPT is to comply with the specific applicable requirements of this program. ARTICLE 10 — OAR'S AND DESIGNER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 10.01 Owner's Representative A. OAR is Owner's representative. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of OAR as Owner's representative are described in the Contract Documents. 10.02 Visits to Site A. Designer is to make periodic visits to the Site to observe the progress and quality of the Work. Designer is to determine, in general, if the Work is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents based on observations made during these visits. Designer is not required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. Designer is to inform the OPT of issues or concerns and OAR is to work with Contractor to address these issues or concerns. Designer's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on Designer's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. B. OAR is to observe the Work to check the quality and quantity of Work, implement Owner's quality assurance program, and administer the Contract as Owner's representative as described in the Contract Documents. OAR's visits and observations are subject to the limitations on OAR's authority and responsibility described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.03 Resident Project Representatives A. Resident Project Representatives assist OAR in observing the progress and quality of the Work at the Site. The limitations on Resident Project Representatives' authority and responsibility are described in Paragraphs 9.09 and 10.07. 10.04 Rejecting Defective Work A. OPT has the authority to reject Work in accordance with Article 14. OAR is to issue a Defective Work Notice to Contractor and document when Defective Work has been corrected or accepted in accordance with Article 14. 10.05 Shop Drawings, Modifications and Payments A. Designer's authority related to Shop Drawings and Samples are described in the Contract Documents. B. Designer's authority related to design calculations and design drawings submitted in response to a delegation of professional design services are described in Paragraph 7.15. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 36 03-23-2015 C. OAR and Designer's authority related to Modifications is described in Articles 11. D. OAR's authority related to Applications for Payment is described in Articles 13 and 15. 10.06 Decisions on Requirements of Contract Documents and Acceptability of Work A. OAR is to render decisions regarding non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents and will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. B. Designer is to render decisions regarding the conformance of the Work to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will render a decision to either correct the Defective Work, or accept the Work under the provisions of Paragraph 14.04, if Work does not conform to the Contract Documents. OAR will coordinate the response of the OPT to Contractor. C. OAR will issue a Request for a Change Proposal if a Modification is required. OAR will provide documentation for changes related to the non-technical or contractual / administrative requirements of the Contract Documents. Designer will provide documentation if design related changes are required. D. Contractor may appeal Designer's decision by submitting a Change Proposal if Contractor does not agree with the Designer's decision. 10.07 Limitations on OAR's and Designer's Authority and Responsibilities A. OPT is not responsible for the acts or omissions of Contractor's Team. No actions or failure to act, or decisions made in good faith to exercise or not exercise the authority or responsibility available under the Contract Documents creates a duty in contract, tort, or otherwise of the OPT to the Contractor or members of the Contractor's Team. ARTICLE 11—AMENDING THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS; CHANGES IN THE WORK 11.01 Amending and Supplementing the Contract Documents A. The Contract Documents may be modified by a Contract Amendment, Change Order, Work Change Directive, or Field Order. 1. Contract Amendment: Owner and Contractor may modify the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents without the recommendation of the Designer using a Contract Amendment. A Contract Amendment may be used for: a. Changes that do not involve: 1) The performance or acceptability of the Work; 2) The design as described in the Drawings, Specifications, or otherwise; or 3) Other engineering, architectural or technical matters. b. Authorizing new phases of the Work and establishing the Contract Price, Contract Times, or terms and conditions of the Contract for the new phase of Work when using phased construction or purchasing Goods and Special Services to be incorporated into the Project. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 37 03-23-2015 2. Change Order: All changes to the Contract Documents that include a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Times for previously authorized Work, or changes to the Work requiring Designer's approval must be made by a Change Order. A Change Order may also be used to establish modifications of the Contract Documents that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Times. 3. Work Change Directive: A Work Change Directive does not change the Contract Price or the Contract Times, but is evidence that the parties expect that the modifications ordered or documented by a Work Change Directive are to be incorporated in a subsequently issued Change Order following negotiations on the Contract Price and Contract Times. Contractor must submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Times no later than 30 days after the completion of the Work set out in the Work Change Directive if negotiations are unsuccessful under the terms of the Contract Documents governing adjustments, expressly including Paragraphs 11.04 and 11.05. 4. Field Order: Designer may require minor changes in the Work that do not change the Contract Price or Contract Times using a Field Order. OAR may issue a Field Order for non-technical, administrative issues. Submit a Change Proposal if Contractor believes that a Field Order justifies an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times before proceeding with the Work described in the Field Order. B. Perform added or revised Work under the applicable provisions of the Contract Documents for the same or similar Work unless different Drawings, Specifications, or directions are provided in the Modification. 11.02 Owner -Authorized Changes in the Work A. Owner may order additions, deletions, or revisions in the Work at any time as recommended by the Designer to the extent the change: 1. Involves the design as described in the Contract Documents; 2. Involves acceptance of the Work; or 3. Involves other engineering, architectural or technical matters. B. These changes may be authorized by a Modification. Proceed with the Work involved or, in the case of a deletion in the Work, immediately cease construction activities with respect to the deleted Work upon receipt of the Modification. Nothing in this paragraph obligates the Contractor to undertake Work that Contractor reasonably concludes cannot be performed in a manner consistent with Contractor's safety obligations under the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations. 11.03 Unauthorized Changes in the Work A. Contractor is not entitled to an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times with respect to Work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents, except in the case of an emergency as provided in Paragraph 7.12, or in the case of uncovering Work as provided in Paragraph 14.05. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 38 03-23-2015 B. Contractor is responsible for costs and time delays associated with variations from the requirements of the Contract Documents unless the variations are specifically approved by Change Order. 11.04 Change of Contract Price A. The Contract Price can only be changed by a Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment of Contract Price must comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment in the Contract Price is to be determined as follows: 1. By applying unit prices to the quantities of the items involved, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03, where the Work involved is covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; 2. By a mutually agreed lump sum where the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents; or 3. Payment on the basis of the Cost of the Work determined as provided in Paragraph 13.01 plus a Contractor's fee for overhead and profit determined as provided in Paragraph 11.04.D when the Work involved is not covered by unit prices in the Contract Documents or the parties do not reach a mutual agreement to a lump sum. C. The original Contract Price may not be increased by more than 25 percent or the limit set out in Texas Local Government Code 252.048 or its successor statute. Owner may decrease the Work by up to 25 percent of the Contract Price without adjusting Contractor's fee. D. Contractor's Fee: Determine the Contractor's fee for overhead and profit as follows: 1. A mutually acceptable fixed fee; or 2. A fee based on the following percentages of the various portions of the Cost of the Work: a. The Contractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.C.1 and 13.01.C.2; b. The Contractor's fee is 5 percent for costs incurred under Paragraph 13.01.C.3; c. Fees are to be determined as follows where one or more tiers of subcontracts are used: 1) The Subcontractor's fee is 15 percent for costs incurred under Paragraphs 13.01.C.1 and 13.01.C.2 for the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work at whatever tier; and 2) The Contractor and Subcontractors of a tier higher than that of the Subcontractor that actually performs the Work are to be allowed a fee of 5 percent of the fee plus underlying costs incurred by the next lower tier Subcontractor; d. No fee is payable on the basis of costs itemized under Paragraphs 13.01.C.4, and 13.01.D; e. Five percent of the net decrease in the cost is to be deducted for changes which result in a net decrease in Contract Price; and General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 39 03-23-2015 3. The adjustment in Contractor's fee is based on the net change in accordance with Paragraphs 11.04.D.2.a through 11.04.D.2.e, inclusive when both additions and credits are involved in any one change. 11.05 Change of Contract Times A. The Contract Times can only be changed by Change Order. Any Change Proposal for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Paragraph 11.06. Any Claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times must comply with the provisions of Article 12. B. An adjustment of the Contract Times is subject to the limitations described in Paragraph 4.04. 11.06 Change Proposals A. Submit a Change Proposal to the OAR to: 1. Request an adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Times; 2. Appeal an initial decision by OPT concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or relating to the acceptability of the Work under the Contract Documents; 3. Contest a set-off against payment due; or 4. Seek other relief under the Contract Documents. B. Notify the OAR immediately if a Change Proposal is to be submitted. Submit each Change Proposal to OAR no later than 30 days after the event initiating the Change Proposal. Submit the following as part of the Change Proposal: 1. Any proposed change in Contract Price, Contract Times, or other relief, accompanied by a statement that the requested Change Order is the entire adjustment to which Contractor believes it is entitled; 2. The reason for the proposed change; and 3. Supporting data, accompanied by a statement that the supporting data is accurate and complete. C. OAR is to advise OPT regarding the Change Proposal. OPT is to review each Change Proposal and Contractor's supporting data, and within 30 days after receipt of the documents, direct the OAR to either approve or deny the Change Proposal in whole or in part. OAR is to issue a Change Order for an approved Change Proposal. The Contractor may deem the Change Proposal to be denied if OAR does not take action on the Change Proposal within 30 days and start the time for appeal of the denial under Article 12. 11.07 Execution of Change Orders A. Owner and Contractor are to execute Change Orders covering: 1. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by Owner and Contractor, including undisputed sums or amount of time for Work actually performed in accordance with a Work Change Directive; General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 40 03-23-2015 2. Changes in Contract Price resulting from Owner set -offs unless the set-off has been successfully challenged by Contractor; 3. Changes in the Work which are: a. Ordered by Owner pursuant to Paragraph 11.02.A, b. Required because Defective Work was accepted under Paragraph 14.04 or Owner's correction of Defective Work under Paragraph 14.07, or c. Agreed to by the Owner and Contractor; and 4. Changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times, or other changes under Paragraph 11.06 or Article 12. B. Acceptance of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes a full accord and satisfaction for any and all claims and costs of any kind, whether direct or indirect, including but not limited to impact, delay, or acceleration damages arising from the subject matter of the Change Order. Each Change Order must be specific and final as to prices and extensions of time, with no reservations or other provisions allowing for future additional money or time as a result of the particular changes identified and fully compensated in the Change Order. The execution of a Change Order by Contractor constitutes conclusive evidence of Contractor's agreement to the ordered changes in the Work. This Contract, as amended, forever releases any claim against Owner for additional time or compensation for matters relating to or arising out of or resulting from the Work included within or affected by the executed Change Order. This release applies to claims related to the cumulative impact of all Change Orders and to any claim related to the effect of a change on unchanged Work. C. All Change Orders require approval by either the City Council or Owner by administrative action. The approval process requires a minimum of 45 days after submission in final form with all supporting data. Receipt of Contractor's submission by Owner constitutes neither acceptance nor approval of a Bid, nor a warranty that the Bid will be authorized by City Council or administrative action. The time required for the approval process may not be considered a delay and no extensions to the Contract Times or increase in the Contract Price will be considered or granted as a result of the process. Contractor may proceed with Work if a Work Change Directive is issued. D. A Change Order is deemed to be in full force as if executed by Contractor if the Contractor refuses to execute a Change Order that is required to be executed under the terms of this Paragraph 11.07. 11.08 Notice to Surety A. Notify the surety of Modifications affecting the general scope of the Work, changes in the provisions of the Contract Documents, or changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. Adjust the amount of each Bond when Modifications change the Contract Price. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00-41 03-23-2015 ARTICLE 12 — CLAIMS 12.01 Claims A. Follow the Claims process described in this Article for the following disputes between Owner and Contractor: 1. A demand or assertion by Owner to Contractor, submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Seeking an adjustment of Contract Price or Contract Times; b. Contesting an initial decision by Designer concerning the requirements of the Contract Documents or the acceptability of Work under the Contract Documents; c. Contesting Designer's decision regarding a Change Proposal; d. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OAR has declined to address; or e. Seeking other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. 2. A demand or assertion by Contractor to Owner, submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents: a. Contesting OPT's decision regarding a Change Proposal; or b. Seeking resolution of a contractual issue that OPT has declined to address. 12.02 Claims Process A. Claims must be initiated by written notice. B. Claims by Contractor must be in writing and delivered to the Owner, Designer, and the OAR within 7 days: 1. After the start of the event giving rise to the Claim; or 2. After a final decision on a Change Proposal has been made. C. Claims by Owner must be submitted by written notice to Contractor. D. The responsibility to substantiate a Claim rests with the entity making the Claim. E. In the case of a Claim by Contractor seeking an increase in the Contract Price or Contract Times, Contractor must certify that the Claim is made in good faith, that the supporting data is accurate and complete, and that to the best of Contractor's knowledge and belief, the amount of time or money requested accurately reflects the full amount to which Contractor is entitled. F. The entity receiving a Claim is to review the Claim giving full consideration to its merits. The Owner and Contractor are to seek to resolve the Claim through the exchange of information and direct negotiations. The Owner and Contractor may extend the time for resolving the Claim by mutual agreement. Notify OAR of actions taken on a Claim. G. Owner and Contractor may mutually agree to mediate the underlying dispute at any time after initiation of a Claim. 1. The agreement to mediate suspends the Claim submittal and response process. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 42 03-23-2015 2. Owner or Contractor may unilaterally terminate the mediation process after 60 days from the agreement to mediate and resume the Claim submittal and decision process as of the date of the termination. The Claim process resumes as of the date of the conclusion of the mediation, as determined by the mediator, if the mediation is unsuccessful in resolving the dispute. 3. Owner and Contractor are to each pay one-half of the mediator's fees and costs. H. If the entity receiving a Claim approves the Claim in part or denies it in part, this action is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 17 for final resolution of disputes within 30 days of this action. I. Notify the OAR if efforts to resolve the Claim are not successful, and the Claim is denied. A denial of the Claim is final and binding unless the other entity invokes the procedure described in Article 17 for the final resolution of disputes within 30 days of the denial. J. The results of the agreement or action on the Claim is to be incorporated in a Change Order by the OAR to the extent they affect the Contract Documents, the Contract Price, or the Contract Times if the Owner and Contractor reach a mutual agreement regarding a Claim. ARTICLE 13 — COST OF THE WORK; ALLOWANCES; UNIT PRICE WORK 13.01 Cost of the Work A. The Cost of the Work is the sum of costs described in this Paragraph 13.01, except those excluded in Paragraph 13.01.D, necessary for the proper performance of the Work. The provisions of this Paragraph 13.01 are used for two distinct purposes: 1. To determine Cost of the Work when Cost of the Work is a component of the Contract Price under cost-plus, time -and -materials, or other cost -based terms; or 2. To determine the value of a Change Order, Change Proposal, Claim, set-off, or other adjustment in Contract Price. B. Contractor is entitled only to those additional or incremental costs required because of the change in the Work or because of the event giving rise to the adjustment when the value of the adjustment is determined on the basis of the Cost of the Work. C. Costs included in the Cost of the Work may not exceed the prevailing costs in the proximate area of the Site for similar work unless agreed to by the Owner. Cost of the Work includes only the following items: 1. Payroll costs for Contractor's employees performing the Work, including one foreman per crew, and other required and agreed upon personnel for the time they are employed on the Work. Employees are to be paid according to wage rates for job classifications as agreed to by Owner. Where the Cost of the Work is being used under provisions of Paragraph 13.01.A.2, rates paid for this Work are to be the same as paid for Contract Work as established by certified payroll. Payroll costs may include: a. Actual costs paid for salaries and wages; b. Actual cost paid for fringe benefits, which may include: 1) Social security contributions, General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 43 03-23-2015 2) Unemployment, 3) Excise and payroll taxes, 4) Workers' compensation, 5) Health and retirement benefits, 6) Bonuses, and 7) Paid time off for sick leave, vacations, and holidays; and c. Actual cost of additional compensation paid for performing Work outside of regular working hours, on Saturday, Sunday, or legal holidays, to the extent authorized by Owner. 2. Cost of materials and equipment furnished and incorporated in the Work, including transportation and storage costs and required Suppliers' field services. Contractor may retain cash discounts unless Owner provided funds to the Contractor for early payment of these materials and equipment. Cash discounts are to be credited to Owner if the Owner provides funds for early payment. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, refunds, and returns from sale of surplus materials and equipment and reduce the Cost of the Work by these amounts. 3. Payments made by Contractor to Subcontractors for Work performed by Subcontractors. Obtain competitive bids from Subcontractors acceptable to Owner unless Owner agrees to use Subcontractors proposed by the Contractor. Bids are to be opened in the presence of the OAR and other designated members for the OPT. Provide copies of bids to the OAR to use in determining, with the OPT, which bids are acceptable. The Subcontractor's Cost of the Work and fee are determined in the same manner as Contractor's Cost of the Work and fee as provided in this Paragraph 13.01 if the subcontract provides that the Subcontractor is to be paid on the basis of Cost of the Work plus a fee. 4. Supplemental costs including the following: a. The proportion of necessary transportation, travel, and subsistence expenses of Contractor's employees incurred in discharge of duties connected with the Work; b. Costs of materials, supplies, equipment, machinery, appliances, office, and temporary facilities at the Site including transportation and maintenance costs; c. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers consumed in the performance of the Work. Costs of hand tools not owned by the workers which are used but not consumed in the performance of the Work and which remain the property of Contractor, less their market value when Work is completed; d. Rental of construction equipment, including the costs of transporting, loading, unloading, assembling, dismantling, and removing construction equipment, whether rented from Contractor or others, in accordance with rental agreements approved by Owner. Costs for rental of equipment will not be paid when the equipment is no longer necessary for the Work. Justify idle time for equipment by demonstrating that it was necessary to keep equipment on Site for related future Work; General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 44 03-23-2015 e. Applicable sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes related to the Work for which the Owner is not exempt, and which Contractor pays consistent with Laws and Regulations; f. Deposits lost for causes other than negligence of Contractor's Team; g. Royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses; h. Cost of additional utilities, fuel, and sanitary facilities at the Site; i. Minor expense items directly required by the Work; and j. Premiums for Bonds and insurance required by the Contract Documents. D. The Cost of the Work does not include the following items: 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of Contractor's officers, executives, principals of partnerships and sole proprietorships, general managers, safety managers, superintendents, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, clerks, and other personnel employed by Contractor, whether at the Site or in Contractor's principal or branch office, for general administration of the Work and not specifically included in the agreed upon schedule of job classifications referred to in Paragraph 13.01.C.1 or specifically covered by Paragraph 13.01.C.4. These administrative costs are covered by the Contractor's fee. 2. Office expenses other than Contractor's office at the Site. 3. Any part of Contractor's capital expenses, including interest on Contractor's capital employed for the Work and charges against Contractor for delinquent payments. 4. Costs due to the actions of Contractor's Team for the correction of Defective Work, disposal of materials or equipment that do not comply with Specifications, and correcting damage to property. 5. Losses, damages, and related expenses caused by damage to the Work or sustained by Contractor in connection with the performance of the Work. Contractor is entitled to recover costs if covered by insurance provided in accordance with Article 6. Such losses may include settlements made with the approval of Owner. Do not include these losses, damages, and expenses in the Cost of the Work when determining Contractor's fee. 6. Any Indemnified Cost paid with regard to Contractor's indemnification of Owner's Indemnitees. 7. Other overhead or general expense costs and the costs of items not described in Paragraphs 13.01.C. E. The Contractor's fee is determined as follows: 1. In accordance with the Agreement when the Work is performed on a cost-plus basis. 2. In accordance with Paragraph 11.04.0 for Work covered by a Modification determined on the basis of Cost of the Work. F. Establish and maintain records in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices and submit these records, including an itemized cost breakdown together with supporting General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 45 03-23-2015 data, in a form and at intervals acceptable to OAR whenever the Cost of the Work is to be determined pursuant to this Paragraph 13.01. 13.02 Allowances A. Include allowances specified in the Contract Documents in the Contract Price and provide Work covered by the allowance as authorized by the Owner through the OAR. B. Contractor agrees that: 1. The cash allowance is used to compensate the Contractor for the cost of furnishing materials and equipment for the Work covered by the allowance item in the Contract Documents. Cost may include applicable taxes. Make provisions for trade discounts, rebates, and refunds and reduce the allowance costs by these amounts. 2. Contractor's costs for unloading and handling on the Site, labor, installation, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for the cash allowances have been included in the Contract Price and not in the allowances; and 3. Costs for cash allowances and installation costs as described in Paragraphs 13.02.6.1 and 13.02.6.2 above are included in the Contract Price. C. OAR will issue a Change Order to adjust the Contract Price by the difference between the allowance amount and the actual amount paid by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance. The Change Order will be issued at the time costs are incurred by Contractor for Work covered by the allowance and this Work is included on the Application for Payment. 13.03 Unit Price Work A. The initial Contract Price for Unit Price Work is equal to the sum of the unit price line items in the Agreement. Each unit price line item amount is equal to the product of the unit price for each line item times the estimated quantity of each item as indicated in the Agreement. B. The estimated quantities of items of Unit Price Work are not guaranteed and are solely for the purpose of comparing Bids and determining an initial Contract Price. Payments to Contractor for Unit Price Work are to be based on actual quantities measured for Work in place. C. Each unit price is deemed to include an amount considered by Contractor to be adequate to cover Contractor's overhead and profit for each separately identified item. D. OAR is to determine the actual quantities and classifications of Unit Price Work performed by Contractor to be incorporated into each Application for Payment. OAR's decision on actual quantities is final and binding, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 13.03.E. E. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal, or Owner may file a Claim, seeking an adjustment in the Contract Price within 30 days of OAR's decision under Paragraph 13.03.D, if: 1 The total cost of a particular item of Unit Price Work amounts to 20 percent or more of the total Contract Price and the variation in the quantity of that particular item of Unit Price Work performed by the Contractor differs by more than 20 percent from the estimated quantity of an item indicated in the Agreement; 2. There is no corresponding adjustment with respect to other items of Work; and General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 46 03-23-2015 3. Contractor believes it has incurred additional expense as a result of this condition or if Owner believes that the quantity variation entitles Owner to an adjustment in the Contract Price. 13.04 Contingencies A. Contingency funds may be included in the Contract Price to pay for Work not defined specifically by the Contract Documents that is essential to the completion of the Project. Contingency funds will be as described in the Agreement. B. The contingency funds may be used for costs incurred by the Contractor provided these costs are approved by the Owner. Costs are to be determined and documented in accordance with Paragraph 13.01. The contingency funds are not to be used for the following items: 1. Cost overruns due to changes in material costs after the Contract Price is established, unless specific price escalation provisions are made in the Agreement. 2. Rework required to correct Defective Work. 3. Inefficiencies in completing the Work due to the Contractor's selected means, methods, sequences, or procedures of construction. 4. Work Contractor failed to include in the Contract Price. 5. Changes required by changes in Laws and Regulations enacted after the Contract Price is established. 6. Any Work that does not constitute a change in Scope in the Work included in the Contract Price. C. OAR is to issue a Change Order for approved expenditures from contingency funds. When the Change Order is issued, the costs are to be added to the Application for Payment. Contractor is to maintain a tabulation showing the contingency amount, adjustments to the contingency amount, and amounts remaining as the Project progresses. D. Any contingency amounts that are not included in a Change Order are retained by the Owner. A Change Order will be issued to deduct unused contingency amounts from the Contract Price prior to Final Payment. ARTICLE 14 — TESTS AND INSPECTIONS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 14.01 Access to Work A. Provide safe access to the Site and the Work for the observation, inspection, and testing of the Work in progress. Contractor can require compliance with Contractor's safety procedures and programs as part of providing safe access. 14.02 Tests, Inspections, and Approvals A. OPT may retain and pay for the services of an independent inspector, testing laboratory, or other qualified individual or entity to perform inspections. Notify OAR when the Work is ready for required inspections and tests. Provide adequate notice to allow for coordination General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 47 03-23-2015 with entities providing inspection or testing as determined by the OAR. Cooperate with inspection and testing personnel and assist with providing access for required inspections, tests, and handling test specimens or Samples. B. Arrange for and facilitate inspections, tests, and approvals required by Laws or Regulations of governmental entities having jurisdiction that require Work to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative of that entity. Pay associated costs and furnish OAR with the required certificates of inspection or approval. C. Arrange, obtain, and pay for inspections and tests required: 1. By the Contract Documents, unless the Contract Documents expressly allocate responsibility for a specific inspection or test to OPT; 2. To attain OPT's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the Work; 3. By manufacturers of equipment furnished under the Contract Documents; 4. For testing, adjusting, and balancing of mechanical, electrical, and other equipment to be incorporated into the Work; 5. For acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to Contractor's purchase thereof for incorporation in the Work; 6. For re -inspecting or retesting Defective Work, including any associated costs incurred by the testing laboratory for cancelled tests or standby time; and 7. For retesting due to failed tests. D. Provide independent inspectors, testing laboratories, or other qualified individuals or entities acceptable to OPT to provide these inspections and tests. 14.03 Defective Work A. It is Contractor's obligation to assure that the Work is not Defective. B. OPT has the authority to determine whether Work is Defective and to reject Defective Work. C. OAR is to notify Contractor of Defective Work of which OPT has actual knowledge. D. Promptly correct Defective Work. E. Take no action that would void or otherwise impair Owner's special warranties or guarantees when correcting Defective Work. F. Pay claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or relating to Defective Work, including: 1. Costs for correction, removal, and replacement of Defective Work; 2. Cost of the inspection and testing related to correction of Defective Work; 3. Fines levied against Owner by governmental authorities because of Defective Work; and 4. Costs of repair or replacement of work of others resulting from Defective Work. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 48 03-23-2015 14.04 Acceptance of Defective Work A. Owner may elect to accept Defective Work instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of Defective Work provided: 1. This acceptance occurs prior to final payment; 2. Designer confirms that the Defective Work is in general accordance with the design intent and applicable engineering or architectural principles; and 3. Designer confirms that acceptance of the Defective Work does not endanger public health or safety. B. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15 for costs associated with OPT's evaluation of Defective Work to determine if it can be accepted and to determine the diminished value of the Work. Owner may impose a reasonable set-off against payments due under Article 15 if the parties are unable to agree as to the decrease in the Contract Price to compensate Owner for the diminished value of Defective Work accepted. OAR is to issue a Modification for acceptance of the Defective Work prior to final payment. Pay an appropriate amount to Owner if the acceptance of Defective Work occurs after final payment. 14.05 Uncovering Work A. OPT has the authority to require inspection or testing of the Work, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed, or completed. B. Work that is covered prior to approval of the OAR must be uncovered for OPT's observation if requested by OAR. Pay for uncovering Work and its subsequent restoration unless Contractor has given OAR timely notice of Contractor's intention to cover the Work and OAR fails to act with reasonable promptness in response to this notice. C. Provide necessary labor, material, and equipment and uncover, expose, or otherwise make available the portion of the Work suspected of being Defective for observation, inspection, or testing if OPT considers it necessary or advisable that covered Work be observed by Designer or inspected or tested by others as directed by the OAR. 1. Pay for claims, costs, losses, and damages associated with uncovering, exposing, observing, inspecting, and testing if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. Pay costs for correction of Defective Work. Pay for reconstruction, repair, or replacement of work of others if it is found that the uncovered Work is Defective. 2. Submit a Change Proposal for an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times directly attributable to this uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, and reconstruction if the uncovered Work is found to be not Defective. 14.06 Owner May Stop the Work A. Owner may order Contractor to stop the Work if: 1. The Work is Defective; 2. Contractor fails to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; or General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 49 03-23-2015 3. Contractor performs Work that may fail to conform to the Contract Documents when completed. This stop work order is to remain in effect until the reason for the stop work order has been eliminated. Owner's right to stop the Work does not create a duty to exercise this right for the benefit of Contractor's Team or surety. 14.07 Owner May Correct Defective Work A. Owner may remedy the following deficiencies after 7 days' notice to Contractor if: 1. Contractor fails to correct Defective Work, or to remove and replace rejected Work as required by OPT; 2. Contractor fails to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; or 3. Contractor fails to comply with other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. Owner may: 1. Exclude Contractor from the Site; 2. Take possession of the Work and suspend Contractor's services related to the Work; and 3. Incorporate stored materials and equipment in the Work. C. Allow OPT access to the Site and off Site storage areas to enable Owner to exercise the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07. D. All claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred or sustained by Owner in exercising the rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07 are to be charged against Contractor as a set-off against payments due under Article 15. These claims, costs, losses, and damages include costs of repair and the cost of replacement of work of others destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of Contractor's Defective Work. E. Contractor is not allowed an extension of the Contract Times because of delays in the performance of the Work attributable to the exercise of the Owner's rights and remedies under this Paragraph 14.07. ARTICLE 15 — PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR; SET -OFFS; COMPLETION; CORRECTION PERIOD 15.01 Progress Payments A. Progress payments are to be submitted to the OAR on the Application for Payment form provided by the OAR following procedures in the Contract Documents. 1. Progress payments for lump sum Work are to be paid on the basis of the earned value to date at the amounts shown in the Schedule of Values submitted as required by Paragraph 2.03. Final payment will be for the total lump sum amount. 2. Progress payments for Unit Price Work are based on the number of units completed as determined under the provisions of Paragraph 13.03. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 50 03-23-2015 3. Progress payments for Work to be paid on the basis of the Cost of the Work per Paragraphs 13.01, 13.02 and 13.04 are to be paid for Work completed by Contractor during the pay period. B. Reduction in Payment by Owner: 1. Owner is entitled to impose a set-off against payment based on the following: a. Claims made against Owner or costs, losses, or damages incurred by Owner related to: 1) Contractor's conduct in the performance of the Work, including, but not limited to, workplace injuries, non-compliance with Laws and Regulations, or patent infringement; or 2) Contractor's failure to take reasonable and customary measures to avoid damage, delay, disruption, and interference with other work at or adjacent to the Site, including but not limited to, workplace injuries, property damage, and non-compliance with Laws and Regulations. b. Owner has been required to remove or remediate a Hazardous Environmental Condition for which Contractor is responsible; c. Work is Defective, or completed Work has been damaged by Contractor's Team, requiring correction or replacement; d. Owner has been required to correct Defective Work or complete Work in accordance with Paragraph 14.07; e. The Contract Price has been reduced by Change Orders; f. Events have occurred that would constitute a default by Contractor justifying a termination for cause; Liquidated damages have accrued as a result of Contractor's failure to achieve Milestones, Substantial Completion, or completion of the Work; h. Liens have been filed in connection with the Work, except where Contractor has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to Owner to secure the satisfaction and discharge of these Liens; g. i. Owner has been notified of failure to make payments to Subcontractors, Suppliers, or Employees; Failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required by the Contract Documents; k. Failure to submit monthly Progress Schedule updates or revised schedules as requested by the OAR; I. Failure to provide Project photographs required by the Contract Documents; m. Failure to provide Certified Payroll required by the Contract Documents; n. Compensation for OPT for overtime charges of OAR or RPR, third review of documents, review of substitutions, re -inspection fees, inspections or designs related to correction of Defective Work, or other services identified as requiring payment by the Contractor; General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00-51 03-23-2015 o. Costs for tests performed by the Owner to verify that Work previously tested and found to be Defective has been corrected; OPT has actual knowledge of the occurrence of events that would constitute a default by Contractor and therefore justify termination for cause under the Contract Documents with associated cost impacts; q• Other items entitling Owner to a set-off against the amount recommended; or r. Payment would result in an over -payment of the Contract Price. 2. Compensation for services of OPT staff is to be at the rates established by negotiations between OPT and Contractor. 3. OAR is to notify Contractor stating the amount and the reasons for an imposed set-off. The Owner is to pay the Contractor amounts remaining after deduction of the set-off. Owner is to pay the set-off amount agreed to by Owner and Contractor if Contractor remedies the reasons for the set-off. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal contesting the set-off. C. Delayed Payments: 1. No money shall be paid by Owner upon any claim, debt, demand, or account whatsoever, to any person, firm, or corporation who is in arrears to Owner for taxes; and Owner shall be entitled to counterclaim and automatically offset against any such debt, claim, demand, or account in the amount of taxes so in arrears and no assignment or transfer of such debt, claim, demand, or account after said taxes are due, shall affect the right of Owner to offset said taxes, and associated penalties and interest if applicable, against the same. 2. No payment will be made for Work authorized by a Work Change Directive until the Work Change Directive is incorporated into a Change Order. Payment can be included in an Application for payment when the Change Order is approved. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 15.02 Contractor's Warranty of Title A. Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to the Work, materials, and equipment furnished under the Contract is to pass to Owner free and clear of Liens, title defects, and patent, licensing, copyright, or royalty obligations no later than 7 days after the time of payment by Owner of the Application for Payment which includes these items. 15.03 Substantial Completion A. Notify OAR when Contractor considers the entire Work substantially complete and request a Certificate of Substantial Completion. B. OPT is to inspect the Work after Contractor's notification to determine if the Work is substantially complete. OAR is to either issue the Certificate of Substantial Completion which sets the date of Substantial Completion or notify Contractor of the reasons the Project is not considered to be substantially complete. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 52 03-23-2015 C. The OPT and Contractor are to meet to discuss Owner's use or occupancy of the Work following Substantial Completion. Items to be discussed at this meeting include: 1. Review of insurance policies with respect to the end of the Contractor's coverage, and confirm the transition to coverage of the Work under a permanent property insurance policy held by Owner; 2. Owner's assumption of responsibility for security, operation, protection of the Work, maintenance, and utilities upon Owner's use or occupancy of the Work; 3. Contractor's obligations for operations and maintenance during performance and acceptance testing; 4. Contractor's access to the Site to complete punch list items; and 5. Procedures for correction of Defective Work during the 1 -year correction period. 15.04 Partial Utilization A. Owner may use or occupy substantially completed parts of the Work which are specifically identified in the Contract Documents, or which OPT and Contractor agree constitutes a separately functioning and usable part of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of the Work. Owner must be able to use that part of the Work for its intended purpose without significant interference with Contractor's performance of the remainder of the Work. Contractor and OPT are to follow the procedures of Paragraph 15.03 for this part of the Work. B. No use or occupancy or separate operation of part of the Work may occur prior to compliance with the requirements of Article 6. 15.05 Final Inspection A. OPT is to make a final inspection upon notice from Contractor that the entire Work or portion to be accepted under Paragraph 15.04 is complete. OAR is to notify Contractor of Work determined to be incomplete or Defective. Immediately take corrective measures to complete the Work and correct Defective Work. 15.06 Final Payment A. Make Application for Final Payment after completing required corrections identified during the final inspection and delivering items and documents required by the Contract Documents. Provide the following with the final Application for Payment: 1. Consent of Surety to Final Payment acknowledging unsettled disputes; and 2. Certification of Payment of Debts and Claims or Certification of Release of Liens or furnish receipts or releases in full from Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. OAR is to either recommend payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner if OPT is satisfied that the Work has been completed and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending final payment. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 53 03-23-2015 C. The Work is complete, subject to surviving obligations, when it is ready for final payment as established by the OAR's recommendation of payment of the final Application for Payment to Owner and the issuance of a Certificate of Final Completion. D. The Owner is to pay the amount of final payment recommended by the OAR within 30 days after receipt of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation from the OAR. 15.07 Waiver of Claims A. The making of final payment does not constitute a waiver by Owner of claims or rights against Contractor. Owner expressly reserves claims and rights arising from: 1. Unsettled Liens or claims for non-payment; 2. Defective Work appearing after final inspection pursuant to Paragraph 15.05; 3. Contractor's failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of specified special guarantees; or 4. Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents. B. Contractor waives claims and rights against Owner by accepting final payment with the exception of those Claims made in accordance with the provisions of Article 17 and specifically noted in the Certificate of Final Completion. 15.08 Correction Period A. Promptly correct Defective Work without cost to Owner for 1 year after the date of Substantial Completion or longer periods of time prescribed by the terms of the Contract Documents. B. Promptly correct damages to the Site or adjacent areas that Contractor has arranged to use through construction easements or other agreements. Promptly correct damages to Work or the work of others. Make corrections without cost to Owner. C. Owner may have the Defective Work and damages described in Paragraphs 15.08.A and 15.08.6 corrected if Contractor does not comply with the terms of OAR's instructions, or in an emergency where delay would cause serious risk of loss or damage. D. Contractor's obligation to indemnify Owner's Indemnitees for claims arising out of or related to the correction of Defective Work are as set forth in Paragraph 7.14. E. The correction period starts to run from the date when a specific item of equipment or systems are placed in continuous beneficial use by Owner before Substantial Completion of Work if so provided in the Specifications or if accepted for beneficial use by the Owner. F. The correction period is extended for an additional period of 1 year for Defective Work corrected after the date of Substantial Completion or after the accepted date the correction period starts to run as described in Paragraph 15.08.E. This extended correction period starts to run when Defective Work has been satisfactorily corrected under this Paragraph 15.08. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 54 03-23-2015 G. Contractor's obligations under this Paragraph 15.08 are in addition to other obligations or warranties. The provisions of this Paragraph 15.08 are not a substitute for, or a waiver of, the provisions of applicable statutes of limitation or repose. ARTICLE 16 — SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 16.01 Owner May Suspend Work A. Owner may suspend the Work or a portion of the Work for a period of not more than 90 consecutive days, at any time and without cause, by notice to Contractor. This notice fixes the date on which Contractor is to resume Work. Contractor is entitled to adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Times directly attributable to this suspension only if efforts are made to mitigate the cost impacts of the suspension. Meet with the Owner within 10 days of the notice of suspension to discuss specific strategies to reduce or eliminate the cost of delays. Submit a Change Proposal seeking an adjustment no later than 30 days after the date fixed for resumption of Work. 16.02 Owner May Terminate for Cause A. The occurrence of one or more of the following events constitutes a default by Contractor and justifies termination for cause: 1. Contractor's persistent failure to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including failure to supply sufficient skilled workers or suitable materials or equipment; 2. Failure to adhere to the Progress Schedule; 3. Failure of the Contractor to provide a satisfactory replacement Bond or insurance in the event either is lost or canceled; 4. Failure of Contractor to maintain financial solvency to adequately complete the Project as indicated by one or more of the following: a. A petition of bankruptcy is filed by or against Contractor, b. Contractor is adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent, c. Contractor or surety makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, d. A receiver is appointed for the benefit of Contractor's creditors, or e. A receiver is appointed on account of Contractor's insolvency; 5. Contractor's disregard of Laws or Regulations of public bodies having jurisdiction; or 6. Contractor's repeated disregard of the authority of OPT. B. Contractor and surety must provide adequate assurance of future performance in accordance with the Contract Documents that is satisfactory to Owner if Contractor is believed to be in financial distress due to the existence of one or more of the indicators listed in Paragraph 16.02.A.4. Owner may terminate this Contract if Contractor and surety fail to provide adequate documentation satisfactory to Owner within 10 days of OAR's request for this information. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 55 03-23-2015 C. Owner may declare Contractor to be in default, give notice to Contractor and surety that the Contract is terminated, and enforce the rights available to Owner under the Performance Bond after giving Contractor and surety 10 days' notice that one or more of the events identified in Paragraph 16.02.A has occurred. D. Owner may exclude Contractor from the Site, take possession of the Work, incorporate the materials and equipment stored and complete the Work as Owner may deem expedient if Owner has terminated the Contract for cause. E. Owner may elect not to proceed with termination of the Contract under this Paragraph 16.02 if Contractor begins to cure the cause for termination within 7 days of receipt of notice of intent to terminate. F. Contractor is not entitled to receive further payments until the Work is completed if Owner proceeds as provided in this Paragraph 16.02. The amount of the Contract Price remaining is to be paid to the Contractor if the unpaid balance exceeds the cost to complete the Work. This cost to complete the Work may include related claims, costs, losses, damages, and the fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals retained by Owner. Pay the difference to Owner if the cost to complete the Work including related claims, costs, losses, and damages exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price. Claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred by Owner are to be reviewed as to their reasonableness and incorporated in a Change Order by OAR. Owner is not required to obtain the lowest price for the Work performed when exercising its rights or remedies under this paragraph. G. Termination does not affect the rights or remedies of Owner against Contractor or against surety under the Payment Bond or Performance Bond. Owner does not release Contractor from liability by paying or retaining money due Contractor. 16.03 Owner May Terminate For Convenience A. Owner may terminate the Contract without cause after giving 7 days' notice to Contractor of the effective date of termination. Contractor is to be paid for the following if Owner terminates for convenience: 1. Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents prior to the effective date of termination; 2. Actual costs sustained prior to the effective date of termination for Work in progress, plus a fee calculated in accordance with Paragraph 11.04.D.; and 3. Reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination, including costs incurred to prepare a termination for convenience cost proposal. B. No payment is payable to Contractor for loss of anticipated overhead, profits or revenue, or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from this termination. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 56 03-23-2015 ARTICLE 17 — FINAL RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES 17.01 Methods and Procedures A. The Owner or Contractor may appeal a Claim, approved or denied in part or in full, by: 1. Electing to invoke the dispute resolution process if one is provided for in the Supplementary Conditions; 2. Agreeing with the other party to submit the dispute to a dispute resolution process; or 3. Notifying the other party of the intent to submit the dispute to a court of competent jurisdiction if no dispute resolution process is provided for in the Supplementary Conditions or mutually agreed to. ARTICLE 18 — MISCELLANEOUS 18.01 Computation of Times A. Exclude the first day and include the last day when determining dates for a period of time referred to in the Contract Documents by days. The last day of this period is to be omitted from the determination if it falls on a Saturday, Sunday, or a legal holiday. B. All references and conditions for a Calendar Day Contract in the Contract Documents apply for a Fixed Date Contract. A Fixed Date Contract is one in which the calendar dates for reaching Substantial Completion and/or final completion are specified in lieu of identifying the number of days involved. 18.02 Owner's Right to Audit Contractor's Records A. By execution of the Contract, Contractor grants Owner the right to audit, examine, inspect and/or copy, at Owner's election at all reasonable times during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years following the completion or termination of the Work, all of Contractor's written and electronically stored records and billings relating to the performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. The audit, examination or inspection may be performed by an Owner designee, which may include its internal auditors or an outside representative engaged by Owner. Contractor agrees to retain its records for a minimum of four (4) years following termination of the Contract, unless there is an ongoing dispute under the Contract, then, such retention period must extend until final resolution of the dispute. As used in these General Conditions, "Contractor written and electronically stored records" include any and all information, materials and data of every kind and character generated as a result of the work under this Contract. Example of Contractor written and electronically stores records include, but are not limited to: accounting data and reports, billings, books, general ledgers, cost ledgers, invoices, production sheets, documents, correspondences, meeting notes, subscriptions, agreements, purchase orders, leases, contracts, commitments, arrangements, notes, daily diaries, reports, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, time sheets, payroll records, policies, procedures, Subcontractor agreements, Supplier agreements, rental equipment proposals, federal and state tax filings for any issue in question, along with any and all other agreements, sources of information and matters that may, in Owner's sole judgment, General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 57 03-23-2015 have any bearing on or pertain to any matters, rights, duties or obligations under or covered by any Agreement Documents. B. Owner agrees to exercise the right to audit, examine or inspect Contractor's records only during regular business hours. Contractor agrees to allow Owner and/or Owner's designee access to all of the Contractor's Records, Contractor's facilities and current or former employees of Contractor, deemed necessary by Owner or its designee(s), to perform such audit, inspection or examination. Contractor also agrees to provide adequate and appropriate work space necessary for Owner or its designees to conduct such audits, inspections or examinations. C. Contractor must include this Section in any Subcontractor, supplier or vendor contract. 18.03 Independent Contractor A. Contractor is to perform its duties under this Contract as an independent contractor. The Contractor's Team and their personnel are not considered to be employees or agents of the Owner. Nothing in this Contract is to be interpreted as granting Contractor's Team the right or authority to make commitments for the Owner. This Contract does not constitute or create a joint venture, partnership, or formal business organization of any kind. 18.04 Cumulative Remedies A. The duties and obligations imposed by these General Conditions and the rights and remedies available to the Owner or Contractor by these General Conditions are in addition to, and are not a limitation of, the rights and remedies which are otherwise imposed or available by: 1. Laws or Regulations; 2. Special warranties or guarantees; or 3. Other provisions of the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Paragraph 18.03 are as effective as if repeated specifically in the Contract Documents in connection with each particular duty, obligation, right, and remedy to which they apply. 18.05 Limitation of Damages A. Owner's Indemnitees are not liable to Contractor for claims, costs, losses, or damages sustained by Contractor's Team associated with other projects or anticipated projects. 18.06 No Waiver A. The failure of Owner or Contractor to enforce any provision of this Contract does not constitute a waiver of that provision, affect the enforceability of that provision, or the enforceability of the remainder of this Contract. 18.07 Severability A. If a court of competent jurisdiction renders a part of this Contract invalid or unenforceable, that part is to be severed and the remainder of this Contract continues in full force. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 58 03-23-2015 18.08 Survival of Obligations A. Representations, indemnifications, warranties, guarantees, and continuing obligations required by the Contract Documents survive completion and acceptance of the Work or termination of the Contract. 18.09 No Third Party Beneficiaries A. Nothing in this Contract can be construed to create rights in any entity other than the Owner and Contractor. Neither the Owner nor Contractor intends to create third party beneficiaries by entering into this Contract. 18.10 Assignment of Contract A. This Contract may not be assigned in whole or in part by the Contractor without the consent of the Owner. 18.11 No Waiver of Sovereign Immunity A. The Owner has not waived its sovereign immunity by entering into and performing its obligations under this Contract. 18.12 Controlling Law A. This Contract is governed by the laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of laws. Venue for legal proceedings lies exclusively in Nueces County, Texas. 18.13 Conditions Precedent to Right to Sue A. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Contractor will have at least 90 days to give notice of a claim for damages as a condition precedent to the right to sue on the Contract, subject to the contractual Claims and Alternative Dispute Resolution processes set forth herein. 18.14 Waiver of Trial by Jury A. Owner and Contractor agree that they have knowingly waived and do hereby waive the right to trial by jury and have instead agreed, in the event of any litigation arising out of or connected to this Contract, to proceed with a trial before the court, unless both parties subsequently agree otherwise in writing. 18.15 Attorney Fees A. The Parties expressly agree that, in the event of litigation, all parties waive rights to payment of attorneys' fees that otherwise might be recoverable, pursuant to the Texas Civil Practice and Remedies Code Chapter 38, Texas Local Government Code §271.153, the Prompt Payment Act, common law or any other provision for payment of attorney's fees. 18.16 Compliance with Laws A. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 as amended (ADA) and Texas Architectural Barriers Act and all regulations relating to either statute. General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 59 03-23-2015 B. Comply with all applicable federal, state, and city laws, rules and regulations. 18.17 Enforcement A. The City Manager or designee and the City Attorney or designee, are fully authorized and will have the right to enforce all legal rights and obligations under the Contract without further authorization from City Council. 18.18 Subject to Appropriation A. Funds are appropriated by the Owner on a yearly basis. If for any reason funds are not appropriated in any given year, the Owner may direct immediate suspension or termination of the Contract, with no additional liability to the Owner. If the Contractor is terminated or suspended and the Owner requests remobilization at a later date, the Contractor may request payment for reasonable demobilization/remobilization costs. Such costs shall be addressed through a Change Order to the Contract. Under no circumstances may a provision or obligation under this Contract be interpreted as contrary to this paragraph. 18.19 Contract Sum A. The Contract Sum is stated in the Contract and, including authorized adjustments, is the total maximum not -to -exceed amount payable by Owner to Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. Contractor accepts and agrees that all payments pursuant to this Contract are subject to the availability and appropriation of funds by the Corpus Christi City Council. If funds are not available and/or appropriated, this Contract shall immediately be terminated with no liability to any party to this Contract. 18.20 Contractor's Guarantee as Additional Remedy A. The Contractor's guarantee is a separate and additional remedy available to benefit the Owner. Neither the guarantee nor the expiration of the guarantee period will operate to reduce, release, or relinquish any rights or remedies available to the Owner for any claims or causes of action against the Contractor or any other individual or entity. END OF SECTION General Conditions Corpus Christi Standards - Regular Projects 00 72 00 - 60 03-23-2015 00 72 01 INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS ARTICLE 1— INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 1.01 CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE AMOUNTS A. Provide the insurance coverage for at least the following amounts unless greater amounts are required by Laws and Regulations: Type of Insurance Minimum Insurance Coverage Commercial General Liability including 1. Commercial Form 2. Premises - Operations 3. Explosions and Collapse Hazard 4. Underground Hazard 5. Products / Completed Operations Hazard 6. Contractual Liability 7. Broad Form Property Damage 8. Independent Contractors 9. Personal & Advertising Injury $1,000,000 Per Occurrence $2,000,000 Aggregate Business Automobile Liability - Owned, Non -Owned, Rented and Leased $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit Workers' Compensation Statutory Employer's Liability $500,000/ 500,000/ 500,000 Excess Liability/Umbrella Liability $1,000,000 Per Occurrence Contractor's Pollution Liability / Environmental Impairment Coverage Not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. To include long-term environmental impact for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants. $2,000,000 Per Claim • Required ® Not Required Builder's Risk (All Perils including Collapse) Equal to Contract Price • Required Xl Not Required Installation Floater Equal to Contract Price • Required ® Not Required Owner's Protective Liability Equal to Contractor's liability insurance • Required Xi Not Required 1.02 GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Provide insurance coverages and limits meeting the requirements for insurance in accordance with Article 6 of the General Conditions and this Section. Insurance Requirements Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 007201-1 Rev 01-13-2016 B. Provide endorsements to the policies as outlined in this Section. C. Obtain insurance from companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State of Texas to issue insurance policies for the required limits and coverages. Provide insurance from companies that have an A.M. Best rating of A -VIII or better. D. Furnish copies of policies and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles upon request by OPT or any named insured or additional insured. Contractor may block out (redact) any confidential premium or pricing information contained in any policy or endorsement furnished under this Contract. E. The name and number of the Project must be referenced on the certificate of insurance. F. OPT's failure to demand such certificates or other evidence of the Contractor's full compliance with the insurance requirements or failure to identify a deficiency in compliance from the evidence provided is not a waiver of the Contractor's obligation to obtain and maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. G. Notify the Owner if the Contractor fails to purchase or maintain the insurance required by the Contract Documents. Contractor shall not be allowed to perform any Work on the Project until the required insurance policies are in effect. A Certificate of Liability Insurance shall be submitted to the OPT. H. Owner may exclude the Contractor from the Site and exercise Owner's termination rights under Article 16 of the General Conditions if Contractor fails to obtain or maintain the required insurance. I. Owner does not represent that the insurance coverage and limits established in this Contract are adequate to protect Contractor or Contractor's interests. J. The required insurance and insurance limits do not limit the Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner's Indemnitees in the Contract Documents. K. Provide for an endorsement that the "other insurance" clause shall not apply to the OPT where the OPT is an additional insured shown on the policy. Contractor's insurance is primary and non-contributory with respect to any insurance or self-insurance carried by the OPT for liability arising out of operations under this Contract. L. Include the Owner and list the other members of the OPT and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds on all policies with the exception of the workers' compensation policy and Contractor's professional liability policy. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE A. Purchase and maintain workers' compensation and employer's liability insurance for: 1. Claims under workers' compensation, disability benefits, and other similar employee benefit acts. Obtain workers' compensation coverage through a licensed insurance company in accordance with Texas law and written on a policy and endorsements approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. Provide insurance in amounts to meet all workers' compensation obligations. Provide an "All Other States" endorsement if Contractor is not domiciled in Texas and policy is not written in accordance with Texas Department of Insurance rules. Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 2 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 2. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor's employees. 3. United States Longshoreman and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act and Jones Act coverage (if applicable). 4. Foreign voluntary worker compensation (if applicable). B. Purchase and maintain commercial general liability insurance covering all operations by or on behalf of Contractor. Provide coverage on an occurrence basis, against: 1. Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor's employees; 2. Claims for damages insured by reasonably available personal injury liability coverage which are sustained; 3. By any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor; 4. By any other person for any other reason; and 5. Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including any resulting loss of use. C. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability policy that is written on a 1996 (or later) ISO commercial general liability form (occurrence form) and include the following coverages and endorsements: 1. Products and completed operations coverage as required in this Section. Insurance is to remain in effective for 3 years after final payment. Furnish evidence of the continuation of this insurance at final payment and again each year for 3 years after final payment to Owner and each named insured or additional insured. a. Eliminate the exclusion with respect to property under the care, custody, and control of Contractor. Provide and maintain Installation Floater insurance for property under the care, custody, or control of Contractor in lieu of elimination of the exclusion, or if required by this Section. Provide Installation Floater insurance that is a broad form or "All Peril" policy providing coverage for all materials, supplies, machinery, fixtures, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work. 1) Provide coverage under the Contractor's Installation Floater that includes: a) Faulty or Defective workmanship, materials, maintenance, or construction; b) Cost to remove Defective or damaged Work from the Site or to protect it from loss or damage; c) Cost to cleanup and remove pollutants; d) e) f) g) Coverage for testing and startup; Any loss to property while in transit; Any loss at the Site; Any loss while in storage, both on and off the Site; and Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 3 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 h) Any loss to temporary Project Works if their value is included in the Contract Price. 2) Coverage cannot be contingent on an external cause or risk or limited to property for which the Contractor is legally liable. Provide limits of insurance adequate to cover the value of the installation. Pay any deductible carried under this coverage and assume responsibility for claims on materials, supplies, machinery, fixture, and equipment which will be incorporated into the Work while in transit or in storage. 2. Blanket contractual liability coverage for Contractor's contractual indemnity obligations in Paragraph 7.14 of the General Conditions, and all other contractual indemnity obligations of Contractor in the Contract Documents. 3. Broad form property damage coverage. 4. Severability of interest. 5. Underground explosion and collapse coverage. 6. Personal injury coverage. 7. Endorsement CG 2032, "Additional Insured - Engineers, Architects or Surveyors Not Engaged by the Named Insured" or its equivalent. D. Purchase and maintain automobile liability insurance against claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of any motor vehicle. E. Purchase and maintain umbrella or excess liability insurance written over the underlying employer's liability, commercial general liability, and automobile liability insurance described in the paragraphs above. Provide coverage that is at least as broad as all underlying policies. Provide a policy that provides first -dollar liability coverage as needed. F. Provide Contractor's commercial general liability and automobile liability policies that: 1. Are written on an occurrence basis; 2. Include the individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds; 3. Include coverage for the respective officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors for each named insured or additional insured; 4. Provide primary coverage for all claims covered by the policies, including those arising from both ongoing and completed operations. G. Purchase and maintain insurance coverage for third -party injury and property damage claims, including clean-up costs that result from Hazardous Environmental Conditions which result from Contractor's operations and completed operations. Provide Contractor's pollution liability insurance that includes long-term environmental impacts for the disposal of pollutants/contaminants and is not limited to sudden and accidental discharge. The completed operations coverage is to remain in effect for 3 years after final payment. The policy must name OPT and any other individuals and entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions as additional insureds. Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 4 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 H. Purchase and maintain applicable professional liability insurance, or have Subcontractors and Suppliers do so, if Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier will provide or furnish professional services under this Contract. I. The policies of insurance required by this Section must: 1. Include at least the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability provided in this Section or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever is greater. 2. Contain a provision that coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Contractor, Owner, and all named insureds and additional insureds. 3. Remain in effect at all times when Contractor is performing Work or is at the Site to conduct tasks arising from the Contract Documents. 4. Be appropriate for the Work being performed and provide protection from claims resulting from the Contractor's performance of the Work and Contractor's other obligations under the Contract Documents, whether performed by Contractor, Subcontractor, Supplier, anyone directly or indirectly employed or retained by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable. J. The coverage requirements for specific policies of insurance must be met directly by those policies and may not by rely on excess or umbrella insurance provided in other policies to meet the coverage requirement. 1.04 OWNER'S PROTECTIVE LIABILITY INSURANCE A. Purchase and maintain an Owner's Protective Liability insurance policy with the Owner as the named insured and other members of the OPT as additional insureds. Provide a policy that will protect the OPT from claims which arise from operations under the Contract Documents. Provide this coverage in the same amounts required for the Contractor's liability insurance and from the same company that provides the Contractor's liability insurance. 1.05 PROPERTY INSURANCE A. Purchase and maintain builder's risk insurance in the amount of the full replacement cost of the Project. This policy is subject to the deductible amounts requirements in this Section or those required by Laws and Regulations and must comply with the requirements of Paragraph 1.06. This insurance shall: 1. Include the OPT, Contractor, and all Subcontractors, and any other individuals or entities identified in the Supplementary Conditions, as named insureds. 2. Be written on a builder's risk "all risk" policy form that includes insurance for physical loss or damage to the Work, temporary buildings, falsework, and materials and equipment in transit, and insures against at least the following perils or causes of loss: fire; lightning; windstorm; riot; civil commotion; terrorism; vehicle impact; aircraft; smoke; theft; vandalism and malicious mischief; mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; flood; collapse; explosion; debris removal; demolition occasioned by enforcement of Laws and Regulations; water damage (other than that Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 5 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 caused by flood); and such other perils or causes of loss as may be specifically required by this Section. If insurance against mechanical breakdown, boiler explosion, and artificially generated electric current; earthquake; volcanic activity, and other earth movement; or flood, are not commercially available under builder's risk, by endorsement or otherwise, this insurance may be provided through other insurance policies acceptable to Owner and Contractor. 3. Cover expenses incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property. 4. Cover materials and equipment in transit or stored prior to being incorporated in the Work. 5. Cover Owner -furnished or assigned property. 6. Allow for partial utilization of the Work by Owner. 7. Allow for the waiver of the insurer's subrogation rights as set forth below. 8. Provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils or causes of loss covered. 9. Not include a co-insurance clause. 10. Include a broad exception for ensuing losses from physical damage or loss with respect to any Defective workmanship, design, or materials exclusions. 11. Include testing and startup. 12. Be maintained in effect until the Work as a whole is complete, unless otherwise agreed to in writing by Owner and Contractor. B. Evidence of insurance provided must contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled or materially changed or renewal refused until at least 30 days prior written notice has been given to Owner and Contractor and to each named insured. C. Pay for costs not covered by the policy deductible. D. Notify builder's risk insurance provider if Owner will occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of all the Work as provided in Paragraph 15.04 of the General Conditions. Maintain the builder's risk insurance in effect during this Partial Occupancy or Use. E. Contractor may purchase other special insurance to be included in or to supplement the builder's risk or property insurance policies provided under this Section. F. Contractor, Subcontractors, or employees of the Contractor or a Subcontractor owning property items, such as tools, construction equipment, or other personal property not expressly covered in the insurance required by the Contract Documents are responsible for providing their own insurance. 1.06 WAIVER OF RIGHTS A. Insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation in favor of the additional insureds identified in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. B. All policies purchased in accordance with this Section are to contain provisions to the effect that the insurers have no rights of recovery against OPT, named insureds or additional Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 6 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 insureds in the event of a payment for loss or damage. Contractor and insurers waive all rights against the Owner's Indemnities for losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by these policies and any other applicable property insurance. None of these waivers extend to the rights Contractor has to the proceeds of insurance as trustee. C. Contractor is responsible for assuring that agreements with Subcontractors contains provisions that the Subcontractor waive all rights against Owner's Indemnitees, Contractor, named insureds and additional insureds, and the officers, directors, members, partners, employees, agents, consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them, for all losses and damages created by or resulting from any of the perils or causes of loss covered by builder's risk insurance and other property insurance. 1.07 OWNER'S INSURANCE FOR THE PROJECT A. Owner is not responsible for purchasing and maintaining any insurance to protect the interest of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or others in the Work. The stated limits of insurance required are minimum only. Determine the limits that are adequate. These limits may be basic policy limits or any combination of basic limits and umbrella limits. In any event, Contractor is fully responsible for all losses arising out of, resulting from, or connected with operations under this Contract whether or not these losses are covered by insurance. The acceptance of evidence of insurance by the OPT, named insureds, or additional insureds does not release the Contractor from compliance with the insurance requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2 — EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE 2.01 ACCEPTABLE EVIDENCE OF INSURANCE A. Provide evidence of insurance acceptable to the Owner with the executed Contract Documents. Provide the following as evidence of insurance: 1. Certificates of Insurance on an acceptable form; 2. Riders or endorsements to policies; and 3. Policy limits and deductibles. B. Provide a list of "Additional Insureds" for each policy. C. Provide evidence that waivers of subrogation are provided on all applicable policies. D. Provide evidence of requirements for 30 days' notice before cancellation or any material change in the policy's terms and conditions, limits of coverage, or change in deductible amount. 2.02 CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE A. Submit Certificates of Insurance meeting the following requirements: 1. Form has been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101; or 2. Form is a standard form deemed approved by the Department under Texas Insurance Code §1811.101. Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 7 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 3. No requirements of this Contract may be interpreted as requiring the issuance of a certificate of insurance on a certificate of insurance form that has not first been filed with and approved by the Texas Department of Insurance. B. Include the name of the Project in the description of operations box on the certificate of insurance. 2.03 INSURANCE POLICIES A. Provide a copy of insurance policies, declaration pages and endorsements, and documentation of applicable self-insured retentions and deductibles if requested by the Owner. B. Owner may require the deletion, revision, or modification of particular policy terms, conditions, limitations, or exclusions (except where policy provisions are established by Laws or Regulations binding upon either of the parties hereto or the underwriter of any such policies). Comply with these requests and submit a copy of the replacement certificate of insurance to Owner at the address provided below within 10 days of the requested change. 2.04 CONTINUING EVIDENCE OF COVERAGE A. Provide updated, revised, or new evidence of insurance in accordance this Section prior to the expiration of existing policies. B. Provide evidence of continuation of insurance coverage at final payment and for the following 3 years. 2.05 NOTICES REGARDING INSURANCE A. Submit notices regarding insurance are to be sent to the Owner at the following address: City of Corpus Christi — Engineering Attn: Construction Contract Admin. P.O. Box 9277 Corpus Christi, TX 78469-9277 B. Submit questions regarding insurance requirements to the Construction Contract Administrator by calling 361-826-3530. ARTICLE 3 —TEXAS WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE REQUIRED NOTICE 3.01 WORKERS' COMPENSATION INSURANCE COVERAGE A. Definitions: 1. Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC- 81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the Project. Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 8 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 2. Duration of the Project - includes the time from the beginning of the Work on the Project until the Contractor's/person's Work on the Project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. 3. Persons providing services on the Project ("Subcontractor" in §406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the Project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the Project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the Project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. B. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the Contractor providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project. C. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the Contract. D. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. E. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: 1. A certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the Project; and 2. No later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project. F. The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter. G. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project. H. The Contractor shall post on each Project Site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the Project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 9 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 I. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: 1. Provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; 2. Provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning Work on the Project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the Project, for the duration of the Project; 3. Provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 4. Obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor: a. A certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning Work on the Project; and b. A new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the Project; 5. Retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the Project and for one year thereafter; 6. Notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the Project; and 7. Contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. J. By signing this Contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the Project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the Project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. K. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the Contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. END OF SECTION Insurance Requirements 00 72 01 - 10 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 00 72 02 WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS ARTICLE 1— PREVAILING WAGE RATE REQUIREMENTS 1.01 PAYMENT OF PREVAILING WAGE RATES A. Contractor and any Subcontractors employed on this Project shall pay not less than the rates established by the Owner as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2258. B. Contractor is required to pay Davis -Bacon Wage Rates. 1.02 RECORDS A. In accordance with Tex. Gov't Code §2258.024, the Contractor and its Subcontractors, if any, shall keep a record showing: 1. The name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor or Subcontractor in the construction of the Work; and 2. The actual per diem wages paid to each worker. B. The record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents of the Owner. 1.03 LIABILITY; PENALTY; CRIMINAL OFFENSE A. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.003 — Liability: An officer, agent, or employee of the Owner is not liable in a civil action for any act or omission implementing or enforcing Chapter 2258 unless the action was made in bad faith. B. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.053(b) — Penalty: Any Contractor or Subcontractor who violates the requirements of Chapter 2258, shall pay to the Owner, on whose behalf the Contract is made, $60 for each worker employed or each calendar day or part of the day that the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the Contract. C. Tex. Gov't Code §2258.058 — Criminal Offense: 1. An officer, agent, or representative of the Owner commits an offense if the person willfully violates or does not comply with a provision of Chapter 2258. 2. Any Contractor or Subcontractor, or an agent or representative of the Contractor or Subcontractor, commits an offense if the person violates Tex. Gov't Code §2258.024. 3. An offense is punishable by: a. A fine not to exceed $500; b. Confinement in jail for a term not to exceed 6 months; or c. Both a fine and confinement. 1.04 PREVAILING WAGE RATES A. The minimum rates for various labor classifications as established by the Owner are shown below: Wage Rate Requirements Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 007202-1 REV 06-12-2015 Wage Determination Construction Type Project Type (WD) No TX -31 Heavy Heavy Construction Projects (including Sewer and Water Line Construction and Drainage Projects) General Decision Number: TX160031 01/08/2016 TX31 Superseded General Decision Number: TX20150031 State: Texas Construction Type: Heavy Counties: Nueces and San Patricio Counties in Texas. HEAVY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (including Sewer and Water Line Construction and Drainage Projects) Note: Under Executive Order (50) 13658, an hourly minimum wage of $10.15 for calendar year 2016 applies to all contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act for which the solicitation was issued on or after January 1, 2015. If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor must pay all workers in any classification listed on this wage determination at least $10.15 (or the applicable wage rate listed on this wage determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent performing on the contract in calendar year 2016. The EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually. Additional information on contractor requirements and worker protections under the EO is available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts. Modification Number Publication Date 0 01/08/2016 5UTX1987-001 12/01/1987 Rates Fringes CARPENTER (Excluding Form Setting) $ 9.05 Concrete Finisher $ 7.56 ELECTRICIAN ....$ 13.37 2.58 Laborers: Common $ 7.25 Utility $ 7.68 Power equipment operators: Backhoe $ 9.21 Motor Grader $ 8.72 Wage Rate Requirements Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 007202-2 REV 06-12-2015 WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). The body of each wage determination lists the classification and wage rates that have been found to be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in the area covered by the wage determination. The classifications are listed in alphabetical order of "identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average rate (weighted union average rate). Union Rate Identifiers A four letter classification abbreviation identifier enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union classification and rate were prevailing for that classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005 07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the union which prevailed in the survey for this classification, which in this example would be Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or district council number where applicable, i.e., Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the example, is an internal number used in processing the wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date of the most current negotiated rate, which in this example is July 1, 2014. Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement (CBA) governing this classification and rate. Survey Rate Identifiers Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier indicate that no one rate prevailed for this classification in the survey and the published rate is derived by computing a weighted average rate based on all the rates reported in the survey for that classification. As this weighted average rate includes all rates reported in the survey, it may include both union and non-union rates. Example: SULA2012-007 5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates based on a weighted average calculation of rates and are not majority rates. LA indicates Wage Rate Requirements Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 007202-3 REV 06-12-2015 the State of Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these classifications and rates are based. The next number, 007 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in effect until a new survey is conducted. Union Average Rate Identifiers Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for those classifications; however, 100% of the data reported for the classifications was union data. EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG indicates that the rate is a weighted union average rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in the example, is an internal number used in producing the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the survey completion date for the classifications and rates under that identifier. A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals from which the rate is based. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: * an existing published wage determination * a survey underlying a wage determination * a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Wage Rate Requirements Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 007202-4 REV 06-12-2015 Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. END OF GENERAL DECISION END OF SECTION Wage Rate Requirements Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 007202-5 REV 06-12-2015 00 72 03 MINORITY / MBE / DBE PARTICIPATION POLICY ARTICLE 1— PARTICIPATION POLICY 1.01 POLICY A. It is the policy of the City of Corpus Christi that maximum opportunity is afforded minorities, women, and Minority Business Enterprises (MBE) to participate in the performance of contracts awarded by the City of Corpus Christi in support of Equal Employment Opportunity goals and objectives of the Affirmative Action Policy Statement of the City dated October 1989, and any amendments thereto. In accordance with such policy, the City has established goals, as stated herein, both for minority and female participation by trade and for Minority Business Enterprise. 1.02 DEFINITIONS A. Prime Contractor: Any person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture as herein provided which has been awarded a City contract. B. Subcontractor: Any named person, firm, partnership, corporation, association, or joint venture as herein identified as providing work, labor, services, supplies, equipment, materials, or any combination of the foregoing under contract with a prime contractor on a City contract. C. Minority Business Enterprise: A business enterprise that is owned and controlled by one or more minority person(s). Minority person(s) must collectively own, operate and/or actively manage, and share in payments from such an enterprise in the manner hereinafter set forth: 1. Owned: a. For a sole proprietorship to be deemed a minority business enterprise, it must be owned by a minority person. b. For an enterprise doing business as a partnership, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the partnership property must be owned by one or more minority person(s). c. For an enterprise doing business as a corporation, at least 51 percent of the assets or interest in the corporate shares must be owned by one or more minority person(s). 2. Controlled: a. The primary power, direct or indirect, to manage a business enterprise rests with a minority person(s). 3. Share in Payments: a. Minority partners, proprietors, or stockholders of the business enterprise, must be entitled to receive 51 percent or more of the total profits, bonuses, dividends, interest payments, commissions, consulting fees, rents, procurement, and subcontract payments, and any other monetary distribution paid by the business enterprise. Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 007203-1 Rev 01-13-2016 D. Minority: Minority persons include Blacks, Mexican -Americans and other persons of Hispanic origin, American Indians, Alaskan Natives, and Asians or Pacific Islanders. For the purposes of this policy, women are also considered as minorities. E. Female Owned Business Enterprise: A sole proprietorship that is owned and controlled by a woman, a partnership at least 51 percent of whose assets or partnership interests are owned by one or more women, or a corporation at least 51 percent of whose assets or interests in the corporate shares are owned by one or more women. F. Joint Venture: A joint venture means an association of two or more persons, partnerships, corporations, or any combination thereof, founded to carry on a single business activity which is limited in scope and direction. The degree to which a joint venture may satisfy the stated MBE goal cannot exceed the proportionate interest of the MBE as a member of the joint venture in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. For example, a joint venture which is to perform 50 percent of the Work itself and in which a minority joint venture partner has a 50 percent interest, shall be deemed equivalent to having minority participation in 25 percent of the Work. Minority members of the joint venture must have financial, managerial, or technical skills in the Work to be performed by the joint venture. 1.03 GOALS A. The goals for participation by minorities and Minority Business Enterprises expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate work force on all construction Work for the Contract award shall be as specified in SECTION 00 21 13 INVITATION TO BID AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. B. These goals are applicable to all the construction work (regardless of federal participation) performed in the Contract, including approved Change Orders. The hours of minority employment must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract and in each trade. The transfer of minority employees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's percentage is prohibited. 1.04 COMPLIANCE A. Upon completion of the Project, a final breakdown of MBE participation, substantiated by copies of paid invoices, shall be submitted by the Contractor to the City Engineer. B. Make bi-weekly payroll submittals to the City Engineer. The Contractor is to indicate the percent of minority and female participation, by trade, which has been utilized on the Project. Along with the request for final payment on the Project, the Contractor will indicate, in writing, the overall participation in these areas which have been achieved. The City Engineer may withhold monthly or final payments to the Contractor for failure to submit bi-weekly payrolls in a timely fashion or to submit overall participation information as required. END OF SECTION Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 007203-2 Rev 01-13-2016 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS These Supplementary Conditions amend or supplement SECTION 00 72 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS and other provisions of the Contract Documents. All provisions not amended or supplemented in these Supplementary Conditions remain in effect. The terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated in the General Conditions. Additional terms used in these Supplementary Conditions have the meanings stated below. ARTICLE 1— DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY SC -1.01 DEFINED TERMS A. Delete the last sentence in Paragraph 1.01.A.26 and replace with the following: "Designers are Licensed Professional Engineers, Registered Architects, or Registered Landscape Architects qualified to practice their profession in the State of Texas." B. The members of the OPT as defined in Paragraph 1.01.A.41 consists of the following organizations: City of Corpus Christi, Texas C. Paragraph 1.01.A.54 "Substantial Completion" is more specifically defined for this Project as: 1. The following items are fully functional and suitable for operation in accordance with the Contract Documents: a. Site 1 Complete b. Site 2 Complete c. Site 3 Complete ARTICLE 2 — COMMENCEMENT AND PROGRESS OF THE WORK SC -2.01 DELAYS IN CONTRACTOR'S PROGRESS A. The allocation for delays in the Contractor's progress for rain days as set forth in General Conditions Paragraph 4.04.D are to be determined as follows: 1. Include rain days in developing the schedule for construction. Schedule construction so that the Work will be completed within the Contract Times assuming that these rain days will occur. Incorporate residual impacts following rain days such as limited access Supplementary Conditions Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 007300-1 11-25-2013 to and within the Site, inability to work due to wet or muddy Site conditions, delays in delivery of equipment and materials, and other impacts related to rain days when developing the schedule for construction. Include all costs associated with these rain days and residual impacts in the Contract Price. 2. A rain day is defined as any day in which the amount of rain measured by the National Weather Service at the Oso Creek Water Level Station #3 is 0.50 inch or greater. Records indicate the following average number of rain days for each month: Month Day Month Days January 3 July 3 February 3 August 4 March 2 September 7 April 3 October 4 May 4 November 3 June 4 December 3 3. A total of 11 rain days have been set for this Project. An extension of time due to rain days will be considered only after 7 rain days have been exceeded in a calendar year and the OAR has determined that a detrimental impact to the construction schedule resulted from the excessive rainfall. Rain days are to be incorporated into the schedule and unused rain days will be considered float time which may be consumed by the Owner or Contractor in delay claims. ARTICLE 3 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS; SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS; HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS SC -3.01 SUBSURFACE AND PHYSICAL CONDITIONS 1. No reports of explorations or tests of subsurface conditions at or contiguous to the Site, or drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site, are known to Owner." SC -3.02 HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS AT SITE 1. No reports of explorations or tests for Hazardous Environmental Conditions at or contiguous to the Site are known to Owner. ARTICLE 4 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES SC -4.01 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS 1. Add the following sentence to the end of Paragraph 4.01. a. "The Contractor must perform at least 50 percent of the Work, measured as a percentage of the Contract Price, using its own employees." END OF SECTION Supplementary Conditions Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 007300-2 11-25-2013 01 1100 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Construct Work as described in the Contract Documents. 1. Provide the materials, equipment, and incidentals required to make the Project completely and fully useable. 2. Provide the labor, equipment, tools, and consumable supplies required for a complete Project. 3. The Contract Documents do not indicate or describe all of the Work required to complete the Project. Additional details required for the correct installation of selected products are to be provided by the Contractor and coordinated with the OAR. 1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK NOTE TO SPECIFIER:. Copy and paste the narrative description from section 00 21 13 Invitation to Bid and Instructions to Bidders — Article 1.01 and include any additional information after the primary description. A. Work is described in general, non-inclusive terms as: 2.00 The Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications project has three work sites along the Cefe Valenzuela outfall channel. The channel runs from the Cefe Valenzuela landfill South across FM 70 to Petronila Creek. Site 1 is at outfall structure located by Petronila Creek. Work repair includes filling void under concrete structure with approximately 300 cy of flowable fill and timber bollard adjustment along the outfall structure crossing. Site 2 consists of removal and relocation of approximately 5 cy of concrete riprap that lies 200' north of FM 70 and lies within the outfall channel. Site 3 is located 2 miles south of the Cefe Valenzuela southwest gate from where the contractors proposed staging/ stockpile area will be located. Site 3 consists of construction of a 4'x4' post inlet, 37 If of 36" reinforced concrete pipe installation, 3:1 slope 36" flared wing headwall, approximately 2000 sy of geotextile fabric installation, 800 cy concrete riprap installation with 7-6" diameter galvanized pipe markers along edge of the drainage structure. 2.01 WORK UNDER OTHER CONTRACTS A. The following items of work are not included in this Contract, but may impact construction scheduling and completion: 1. None B. In the case of a disagreement between the above list and those specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor is to base his Proposal on the most expensive listing. C. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction and testing of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. Summary of Work Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 011100-1 Rev 01-13-2016 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. 2.02 WORK BY OWNER A. The Owner plans to perform the following items of work which are not included in this Contract, but may impact the construction scheduling and completion: 1. Stockpile 800 CY of crushed concrete riprap 2. Stockpile 1100 CY of embankment material Note: Stockpiles are located at JC Elliot Landfill and the contractor must Toad and move material to Cefe Valenzuela Landfill work site, approximately 15 miles. B. Completion of the Work described in this Contract may impact the construction of the items listed above. 1. Coordinate construction activities through the OAR. 2. Pay claims for damages which result from the late completion of the Project or any specified Milestones. C. Owner will provide normal operation and maintenance of the existing facilities during construction, unless otherwise stated. 2.03 CONSTRUCTION OF UTILITIES A. Pay for temporary power, including but not limited to construction cost, meter connection fees, and permits. 2.04 USE PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION A. Owner has the right to use or operate any portion of the Project that is ready for use after notifying the Contractor of its intent to do so. B. The execution of Bonds is understood to indicate the consent of the surety to these provisions for use of the Project. C. Provide an endorsement from the insurance carrier permitting use of Project during the remaining period of construction. D. Conduct operations to insure the least inconvenience to the Owner and general public. 3.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 4.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Summary of Work Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 011100-2 Rev 01-13-2016 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Submit Applications for Payment for completed Work and for materials and equipment in accordance with the General Conditions, the Supplementary Conditions, the Agreement, and this Section. The Contract Price is to include costs for: 1. Providing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; 2. Installing Owner furnished equipment and materials; 3. Providing Work for Alternates and Allowances; 4. Commissioning, start-up, training and initial maintenance and operation; 5. Acceptance testing in manufacturer's facilities or on Site; 6. All home office overhead costs and expenses, including profit made directly or indirectly for the Project; 7. Project management, Contract administration, field office, and field operations staff, including supervision, clerical support, and technology system support; 8. Professional services including design fees, legal fees, and other professional services; 9. Bonds and insurance; 10. Permits, licenses, patent fees, and royalties; 11. Taxes; 12. Providing all documents and Samples required by the Contract Documents; 13. Facilities and equipment at the Site including: a. Field offices, office furnishings, and all related office supplies, software, and equipment, b. Storage facilities for Contractor's use, storage facilities for stored materials and equipment, including spare parts storage, c. Shops, physical plant, construction equipment, small tools, vehicles, technology and telecommunications equipment, d. Safety equipment and facilities to provide safe access and working conditions for workers and for others working at the Site, e. Temporary facilities for power and communications, f. Potable water and sanitation facilities, and g. Mobilization and demobilization for all of these facilities and equipment; 14. Products, materials, and equipment stored at the Site or other suitable location; 15. Products, materials, and equipment permanently incorporated into the Project; Application for Payment Procedures Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 012900-1 03-11-2015 16. Temporary facilities for managing water, including facilities for pumping, storage, and treatment as required for construction and protection of the environment; 17. Temporary facilities for managing environment conditions and Constituents of Concern; 18. Temporary facilities such as sheeting, shoring, bracing, formwork, embankments, storage facilities, working areas, and other facilities required for construction of the Project; 19. Temporary and permanent facilities for protection of all overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 20. Temporary and permanent facilities for removal, relocation, or replacement of any overhead, surface, or underground structures or features; 21. Products, materials, and equipment consumed during the construction of the Project; 22. Contractor labor and supervision to complete the Project, including that provided through Subcontractors or Suppliers; 23. Correcting Defective Work during the Contract Times, during the Correction Period, or as required to meet any warranty provision of the Contract Documents; 24. Risk associated with weather and environmental conditions, start-up, and initial operation of facilities including equipment, processes, and systems; 25. Contractor's safety programs, including management, administration, and training; 26. Maintenance of facilities, including equipment, processes, and systems until operation is transferred to Owner; 27. Providing warranties, extended or special warranties, or extended service agreements; 28. Cleanup and disposal of any and all surplus materials; and 29. Demobilization of all physical, temporary facilities not incorporated into the Project. B. Include the cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the Contract Price. C. Provide written approval of the surety company providing Bonds for the Schedule of Values, Application for Payment form, and method of payment prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. Submit approval using the Consent of Surety Company to Payment Procedures form provided. Payment will not be made without this approval. D. OAR may withhold processing Applications for Payment if any of the following processes or documentation are not up to date: 1. Progress Schedule per SECTION 0133 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE. 2. Project photographs per SECTION 0133 05 VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION. 3. Record Documents per SECTION 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION. 4. Documentation required to comply with Owner's Minority / MBE / DBE Participation Policy. Application for Payment Procedures Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 012900-2 03-11-2015 1.02 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit a detailed Schedule of Values for the Work at least 10 days prior to submitting the first Application for Payment. B. Submit the Schedule of Values in the form for Attachment A - Tabulation of Earned Value of Original Contract Performed. C. Do not submit an Application for Payment until the Schedule of Values has been approved by the OAR. D. Use each unit price line item in the Agreement as a unit price line item in the schedule of Values. 1.03 SCHEDULE OF ANTICIPATED PAYMENTS AND EARNED VALUE A. Submit a schedule of the anticipated Application for Payments showing the application numbers, submission dates, and the anticipated amount to be requested. Incorporate retainage into the development of this schedule of anticipated payments. B. Submit a tabulation of the anticipated Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to create a graphic (curve) representation of the anticipated progress on the Project each month. Adjust this table and curve to incorporate Modifications. Use this curve to compare actual progress on the Project each month by comparing the anticipated cumulative Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials to the actual Total Earned Value of Fees, Work, and Materials each month. Use the comparison of values to determine performance on budget and schedule. C. Update the Schedule of Payments as necessary to provide a reasonably accurate indication of the funds required to make payments each month to the Contractor for Work performed. 1.04 BASIS FOR PAYMENTS A. Unit Price Contracts: 1. Payment will be made for the actual quantity of Work completed during the payment period and for materials and equipment stored during the payment period per the Contract Documents. a. Payment amount is the Work quantity measured per the Contract Documents multiplied by the unit prices for that line item in the Agreement. Application for Payment Procedures Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 012900-3 03-11-2015 b. Payment for stored materials and equipment will be made per Paragraph 1.05. 2. Measure the Work described in the Agreement for payment. Payment will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. 1.05 PAYMENT FOR STORED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT. A. Store materials and equipment properly at the Site. 1. Payment will be made for the invoice amount less the specified retainage. 2. Payment for materials and equipment show in the Application for Payment on Attachment A or Attachment B - Tabulation of Work on Approved Contract Modifications will be made for the invoice amount, up to the value show in the Schedule of Values for that line item. Costs for material and equipment in excess of the value shown in the Schedule of Values may not be added to other line items. 3. Payment will be made in full for the value shown in the line item for products and materials if invoices for materials and equipment are less than the amount shown in the line item and it can be demonstrated that no additional materials or equipment are required to complete Work described in that item. 4. Provide invoices at the time materials are included on Attachment D - Tabulation of Values for Materials and Equipment. Include invoice numbers on Attachment D so that a comparison can be made between invoices and amounts included on Attachment D. B. Provide a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of Liens. Provide documentation of payment for materials and equipment with the next Application for Payment. Adjust payment to the amount actually paid if this differs from the invoice amount. Remove items from the tabulation of materials and equipment if this documentation is not provided. Payment will not be made for material and equipment without documentation of payment. C. Provide evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance or other arrangements to protect Owner's interest. D. The Work covered by progress payments becomes the property of the Owner at the time of payment. The Contractor's obligations with regard to proper care and maintenance, insurance, and other requirements are not changed by this transfer of ownership until accepted in accordance with the General Conditions. E. Payment for materials and equipment does not constitute acceptance of the product. Application for Payment Procedures Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 012900-4 03-11-2015 1.06 RETAINAGE AND SET -OFFS A. Retainage will be withheld from each Application for Payment per the Agreement. Retainage will be released per the General Conditions. B. Reduce payments for set -offs per the General Conditions. Include Attachment C — Tabulation of Set -Offs in the Application for Payment. 1.07 PROCEDURES FOR SUBMITTING AN APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Submit a draft Application for Payment to the OAR each month at least 20 days before the date established in the Agreement for Owner to make progress payments. Do not submit Applications for Payment more often than monthly. Review the draft Application for Payment with the OAR to determine concurrence with: 1. The earned value for each lump sum item including the value of properly stored and documented materials and equipment for each item in the original Contract. 2. The quantity of Work completed for each unit price item. 3. Set -offs included in the Application for Payment. 4. Values requested for materials and equipment consistent with invoices for materials and equipment. B. Submit Applications for Payment monthly through the OAR after agreement has been reached on the draft Application for Payment. 1. Number each application sequentially and include the dates for the application period. 2. Show the total amounts for earned value of original Contract performed, earned value for Work on approved Contract Amendments and Change Orders, retainage, and set- offs. Show total amounts that correspond to totals indicated on the attached tabulation for each. 3. Include Attachment A to show the earned value on each line item in the Schedule of Values for Work shown in the original Contract. 4. Include Attachment B to show the earned value on line item for approved Change Orders. Add items to Attachment B as Change Orders are approved. Change Orders must be approved before payment can be made on Change Order items. 5. Include Attachment C to document set -offs required per the Contract Documents. Show each set-off as it is applied. Show a corresponding line item to reduce the Set off amount if a payment held by a set-off is released for payment. 6. Include Attachment D to allow tracking of invoices used to support amounts requested as materials in Attachments A and B. Enter materials to show the amount of the invoice assigned to each item in Attachment A or B if an invoice includes materials used on several line items. 7. Complete the certification stating that all Work, including materials and equipment, covered by this Application for Payment have been completed or delivered and stored in accordance with the Contract Documents, that all amounts have been paid for Work, materials, and equipment for which previous payments have been made by the Application for Payment Procedures Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 012900-5 03-11-2015 Owner, and that the current payment amount shown in this Application for Payment is now due. C. Submit attachments in Portable Document Format (PDF): 1. Generate attachments to the Application for Payment using the Excel spreadsheet provided. 2. Submit PDF documents with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 papers. 1.08 RESPONSIBILITY OF OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE A. OAR will review draft Application for Payment with Contractor to reach an agreement on the values that will be recommended for payment by the OAR. B. OAR will review Application for Payment submitted by Contractor to determine that the Application for Payment has been properly submitted and is in accordance with the agreed to draft Application for Payment. C. OAR is to either recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner or notify the Contractor of the OPT's reasons for not recommending payment. Contractor may make necessary corrections and resubmit the Application for Payment if it is not recommended within 10 days after receipt of the notice. OAR will review resubmitted Application for Payment and reject or recommend payment of the Application for Payment to Owner as appropriate. D. OAR's recommendation of the Application for Payment constitutes a representation by OPT that based on their experience and the information available: 1. The Work has progressed to the point indicated; 2. The quality of the Work is generally in accordance with the Contract Documents; and 3. Requirements prerequisite to payment have been met. E. This representation is subject to: 1. Further evaluation of the Work as a functioning whole; 2. The results of subsequent tests called for in the Contract Documents; or 3. Any other qualifications stated in the recommendation. F. OPT does not represent by recommending payment: 1. Inspections made to check the quality or the quantity of the Work as it has been performed have been exhaustive, extended to every aspect of the Work in progress, or involved detailed inspections of the Work; or 2. Other matters or issues between the parties that might entitle Contractor to additional compensation or entitle Owner to withhold payment to Contractor may or may not exist. Application for Payment Procedures Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 012900-6 03-11-2015 G. Neither OPT's review of Contractor's Work for the purposes of recommending payments nor OAR's recommendation of payment imposes responsibility on OPT: 1. To supervise, direct, or control the Work; 2. For the means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or safety precautions and programs; 3. For Contractor's failure to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to Contractor's performance of the Work; 4. To make examinations to ascertain how or for what purposes Contractor has used the monies paid on account of the Contract Price; or 5. To determine that title to the Work, materials, or equipment has passed to Owner free and clear of Liens. 1.09 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Include adjustments to the Contract Price in the final Application for Payment for: 1. Approved Change Orders and Contract Amendments, 2. Allowances not previously adjusted by Change Order, 3. Deductions for Defective Work that has been accepted by the Owner, 4. Penalties and bonuses, 5. Deductions for liquidated damages, 6. Deduction for all final set -offs, and 7. Other adjustments if needed. B. OAR will prepare a final Change Order reflecting the approved adjustments to the Contract Price which have not been covered by previously approved Change Orders and if necessary reconcile estimate unit price quantities with actual quantities. C. Submit the final Application for Payment per the General Conditions, including the final Change Order. Provide the following with the Final Application for Payment: 1. Evidence of payment or release of liens on the forms provided and as required by the General Conditions. 2. Consent from Surety to Final Payment. 1.10 PAYMENT BY OWNER Owner is to pay the amount recommended for monthly payments within 30 days after receipt of the OAR's recommended Application for Payment. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Application for Payment Procedures Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 012900-7 03-11-2015 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON LUMP SUM ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for lump sum payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that lump sum item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in SECTION 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES for each lump sum item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the lump sum price. B. Measurement for progress payments will be made on the basis of the earned value for each item shown as a percentage of the cost for the lump sum item as described in SECTION 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES. Payment at Final Completion will be equal to the total lump sum amount for that item. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENTS ON UNIT PRICE ITEMS A. Include all cost for completing the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents in unit price payment items. Include all direct cost for the Work associated with that unit price item and a proportionate amount for the indirect costs as described in SECTION 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES for each unit price item. Include cost not specifically set forth as an individual payment item but required to provide a complete and functional system in the unit price. B. Measurement for payments will be made only for the actual measured and/or computed length, area, solid contents, number, and weight, unless other provisions are made in the Contract Documents. Payment on a unit price basis will not be made for Work outside finished dimensions shown in the Contract Documents. Include cost for waste, overages, and tolerances in the unit price for that line item. Measurement will be as indicated for each unit price item. 1.03 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT FOR BASE BID ITEMS A. Bid Item A-1 — MOBILIZATION/BONDS/INSURANCE/DEMOBILIZATION: 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Bonds and insurance; b. Transportation and setup for equipment; c. Transportation and/or erection of all field offices, sheds, and storage facilities; d. Salaries for preparation of documents required before the first Application for Payment; e. Salaries for field personnel assigned to the Project related to the mobilization of the Project; f. Demobilization; and g. Mobilization may not exceed 5 percent of the total Contract Price. Measurement and Basis for Payment Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 012901-1 Rev 01-13-2016 2. Measuring for payment is on a LUMP SUM basis. Payment for mobilization will be based on the earned value of Work completed. B. Bid Item A-2 FURNISH AND INSTALL FLOWABLE FILL: 1. Furnish and placement of flowable fill 2. Measurement for payment is CUBIC YARD C. Bid Item A-3 TIMBER BLOCKOUT CONCRETE REPAIR: 1. Furnish and placement of concrete for blockout 2. Measurement for payment is EACH D. Bid Item A-4 FURNISH AND INSTALL SAND BAG BERM: 1. Furnish and placement of sand bags 2. Measurement for payment is EACH E. Bid Item A-5 TIMBER BOLLARD ADJUSTMENT: 1. Adjustment and placement of timber bollard 2. Measurement for payment is EACH F. Bid Item A-6 4 FT X 4 FT X 5 IN CONC RIPRAP REMOVE & REPAIR: 1. Furnish and Placement of concrete riprap 2. Measurement for payment is EACH G. Bid Item A-7 CRUSHED CONC RIPRAP REMOVAL & RELOCATION: 1. Removal and relocation of riprap 2. Measurement for payment is CUBIC YARD H. Bid Item A-8 FURNISH AND INSTALL EMBANKMENT (FINAL) (ORD COMP): 1. Hauling, placement, and compaction of embankment 2. Measurement for payment is CUBIC YARD I. Bid Item A-9 FURNISH AND INSTALL GEOTEXTILE FABRIC: 1. Furnish and placement of geotextile fabric 2. Measurement for payment is SQUARE YARD J. Bid Item A-10 FURNISH AND INSTALL 36 IN RCP: 1. Furnish and installation of 36 inch reinforced concrete pipe 2. Measurement for payment is LINEAR FOOT K. Bid Item A-11 FURNISH AND INSTALL 4 FT X 4 FT POST INLET: 1. Furnish and installation of post inlet 2. Measurement for payment is EACH L. Bid Item A-12 FURNISH AND INSTALL CONCRETE HEADWALL 36 IN 3:1 SLOPE: Measurement and Basis for Payment Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 012901-2 Rev 01-13-2016 1. Furnish and installation of headwall 2. Measurement for payment is EACH M. Bid Item A-13 FURNISH AND INSTALL PAINTED GALVANIZED PIPE MARKER: 1. Include the following costs in this Bid item: a. Galvanized pipe; b. Paint; c. Concrete; d. Installation; 2. Measurement for payment is EACH N. Bid Item A-14 FURNISH AND INSTALL HAY BALES: 1. Furnish and installation of hay bales 2. Measurement for payment is EACH O. Bid Item A-15 INSTALL CONC RIPRAP: 1. Hauling and placement of crushed concrete riprap 2. Measurement for payment is CUBIC YARD P. Bid Item A-16 SEEDING AND WATERING: 1. Furnish, Seeding and watering until seed germination 2. Measurement for payment is SQUARE YARD Q. Bid Item A-17 TRENCH SAFETY: 1. Furnish and install trench safety protection 2. Measurement for payment is LINEAR FOOT R. Bid Item A-18 SILT FENCE: 1. Furnish and installation of silt fence 2. Measurement for payment is LINEAR FOOT 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Measurement and Basis for Payment Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 012901-3 Rev 01-13-2016 01 3100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish resources required to complete the Project with an acceptable standard of quality within the Contract Times. B. Construct Project in accordance with current safety practices. C. Manage Site to allow access to Site and control construction operations. D. Construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. E. Provide temporary controls for pollutions, management of water and management of excess earth as required in SECTION 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Employ competent workmen, skilled in the occupation for which they are employed. Provide Work meeting quality requirements of the Contract Documents. B. Remove Defective Work from the Site immediately unless provisions have been made and approved by the OPT to allow repair of the product at the Site. Clearly mark Work as Defective until it is removed or allowable repairs have been completed. 1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Provide documents in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. 1. Provide copies of Supplier's printed storage instructions prior to furnishing materials or products and installation instructions prior to beginning the installation. 2. Incorporate field notes, sketches, recordings, and computations made by the Contractor in Record Drawings. 1.04 PERMITS A. Obtain building permits for the Project from the local authorities having jurisdiction. Pay building permit fees and include this cost in the Contract Price. B. Obtain environmental permits required for construction at the Site. C. Provide required permits for transporting heavy or oversized loads. D. Provide other permits required to conduct any part of the Work. E. Arrange for inspections and certification by agencies having jurisdiction over the Work. F. Make arrangements with private utility companies and pay for fees associated with obtaining services, or for inspection fees. G. Retain copies of permits and licenses at the Site and observe and comply with all regulations and conditions of the permit or license. Project Management and Coordination Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 013100-1 Rev 01-13-2016 1.05 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Manage safety to protect the safety and welfare of persons at the Site. B. Provide safe access to move through the Site. Provide protective devices to warn and protect from hazards at the Site. C. Provide safe access for those performing tests and inspections. D. Comply with latest provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Administration and other Laws and Regulation. E. Cooperate with accident investigations. Provide two copies of all reports, including insurance company reports, prepared concerning accidents, injury, or death related to the Project to the OAR as Record Data per SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA. 1.06 ACCESS TO THE SITE A. Maintain access to the facilities at all times. Do not obstruct roads, pedestrian walks, or access to the various buildings, structures, stairways, or entrances. Provide safe access for normal operations during construction. B. Provide adequate and safe access for inspections. Leave ladders, bridges, scaffolding, and protective equipment in place until inspections have been completed. Construct additional safe access if required for inspections. C. Use roadways for construction traffic only with written approval of the appropriate representatives of each entity. Roadways may not be approved for construction traffic. Obtain written approval to use roads to deliver heavy or oversized loads to the Site. Furnish copies of the written approvals to the Owner as Record Data per SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA. 1.07 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE A. Limit the use of Site for Work and storage to those areas designated on the Drawings or approved by the OAR. Coordinate the use of the premises with the OAR. B. Provide security at the Site as necessary to protect against vandalism and loss by theft. C. Do not permit alcoholic beverages or illegal substances on the Site. Do not allow persons under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances to enter or remain on the Site at any time. Persons on Site under the influence of alcoholic beverages or illegal substances will be permanently prohibited from returning to the Site. Criminal or civil penalties may also apply. D. Park construction equipment in designated areas only and provide spill control measures as discussed in SECTION 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS. E. Park employees' vehicles in designated areas only. F. Obtain written permission of the Owner before entering privately -owned land outside of the Owner's property, rights-of-way, or easements. G. Do not allow the use of audio devices, obnoxious, vulgar or abusive language, or sexual harassment in any form. These actions will cause immediate and permanent removal of the offender from the premises. Criminal or civil penalties may apply. Project Management and Coordination Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 013100-2 Rev 01-13-2016 H. Require Workers to wear clothing that is inoffensive and meets safety requirements. Do not allow sleeveless shirts, shorts, exceedingly torn, ripped, or soiled clothing to be worn on the Project. I. Do not allow firearms or weapons of any sort to be brought on to the Site under any conditions. No exception is to be made for persons with concealed handgun permits. Remove any firearms or weapons and the person possessing these firearms or weapons immediately from the Site. 1.08 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES A. Examine the Site and review the available information concerning the Site. Locate utilities, streets, driveways, fences, drainage structures, sidewalks, curbs, and gutters. Verify the elevations of the structures adjacent to excavations. Report any discrepancies from information in the Contract Documents to the OAR before beginning construction. B. Determine if existing structures, poles, piping, or other utilities at excavations will require relocation or replacement. Prepare a Plan of Action per SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. Coordinate Work with local utility company and others for the relocation or replacement. C. Protect buildings, utilities, street surfaces, driveways, sidewalks, curb and gutter, fences, wells, drainage structures, piping, valves, manholes, electrical conduits, and other systems or structures unless they are shown to be replaced or relocated on the Drawings. Restore damaged items to the satisfaction of the OPT and utility owner. D. Carefully support and protect all structures and/or utilities so that there will be no failure or settlement where excavation or demolition endangers adjacent structures and utilities. Do not take existing utilities out of service unless required by the Contract Documents or approved by the OAR. Notify and cooperate with the utility owner if it is necessary to move services, poles, guy wires, pipelines, or other obstructions. E. Protect existing trees and landscaping at the Site. 1. Identify trees that may be removed during construction with OPT. 2. Mark trees to be removed with paint. 3. Protect trees to remain from damage by wrapping trunks with 2 x 4 timbers around the perimeter, securely wired in place, where machinery must operate around existing trees. Protect branches and limbs from damage by equipment. 4. Protect root zone from compaction. 1.09 PRE -CONSTRUCTION EXPLORATORY EXCAVATIONS A. Excavate and expose existing pipelines that cross within 20 feet of Project pipelines prior to any Work. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point the existing pipeline may potentially conflict with the Work. B. Excavate and expose existing parallel pipelines at 300 feet intervals (maximum) for existing pipelines which are within 10 feet of Project pipelines. Survey the line to determine its exact vertical and horizontal location at each point where the line is excavated and exposed. Project Management and Coordination Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 013100-3 Rev 01-13-2016 C. Prepare a Plan of Action per SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES indicating the owner of pipelines excavated and surveyed and all pertinent survey data, including the station where lines cross or conflicts may exist and the distance to the pavement centerline and elevations of the top of existing pipelines. D. Do not perform Work on the Project until all exploratory excavations have been completed and the Plan of Action has been approved by the Designer. E. Include the cost for these pre -construction exploratory excavations in the unit price for pipe construction. Pavement repairs associated with exploratory excavations will be paid for at the unit prices for pavement repair. 1.10 DISRUPTION TO SERVICES / CONTINUED OPERATIONS A. Existing facilities are to continue in service as usual during the construction unless noted otherwise. Owner or utilities must be able to operate and maintain the facilities. Keep disruptions to existing utilities, piping, process piping, or electrical services to a minimum. 1. Do not restrict access to critical valves or operators. 2. Limit operations to the minimum amount of space needed to complete the specified Work. 3. Maintain storm sewers and sanitary sewers in service at all times. Provide temporary service around the construction or otherwise construct the structure in a manner that the flow is not restricted. B. Provide a Plan of Action in accordance with SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES if facilities must be taken out of operation. 1.11 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Perform complete field measurements prior to purchasing products or beginning construction for products required to fit existing conditions. B. Verify property lines, control lines, grades, and levels indicated on the Drawings. C. Check Shop Drawings and indicate the actual dimensions available where products are to be installed. D. Include field measurements in Record Drawings as required in SECTION 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION. 1.12 REFERENCE DATA AND CONTROL POINTS A. The OPT will provide the following control points: 1. Base line or grid reference points for horizontal control. 2. Benchmarks for vertical control. B. Locate and protect control points prior to starting the Work and preserve permanent reference points during construction. Designated control points may be on an existing structure or monument. Do not change or relocate points without prior approval of the OAR. Notify OAR when the reference point is lost, destroyed, or requires relocation. Replace Project control points on the basis of the original survey. Project Management and Coordination Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 013100-4 Rev 01-13-2016 C. Provide complete engineering layout of the Work needed for construction. 1. Provide competent personnel. Provide equipment including accurate surveying instruments, stakes, platforms, tools, and materials. 2. Provide surveying with accuracy meeting the requirements established for Category 5 Construction Surveying as established in the Manual of Practice of Land Surveying in Texas published by the Texas Society of Professional Surveyors, latest revision. 3. Record Data and measurements per standards. 1.13 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver products and materials to the Site in time to prevent delays in construction. B. Deliver packaged products to Site in original undamaged containers with identifying labels attached. Open cartons as necessary to check for damage and to verify invoices. Reseal cartons and store properly until used. Leave products in packages or other containers until installed. C. Assume full responsibility for the protection and safekeeping of products stored at the Site. D. Store products at locations acceptable to the OAR and to allow Owner access to maintain and operate existing facilities. E. Store products in accordance with the Supplier's storage instructions immediately upon delivery. Leave seals and labels intact. F. Provide additional storage areas as needed for construction. Store products subject to damage by elements in substantial weather -tight enclosures or storage sheds. Provide and maintain storage sheds as required for the protection of products. Provide temperature, humidity control, and ventilation within the ranges stated in the Supplier's instructions. Remove storage facilities at the completion of the Project. G. Protect the pipe interior. Keep all foreign materials such as dirt, debris, animals, or other objects out of the pipe during the Work. Cap or plug ends of installed pipe in an approved manner when pipe is not being installed. Clean or wash out pipe sections that become contaminated before continuing with installation. Take precautions to prevent the pipe from floating or moving out of the proper position during or after laying operations. Immediately correct any pipe that moves from its correct position. H. Provide adequate exterior storage for products that may be stored out-of-doors. 1. Provide substantial platforms, blocking, or skids to support materials and products above ground which has been sloped to provide drainage. Protect products from soiling or staining. 2. Cover products subject to discoloration or deterioration from exposure to the elements, with impervious sheet materials. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation below covering. 3. Store loose, granular materials on clean, solid surfaces, or on rigid sheet materials, to prevent mixing with foreign matter. 4. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water. Project Management and Coordination Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 013100-5 Rev 01-13-2016 5. Prevent mixing of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids with stored materials. 6. Pipes and conduits stored outdoors are to have open ends sealed to prevent the entrance of dirt, moisture, and other injurious materials. Protect PVC pipe from ultraviolet light exposure. 7. Store light weight products to prevent wind damage. I. Maintain storage facilities. Inspect stored products on a weekly basis and after periods of severe weather to verify that: 1. Storage facilities continue to meet specified requirements; 2. Supplier's required environmental conditions are continually maintained; and 3. Products that can be damaged by exposure to the elements are not adversely affected. J. Replace any stored item damaged by inadequate protection or environmental controls. K. Payment may be withheld for any products not properly stored. 1.14 CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Provide positive methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations and provide positive means to prevent air -borne dust from disbursing into the atmosphere. Control dust and dirt from demolition, cutting, and patching operations. B. Clean the Project as Work progresses and dispose of waste materials, keeping the Site free from accumulations of waste or rubbish. Provide containers on Site for waste collection. Do not allow waste materials or debris to blow around or off of the Site. Control dust from waste materials. Transport waste materials with as few handlings as possible. C. Comply with Laws and Regulations. Do not burn or bury waste materials. Remove waste materials, rubbish and debris from the Site and legally dispose of these at public or private disposal facilities. D. Provide a final cleaning to thoroughly clean the entire Site and make ready for acceptance. 1. Remove construction debris, boxes, and trash from the Site. 2. Remove construction storage sheds and field offices. 3. Restore grade to match surrounding condition and remove excess dirt. 4. Sweep all drives and parking lots clean of dirt and debris. Use water trucks or hose down paved site to like new appearance. 1.15 MAINTENANCE OF ROADS, DRIVEWAYS, AND ACCESS A. Maintain roads and streets in a manner that is suitable for safe operations of public vehicles during all phases of construction unless the Owner approves a street closing. Do not close public roads overnight. Project Management and Coordination Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 013100-6 Rev 01-13-2016 B. Submit a Notification by Contractor for Owner's approval of a street closing. The request shall state: 1. The reason for closing the street. 2. How long the street will remain closed. 3. Procedures to be taken to maintain the flow of traffic. C. Construct temporary detours, including by-pass roads around construction, with adequately clear width to maintain the free flow of traffic at all times. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the detour and excavations. Maintain barricades, signs, and safety features around the Work in accordance with all provisions of the latest edition of the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD). D. Assume responsibility for any damage resulting from construction along roads or drives. 1.16 AREA ACCESS AND TRAFFIC CONTROL A. Provide traffic control measures to assure a safe condition and to provide a minimum of inconvenience to motorists and the public. Provide all-weather access to all residents and businesses at all times during construction. Provide temporary driveways and/or roads of approved material during wet weather. Maintain a stockpile of suitable material on the Site to meet the demands of inclement weather. B. Schedule operations to minimize adverse impact on the accessibility of adjoining properties. Sequence construction to build driveways in half widths, construct temporary ramps, or any other measure required to maintain access to adjoining properties. C. Comply with the Owner's Uniform Barricading Standards and Practices. Copies of this document are available through the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. Secure required permits from the Owner's Traffic Engineering Department. 1.17 OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL WIRES A. Comply with OSHA safety requirements regarding construction equipment working beneath overhead electrical wires. Prevent and pay for repairs for damage to existing overhead electrical wires or facilities. B. Provide for adequate safety with regard to overhead lines whether overhead lines are or are not shown in the Contract Documents. 1.18 BLASTING A. Blasting is not allowed for any purpose. 1.19 ARCHAEOLOGICAL REQUIREMENTS A. Cease operations immediately and contact the Owner for instructions if historical or archaeological artifacts are found during construction. B. Conduct all construction activities to avoid adverse impact on the Sites where significant historical or archaeological artifacts are found or identified as an area where other artifacts could be found. Project Management and Coordination Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 013100-7 Rev 01-13-2016 1. Obtain details for Working in these areas. 2. Maintain confidentiality regarding the Site. 3. Adhere to the requirements of the Texas Historical Commission. 4. Notify the OAR and the Texas Historical Commission. C. Do not disturb archaeological sites. 1. Obtain the services of a qualified archaeological specialist to instruct construction personnel on how to identify and protect archaeological finds on an emergency basis. 2. Coordinate activities to permit archaeological work to take place within the area. a. Attempt to archaeologically clear areas needed for construction as soon as possible. b. Provide a determination of priority for such areas. D. Assume responsibility for any unauthorized destruction that might result to such Sites by construction personnel, and pay all penalties assessed by the State or Federal agencies for non-compliance with these requirements. E. Contract Times will be modified to compensate for delays caused by such archaeological finds. No additional compensation will be paid for delays. 1.20 ENDANGERED SPECIES RESOURCES A. Do not perform any activity that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. B. Cease Work immediately in the area of the encounter and notify the OAR if a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction. OPT will implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. Resume construction in the area of the encounter when authorized to do so by the OAR. 1.21 COOPERATION WITH PUBLIC AGENCIES A. Cooperate with all public and private agencies with facilities operating within the limits of the Project. B. Provide a 48-hour notice to any applicable agency when work is anticipated to proceed in the vicinity of any facility by using Texas 811 at 811 and the Lone Star Notification Company at 1-800-669-8344. C. For the Contractor's convenience, the following telephone numbers are listed: Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number City Engineer 361-826-3500 Project Engineer 361-696-3309 HDR Engineering, Inc. 361-696-3300 Traffic Engineering 361-826-3547 Project Management and Coordination Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 013100-8 Rev 01-13-2016 Public Agencies/Contacts Phone Number Police Department 361-882-2600 Nueces County Sheriff's Department 361-887-2219 Water/ Wastewater/ Stormwater 361-826-1800 (361-826-1818 after hours) Gas Department 361-885-6900 (361-885-6942 after hours) 361-885-5999 (Dispatch after hours) Parks & Recreation Department 361-826-3461 Street Department 361-826-1875 City Street Div. for Traffic Signals 361-826-1610 Solid Waste & Brush 361-826-1973 MIS Department (City Fiber) 361-826-3740 AEP 1-877-373-4858 AT&T 361-881-2511 (1-800-824-4424 after hours) Grande Communications 254-379-4400 Time Warner Communications Crown Castle Communications 1-888-632-0931 Century Tel 361-883-3000 Windstream Regional Transportation Authority 361-289-2712 Port of Corpus Christi Authority Engr. 361-882-5633 TxDOT Area Office 361-808-2500 Corpus Christi ISD 361-886-9005 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Project Management and Coordination Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 013100-9 Rev 01-13-2016 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Administer Contract requirements to construct the Project. Provide documentation per the requirements of this Section. Provide information as requested by the OPT. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Provide documents in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. B. Use the forms provided for Contract administration, applications for payment, document submittals, documentation of test results, equipment installation and documentation, and Project closeout. A digital copy of the required forms will be provided to the Contractor before or at the pre -construction conference. 1.03 COMMUNICATION DURING THE PROJECT A. The OAR is to be the first point of contact for all parties on matters concerning this Project. B. The Designer will coordinate correspondence concerning: 1. Documents, including Applications for Payment. 2. Clarification and interpretation of the Contract Documents. 3. Contract Modifications. 4. Observation of Work and testing. 5. Claims. C. The OAR will normally communicate only with the Contractor. Any required communication with Subcontractors or Suppliers will only be with the direct involvement of the Contractor. D. Direct written communications to the OAR at the address indicated at the pre -construction conference. Include the following with communications as a minimum: 1. Name of the Owner. 2. Project name. 3. Contract title. 4. Project number. 5. Date. 6. A reference statement. E. Submit communications on the forms referenced in this Section or in SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. Project Coordination Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 01 31 13 - 1 11-25-2013 1.04 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Pre -Construction Conference: 1. Attend a pre -construction conference. 2. The location of the conference will be determined by the OAR. 3. The time of the meeting will be determined by the OAR but will be after the Notice of Award is issued and not later than 15 days after the Notice to Proceed is issued. 4. The OPT, Contractor's project manager and superintendent, representatives of utility companies, and representatives from major Subcontractors and Suppliers may attend the conference. 5. Provide and be prepared to discuss: a. Preliminary construction schedule per SECTION 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE. b. Schedule of Values and anticipated Schedule of Payments per SECTION 01 29 00 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT PROCEDURES. c. List of Subcontractors and Suppliers. d. Contractor's organizational chart as it relates to this Project. e. Letter indicating the agents of authority for the Contractor and the limit of that authority with respect to the execution of legal documents, Contract Modifications, and payment requests. B. Progress Meetings: 1. Attend meetings with the OAR and Owner. a. Meet on a monthly basis or as requested by the OAR to discuss the Project. b. Meet at the Site or other location as designated by the OAR. c. Contractor's superintendent and other key personnel are to attend the meeting. Other individuals may be requested to attend to discuss specific matters. d. Notify the OAR of any specific items to be discussed a minimum of 1 week prior to the meeting. 2. Provide information as requested by the OAR or Owner concerning this Project. Prepare to discuss: a. Status of overall Project schedule. b. Contractor's detailed schedule for the next month. c. Anticipated delivery dates for equipment. d. Coordination with the Owner. e. Status of documents. f. Information or clarification of the Contract Documents. g. Claims and proposed Modifications to the Contract. Project Coordination Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013113-2 11-25-2013 h. Field observations, problems, or conflicts. i. Maintenance of quality standards. 3. OAR will prepare minutes of meetings. Review the minutes of the meeting and notify the OAR of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in the minutes of the following meeting or as an attachment to the minutes. C. Pre- Submittal and Pre -Installation Meetings: 1. Conduct pre -submittal and pre -installation meetings as required in the individual technical Specifications or as determined necessary by the OAR (for example, instrumentation, roofing, concrete mix design, etc.). 2. Set the time and location of the meetings when ready to proceed with the associated Work. Submit a Notification by Contractor in accordance with Paragraph 1.07 for the meeting 2 weeks before the meeting. OPT must approve of the proposed time and location. 3. Attend the meeting and require the participation of appropriate Subcontractors and Suppliers in the meeting. 4. Prepare minutes of the meeting and submit to the OPT for review. OPT will review the minutes of the meeting and notify the Contractor of any discrepancies within 10 days of the date of the meeting memorandum. The minutes will not be corrected after the 10 days have expired. Corrections will be reflected in a revised set of meeting minutes. 1.05 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION A. Submit Request for Information (RFI) to the Designer to obtain additional information or clarification of the Contract Documents. 1. Submit a separate RFI for each item on the form provided. 2. Attach adequate information to permit a written response without further clarification. Designer will return requests that do not have adequate information to the Contractor for additional information. Contractor is responsible for all delays resulting from multiple document submittals due to inadequate information. 3. A response will be made when adequate information is provided. Response will be made on the RFI form or in attached information. B. Response to an RFI is given to provide additional information, interpretation, or clarification of the requirements of the Contract Documents, and does not modify the Contract Documents. C. Designer will initiate a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP) per SECTION 01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT if the RFI indicates that a Contract Modification is required. D. Use the Project Issues Log to document decisions made at meetings and actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 1.06. E. Use the Action Item Log to document assignments for actions to be taken in accordance with Paragraph 1.06. Project Coordination Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013113-3 11-25-2013 1.06 DECISION AND ACTION ITEM LOG A. OAR will maintain a Project Decision Log to document key decisions made at meetings, telephone conversation or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report any discrepancies to the OAR for correction or discussion at the next monthly meeting. B. OAR will maintain an Action Item log in conjunction with the Project Decision Log to track assignments made at meetings, telephone conversation, or Site visits using the format provided: 1. Review the Action Item Log prior to each regular meeting. 2. Report actions taken subsequent to the previous progress meeting on items in the log assigned to the Contractor or through the Contractor to a Subcontractor or Supplier to the OAR. Report on status of progress 1 week prior to each progress meeting established in Paragraph 1.04 to allow OAR to update the log prior to the Progress meetings. 3. Be prepared to discuss the status at each meeting. C. Decisions or action items in the log that require a change in the Contract Documents will have the preparation of a Modification as an action items if appropriate. The Contract Documents can only be changed by a Modification. 1.07 NOTIFICATION BY CONTRACTOR A. Notify the OAR of: 1. Need for testing. 2. Intent to work outside regular working hours. 3. Request to shut down facilities or utilities. 4. Proposed utility connections. 5. Required observation by OAR, Designer, or inspection agencies prior to covering Work. 6. Training. B. Provide notification a minimum of 2 weeks in advance in order to allow OPT time to respond appropriately to the notification. C. Use "Notification by Contractor" form provided. 1.08 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain at the Site one complete set of printed Record Documents including: 1. Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Modifications. Project Coordination Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013113-4 11-25-2013 5. Record Data and approved Shop Drawings. 6. Construction photographs. 7. Test Reports. 8. Clarifications and other information provided in Request for Information responses. 9. Reference standards. B. Store printed Record Documents and Samples in the Contractor's field office. 1. Record Documents are to remain separate from documents used for construction. 2. Provide files and racks for the storage of Record Documents. 3. Provide a secure storage space for the storage of Samples. 4. Maintain Record Documents in clean, dry, legible conditions, and in good order. 5. Make Record Documents and Samples available at all times for inspection by the OPT. C. Maintain a digital record of Specifications and Addenda to identify products provided in PDF format. 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. D. Maintain a digital record of Drawings in PDF format. 1. Reference the Record Data number, Shop Drawings number, and O&M manual number for each product and item of equipment furnished or installed. 2. Reference Modifications by type and number for all changes. 3. Record information as construction is being performed. Do not conceal any Work until the required information is recorded. 4. Mark Drawings to record actual construction, including the following: a. Depths of various elements of the foundation in relation to finished first floor datum or the top of walls. b. Horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances constructed and existing utilities encountered during construction. c. Location of utilities and appurtenances concealed in the Work. Refer measurements to permanent structures on the surface. Include the following equipment: 1) Piping. 2) Ductwork. 3) Equipment and control devices requiring periodic maintenance or repair. 4) Valves, unions, traps, and tanks. 5) Services entrance. 6) Feeders. Project Coordination Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013113-5 11-25-2013 7) Outlets. d. Changes of dimension and detail. e. Changes by Modifications. f. Information in Request for Information or included in the Project Issues Log. g. Details not on the original Drawings. Include field verified dimensions and clarifications, interpretations, and additional information issued in response to RFIs. 5. Mark Drawings with the following colors: a. Highlight references to other documents, including Modifications in blue; b. Highlight mark ups for new or revised Work (lines added) in yellow; c. Highlight items deleted or not installed (lines to be removed) in red; and d. Highlight items constructed per the Contract Documents in green. 6. Submit Record Documents to Designer for review and acceptance 30 days prior to Final Completion of the Project. E. Applications for Payment will not be recommended for payment if Record Documents are found to be incomplete or not in order. Final payment will not be recommended without complete Record Documents. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Project Coordination Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013113-6 11-25-2013 01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUESTS FOR CHANGE PROPOSAL A. Designer will initiate Modifications by issuing a Request for a Change Proposal (RCP). 1. Designer will prepare a description of proposed Modifications. 2. Designer will issue the Request for a Change Proposal form to Contractor. A number will be assigned to the Request for a Change Proposal when issued. 3. Return a Change Proposal in accordance with Paragraph 1.02 to the Designer for evaluation by the OPT. 1.02 CHANGE PROPOSALS A. Submit a Change Proposal (CP) to the Designer for Contractor initiated changes in the Contract Documents or in response to a Request for Change Proposal. 1. Use the Change Proposal form provided. 2. Assign a number to the Change Proposal when issued. 3. Include with the Change Proposal: a. A complete description of the proposed Modification if Contractor initiated or proposed changes to the OPT's description of the proposed Modification. b. The reason the Modification is requested, if not in response to a Request for a Change Proposal. c. A detailed breakdown of the cost of the change if the Modification requires a change in Contract Price. The itemized breakdown is to include: 1) List of materials and equipment to be installed; 2) Man hours for labor by classification; 3) Equipment used in construction; 4) Consumable supplies, fuels, and materials; 5) Royalties and patent fees; 6) Bonds and insurance; 7) Overhead and profit; 8) Field office costs; 9) Home office cost; and 10) Other items of cost. d. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for each Subcontractor or Supplier actually performing the Work if Work is to be provided by a Subcontractor or Supplier. Indicate appropriate Contractor mark-ups for Work Change Management Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013114-1 11-25-2013 provided through Subcontractors and Suppliers. Provide the level of detail outline in the paragraph above for self -performed Work. e. Submit Change Proposals that comply with Article 13 of the General Conditions for Cost of Work. f. Provide a revised schedule. Show the effect of the change on the Project Schedule and the Contract Times. B. Submit a Change Proposal to the Designer to request a Field Order. C. A Change Proposal is required for all substitutions or deviations from the Contract Documents. D. Request changes to products in accordance with SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. 1.03 DESIGNER WILL EVALUATE THE REQUEST FOR A MODIFICATION. A. Designer will issue a Modification per the General Conditions if the Change Proposal is acceptable to the Owner. Designer will issue a Change Order or Contract Amendment for any changes in Contract Price or Contract Times. 1. Change Orders and Contract Amendments will be sent to the Contractor for execution with a copy to the Owner recommending approval. A Work Change Directive may be issued if Work needs to progress before the Change Order or Contract Amendment can be authorized by the Owner. 2. Work Change Directives, Change Orders, and Contract Amendments can only be approved by the Owner. a. Work performed on the Change Proposal prior to receiving a Work Change Directive or approval of the Change Order or Contract Amendment is performed at the Contractor's risk. b. No payment will be made for Work on Change Orders or Contract Amendments until approved by the Owner. B. The Contractor may be informed that the Request for a Change Proposal is not approved and construction is to proceed in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.04 EQUAL NON SPECIFIED PRODUCTS A. The products of the listed Suppliers are to be furnished where Specifications list several manufacturers but do not specifically list "or equal" or "or approved equal" products. Use of any products other than those specifically listed is a substitution. Follow the procedures in Paragraph 1.05 for a substitution. B. Contractor may submit other manufacturers' products that are in full compliance with the Specification where Specifications list one or more manufacturers followed by the phase "or equal" or "or approved equal." 1. Submit a Shop Drawing as required by SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS to document that the proposed product is equal or superior to the specified product. 2. Prove that the product is equal. It is not the OPT's responsibility to prove the product is not equal. Change Management Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013114-2 11-25-2013 a. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is equal to the Contract Document requirements. b. Make a direct comparison with the specified manufacturer's published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the Shop Drawing. c. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed product is final. 3. Provide a typewritten certification that, in furnishing the proposed product as an equal, the Contractor: a. Has thoroughly examined the proposed product and has determined that it is equal or superior in all respects to the product specified. b. Has determined that the product will perform in the same manner and result in the same process as the specified product. c. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds as for the product specified. d. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the product into the construction and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. e. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. 4. A Change Proposal is not required for any product that is in full compliance with the Contract Documents. If the product is not in full compliance, it may be offered as a Substitution. 1.05 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Substitutions are defined as any product that the Contractor proposes to provide for the Project in lieu of the specified product. Submit a Change Proposal per Paragraph 1.02 along with a Shop Drawing as required by SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS to request approval of a substitution. B. Prove that the product is acceptable as a substitute. It is not the Designer's responsibility to prove the product is not acceptable as a substitute. 1. Indicate on a point by point basis for each specified feature that the product is acceptable to meet the intent of the Contract Documents requirements. 2. Make a direct comparison with the specified Suppliers published data sheets and available information. Provide this printed material with the documents submitted. 3. The decision of the Designer regarding the acceptability of the proposed substitute product is final. C. Provide a written certification that, in making the substitution request, the Contractor: 1. Has determined that the substituted product will perform in substantially the same manner and result in the same ability to meet the specified performance as the specified product. Change Management Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013114-3 11-25-2013 2. Will provide the same warranties and/or bonds for the substituted product as specified or as would be provided by the manufacturer of the specified product. 3. Will assume all responsibility to coordinate any modifications that may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project and will waive all claims for additional Work which may be necessary to incorporate the substituted product into the Project which may subsequently become apparent. 4. Will maintain the same time schedule as for the specified product. D. Pay for review of substitutions in accordance with SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Change Management Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013114-4 11-25-2013 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Submit documentation as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit legible, accurate, complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Documents not meeting these criteria will be returned without review. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review documents prior to submitting. Make certifications as required by the Contract Documents and as indicated on forms provided. B. Provide a Schedule of Documents to list the documents that are to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that documents must be returned to comply with the Project schedule. Use the form provided for this list. C. Incorporate the dates for processing documents into the Progress Schedule required by SECTION 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE. 1. Provide documents in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of documents when preparing the Progress Schedule. Assume a 14 day review cycle for each document unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents or agreed to by Designer and Contractor. 3. Schedule submittal of documents to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for processing documents so construction of the Project is not delayed. 1.04 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit documents through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested with a completed Document Transmittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. 2. The Document Transmittal form is to be the first page in the document submitted. 3. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). Document Management Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013300-1 11-25-2013 a. Create PDF document using Bluebeam Revu software or other compatible software that will create files that can be opened and annotated using Bluebeam Revu software. b. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. c. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. d. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. e. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the document. f. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. h. Use Bluebeam Revu software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size g. i. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 1.05 DOCUMENT NUMBERING A. Assign a number to the documents originated to allow tracking of the documents during the review process. 1. Assign the number consisting of a prefix, a sequence number, and a letter suffix. Prefixes shall be as follows: Prefix Description Originator AP Application for Payment Contractor CO Change Order OAR CP Change Proposal Contractor CTR Certified Test Report Contractor FO Field Order OAR NBC Notification by Contractor Contractor PD Photographic Documentation Contractor RCP Request for a Change Proposal OAR RD Record Data Contractor RFI Request for Information Contractor SD Shop Drawing Contractor Document Management Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013300-2 11-25-2013 Prefix Description Originator SCH Schedule of Progress Contractor 2. Issue sequence numbers in chronological order for each type of document. 3. Issue numbers for resubmittals that have the same number as the original document followed by an alphabetical suffix indicating the number of times the same document has been sent to the Designer for processing. For example: SD 025 A represents Shop Drawing number 25 and the letter "A" designates that this is the second time this document has been sent for review. 4. Clearly note the document number on each page or sheet of the document. 5. Correct assignment of numbers is essential since different document types are processed in different ways. B. Include reference the Drawing number and/or Specification Section, detail designation, schedule, or location that corresponds with the data on the document transmittal forms. Other identification may also be required, such as layout drawings or schedules to allow the reviewer to determine where a particular product is to be used. 1.06 DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS A. Furnish documents as indicated below or in individual Specification Sections. Submit documents per the procedures described in the Contract Documents. B. Submit documents per the Specification Section shown in the following table: Document Type Specification Section Application for Payment 01 29 00 Change Proposal 01 31 14 Certified Test Report 01 33 02 for approval of product 0140 00 to demonstrate compliance Notification by Contractor 01 31 13 Photographic Documentation 01 33 05 Progress Schedules 01 33 04 Record Data 01 33 03 Request for Information 01 31 13 Shop Drawing 01 33 02 Schedule of Values 0129 00 Substitutions 01 31 14 Suppliers and Subcontractors 01 31 13 and 01 33 03 Document Management Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013300-3 11-25-2013 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Document Management Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013300-4 11-25-2013 01 33 01 Submittal Register Specification Section Specification Description Paragraph No. Types of Submittals Required Product Information Sample or Mockup Operations Data 022022 TRENCH SAFETY FOR EXCAVATIONS Shop Drawing None None 022420 SILT FENCE Shop Drawing None None 026214 GROUTING ABANDONED UTILITY LINES Shop Drawing None None 027402 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE CULVERTS Shop Drawing None None 028020 SEEDING Shop Drawing None None 030020 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Shop Drawing None None 032020 REINFORCING STEEL Shop Drawing None None 038000 CONCRETE STRUCTURES Shop Drawing None None 055420 FRAMES GRATES RINGS AND COVERS Shop Drawing None None 099020 PAINTING Shop Drawing None None Submittal Register Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications E11050 01 33 01-1 07-03-2014 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Shop Drawings are required for those products that cannot adequately be described in the Contract Documents to allow fabrication, erection, or installation of the product without additional detailed information from the Supplier. B. Submit Shop Drawings as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Provide detailed information for the products proposed for the Project regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Allow the Designer to advise the Owner if products proposed for the Project by the Contractor conform, in general, to the design concepts of the Contract Documents. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Shop Drawings, Samples, or mockups. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Shop Drawings not meeting these criteria will be rejected. B. Demonstrate that the proposed products are in full and complete compliance with the design criteria and requirements of the Contract Documents, or will be if deviations requested per Paragraph 1.10 are approved. C. Furnish and install products that fully comply with the information included in the document submittal. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Provide Shop Drawings for the following items: Specification Section Shop Drawing Description 022022 Trench Safety for Excavations 022420 Silt Fence 026214 Grouting Abandoned Utility Lines 027402 Reinforced Concrete Pipe Culverts 028020 Seeding 030020 Portland Cement Concrete 032020 Reinforcing Steel 038000 Concrete Structures Shop Drawings Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013302-1 11-25-2013 Specification Section Shop Drawing Description 055420 Frames Grates Rings and Covers 099020 Painting B. Include Shop Drawings in the Schedule of Documents required by SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT to indicate the Shop Drawings to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Incorporate the dates for processing Shop Drawings into the Progress Schedule required by SECTION 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE. 1. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with the schedule so construction of the Project is not delayed. 2. Allow a reasonable time for the review of Shop Drawings when preparing the Progress Schedule. Include time for making revisions to the Shop Drawings and resubmitting the Shop Drawing for a least a second review. Assume a 14 day review cycle for each time a Shop Drawing is submitted for review unless a longer period of time is indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Schedule document submittals to provide all information for interrelated Work at one time. 4. Allow adequate time for ordering, fabricating, delivering, and installing product so construction of the Project is not delayed. D. Complete the following before submitting a Shop Drawing or Sample: 1. Prepare Shop Drawing Review and coordinate the Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information with respect to Shop Drawings and Samples; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. E. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Shop Drawing; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Shop Drawing have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; Shop Drawings Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013302-2 11-25-2013 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Shop Drawing are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Shop Drawing related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. F. Review Shop Drawings prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Shop Drawings have been reviewed by the Contractor and are in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Shop Drawings except for deviations specifically brought to the Designer's attention on an attached Shop Drawing Deviation Request form in accordance with Paragraph 1.10. G. Fabrication or installation of any products prior to the approval of Shop Drawings is done at the Contractor's risk. Defective products may be rejected at the Owner's option. H. Payment will not be made for products for which Shop Drawings or Samples are required until these are approved by the Designer. 1.04 SHOP DRAWING REQUIREMENTS A. Provide adequate information in Shop Drawings and Samples so Designer can: 1. Assist the Owner in selecting colors, textures, or other aesthetic features. 2. Compare the proposed features of the product with the specified features and advise Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the Contract Documents. 3. Compare the performance features of the proposed product with those specified and advise the Owner that the product does, in general, conform to the performance criteria specified in the Contract Documents. 4. Review required certifications, guarantees, warranties, and service agreements for compliance with the Contract Documents. B. Include a complete description of the product to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, and operational characteristics of the product; 2. Weights, gauges, materials of construction, external connections, anchors, and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. C. Submit Shop Drawings that require coordination with other Shop Drawings at the same time. Shop Drawings requiring coordination with other Shop Drawings will be rejected until a complete package is submitted. Shop Drawings Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013302-3 11-25-2013 1.05 SPECIAL CERTIFICATIONS AND REPORTS A. Provide all required certifications with the Shop Drawings as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Shop Drawing. Field tests may be performed by the Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Shop Drawing. 2. Certification of Local Field Service (CLS): A certified letter stating that field service is available from a factory or supplier approved service organization located within a 300 mile radius of the Site. List names, addresses, and telephone numbers of approved service organizations on or attach it to the certificate. 3. Certification of Adequacy of Design (CAD): A certified letter from the manufacturer of the equipment stating that they have designed the equipment to be structurally stable and to withstand all imposed loads without deformation, failure, or adverse effects to the performance and operational requirements of the unit. The letter shall state that mechanical and electrical equipment is adequately sized to be fully operational for the conditions specified or normally encountered by the product's intended use. 1.06 WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Shop Drawing. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required by Specification Sections. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with SECTION 01 70 00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS. 1.07 SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit Shop Drawings through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Shop Drawing submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. The Shop Drawing submittal form is to be the first document in the file submitted. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF document using Bluebeam Revu software or other compatible software that will create files that can be opened and annotated using Bluebeam Revu software. Shop Drawings Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013302-4 11-25-2013 b. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. c. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. d. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. e. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Shop Drawing. Submit Samples and color charts per Paragraph 1.08.A. f. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. h. Use Bluebeam Revu software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. g. i. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 3. Submit each specific product or class of material separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Shop Drawings for more than one product in the same Shop Drawing. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Shop Drawings. a. Use terms and symbols in Shop Drawings consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Shop Drawings. c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Shop Drawings. 6. Mark Shop Drawings to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, c. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Use the following conventions to markup Shop Drawings for review: 1. Make comments and corrections in the color blue. Add explanatory comments to the markup. Shop Drawings Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013302-5 11-25-2013 2. Highlight items in black that are not being furnished when the Supplier's standard drawings or information sheets are provided so that only the products to be provided are in their original color. 3. Make comments in the color yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Make comments in the color orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. 5. Mark dimensions with the prefix FD to indicate field verified dimensions on the Shop Drawings. C. Submit a Change Proposal per SECTION 01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of "or equal" products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. D. Designate a Shop Drawing as requiring priority treatment in the comment section of the Shop Drawing submittal form to place the review of the Shop Drawing ahead of other Shop Drawings previously delivered. Shop Drawings are typically reviewed in the order received, unless Contractor requests that a different priority be assigned. Priority Shop Drawings will be reviewed before other Shop Drawings for this Project already received but not yet reviewed. Use of this priority designation for Shop Drawings may delay the review of Shop Drawings previously submitted, pushing the processing of Shop Drawings beyond the 14 day target. Contractor is responsible for delays resulting from the use of the priority designation status on Shop Drawings. E. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 1.03. 1.08 SAMPLE AND MOCKUP SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit color charts and Samples for every product requiring color, texture, or finish selection. 1. Submit color charts and Samples only after Shop Drawings for the products have been approved. 2. Deliver all color charts and Samples at one time. 3. Provide Samples of adequate size to clearly illustrate the functional characteristics of the product, with integrally related parts and attachment devices. 4. Indicate the full range of color, texture, and patterns. 5. Deliver color charts and Samples to the field office and store for the duration of the Project 6. Notify the Designer that color charts and Samples have been delivered for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. Shop Drawings Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013302-6 11-25-2013 7. Submit color charts and Samples not less than 30 days prior to when these products are to be ordered or released for fabrication to comply with the Project schedule. 8. Remove Samples that have been rejected. Submit new Samples following the same process as for the initial Sample until Samples are approved. 9. Dispose of Samples when related Work has been completed and approved and disposal is approved by the Designer. At Owner's option, Samples will become the property of the Owner. B. Construct mockups for comparison with the Work being performed. 1. Construct mockups from the actual products to be used in construction per detailed Specification Sections. 2. Construct mockups of the size and in the area indicated in the Contract Documents. 3. Construct mockups complete with texture and finish to represent the finished product. 4. Notify the Designer that mockups have been constructed and are ready for approval using the Notification by Contractor form. Allow 2 weeks for OPT to approve of the mockup before beginning the Work represented by the mockup. 5. Remove mockups that have been rejected. Construct new mockups following the same process as for the initial mockup until mockup is approved. 6. Protect mockups until Work has been completed and accepted by the OPT. 7. Dispose of mockups when related Work has been completed and disposal is approved by the Designer. 1.09 REQUESTS FOR DEVIATION A. Submit requests for deviation from the Contract Documents for any product that does not fully comply with the Contract Documents. B. Submit requests for deviation using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form provided. Identify each deviation request as a separate item. Include all requested deviations that must be approved as a group together and identify them as a single item. C. Include a description of why the deviation is required and the impact on Contract Price or Contract Times. Include the amount of any cost savings to the Owner for deviations that result in a reduction in cost. D. Submit as a Change Proposal prior to submitting the Shop Drawing if the deviation will result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. E. A Modification must be issued by the Designer for approval of a deviation. Approval of a requested Shop Drawing deviation by the Designer on the Shop Drawings Deviation Request form indicates approval of the requested deviation only on its technical merits as generally conforming to the Contract Documents. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. 1.10 DESIGNER RESPONSIBILITIES A. Shop Drawings will be received by the Designer. Designer will log the documents and review per this Section for general conformance with the Contract Documents. Shop Drawings Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013302-7 11-25-2013 1. Designer's review and approval will be only to determine if the products described in the Shop Drawing or Sample will, after installation or incorporation into the Work, conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design concept of the completed Project as a functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents. 2. Designer's review and approval will not extend to means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or to safety precautions or programs incident thereto. 3. Designer's review and approval of a separate item as such will not indicate approval of the assembly in which the item functions. B. Comments will be made on items called to the attention of the Designer for review and comment. Any marks made by the Designer do not constitute a blanket review of the document submittal or relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors or deviations from the Contract requirements. 1. Designer will respond to Contractor's markups by either making markups directly in the Shop Drawings file using the color green or by attaching a Document Review Comments form with review comments. 2. Shop Drawings that are reviewed will be returned with one or more of the following status designations: a. Approved: Shop Drawing is found to be acceptable as submitted. b. Approved as Noted: Shop Drawing is Approved so long as corrections or notations made by Designer are incorporated into the Show Drawing. c. Not Approved: Shop Drawing or products described are not acceptable. 3. Shop Drawing will also be designated for one of the following actions: a. Final distribution: Shop Drawing is acceptable without further action and has been filed as a record document. b. Shop Drawing not required: A Shop Drawing was not required by the Contract Documents. Resubmit the document per SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA. c. Cancelled: This action indicates that for some reason, the Shop Drawing is to be removed from consideration and all efforts regarding the processing of that document are to cease. d. Revise and resubmit: Shop Drawing has deviations from the Contract Documents, significant errors, or is inadequate and must be revised and resubmitted for subsequent review. e. Resubmit with corrections made: Shop Drawing is "Approved as Noted," but has significant markups. Make correction and notations to provide a revised document with markup incorporated into the original document so that no markups are required. f. Returned without review due to excessive deficiencies: Document does not meet the requirement of the Specifications for presentation or content to the point where continuing to review the document would be counterproductive to the Shop Drawings Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013302-8 11-25-2013 g. review process or clearly does not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Revise the Shop Drawing to comply with the requirements of this Section and resubmit. Actions a through c will close out the Shop Drawing review process and no further action is required as a Shop Drawing. Actions d through f require follow up action to close out the review process. 4. Drawings with a significant or substantial number of markings by the Contractor may be marked "Approved as Noted" and "Resubmit with corrections made." These drawings are to be revised to provide a clean record of the Shop Drawing. Proceed with ordering products as the documents are revised. 5. Dimensions or other data that does not appear to conform to the Contract Documents will be marked as "At Variance With" (AVW) the Contract Documents or other information provided. The Contractor is to make revisions as appropriate to comply with the Contract Documents. C. Bring deviations to the Shop Drawings to the attention of the Designer for approval by using the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Use a single line for each requested deviation so the Status and Action for each deviation can be determined for that requested deviation. If approval or rejection of a requested deviation will impact other requested deviations, then all related deviations should be included in that requested deviation line so the status and action can be determined on the requested deviation as a whole. D. Requested deviations will be reviewed as possible Modification to the Contract Documents. 1. A Requested deviation will be rejected as "Not Approved" if the requested deviation is unacceptable. Contractor is to revise and resubmit the Shop Drawing with corrections for approval. 2. A Field Order will be issued by the Designer for deviations approved by the Designer if the requested deviation is acceptable and if the requested deviation will not result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Requested deviations from the Contract Documents may only be approved by Field Order. 3. A requested deviation will be rejected if the requested deviation is acceptable but the requested deviation will or should result in a change in Contract Price or Contract Times. Submit any requested deviation that requires as change in Contract Price or Contract Times as a Change Proposal for approval prior to resubmitting the Shop Drawing. E. Contractor is to resubmit the Shop Drawing until it is acceptable and marked Approved or Approved as Noted and is assigned an action per Paragraph 1.10.8 that indicates that the Shop Drawing process is closed. F. Information that is submitted as a Shop Drawings that should be submitted as Record Data or other type of document, or is not required may be returned without review, or may be deleted. No further action is required and the Shop Drawing process for this document will be closed. Shop Drawings Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013302-9 11-25-2013 1.11 RESUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS A. Make all corrections or changes in the documents required by the Designer and resubmit to the Designer until approved. 1. Revise initial drawings or data and resubmit as specified for the original document. 2. Highlight or cloud in green those revisions which have been made in response to the previous reviews by the Designer. This will include changes previously highlighted or clouded in yellow to direct attention to Designer to items requiring selections or decisions by the Designer or highlighted or clouded in orange for a requested deviation from the Contract Documents. 3. Highlight and cloud new items in yellow where selections or decisions by the Designer are required, but such selections do not constitute a deviation from the Contract Documents. Add explanatory comments to the markup to indicate the action to be taken by the Designer. 4. Highlight and cloud new items in orange that are deviation requests. Include the deviation request number on the Shop Drawing that corresponds to the deviation request on the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. Numbering for these new items is to start with the next number following the last Shop Drawing deviation requested. Include explanatory comments in the Shop Drawing Deviation Request form. B. Pay for excessive review of Shop Drawings. 1. Excessive review of Shop Drawings is defined as any review required after the original review has been made and the first resubmittal has been checked to see that corrections have been made. 2. Review of Shop Drawings or Samples will be an additional service requiring payment by the Contractor if the Contractor submits a substitution for a product for which a Shop Drawing or Sample has previously been approved, unless the need for such change is beyond the control of Contractor. 3. Cost for additional review time will be billed to the Owner by the Designer for the actual hours required for the review of Shop Drawings by Designer and in accordance with the rates listed in SECTION 00 73 00 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS. 4. A Set-off will be included in each Application for Payment to pay cost for the additional review to the Owner on a monthly basis. The Set-off will be based on invoices submitted to Owner for these services. 5. Need for more than one resubmission or any other delay of obtaining Designer's review of Shop Drawings will not entitle the Contractor to an adjustment in Contract Price or an extension of Contract Times. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Shop Drawings Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 01 33 02 - 10 11-25-2013 01 33 03 RECORD DATA 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Submit Record Data as required by the Contract Documents and as reasonably requested by the OPT. Provide Record Data for all products unless a Shop Drawing is required for the same item. B. Submit Record Data to provide documents that allow the Owner to: 1. Record the products incorporated into the Project for the Owner; 2. Review detailed information about the products regarding their fabrication, installation, commissioning, and testing; and 3. Provide replacement or repair of the products at some future date. C. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the receipt or cursory review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by Change Order or Field Order. D. Provide various reports or other documents that Contract Documents required be submitted for record purposes. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Submit legible, accurate, and complete documents presented in a clear, easily understood manner. Record Data not meeting these criteria will be rejected. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Submit Record Data for the following items: Specification Section Record Data Description 01 70 00 Execution and Closeout Requirements (Rev 11-25-2013) B. Include Record Data in the Schedule of Documents required by SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT to indicate the Record Data to be submitted, the dates on which documents are to be sent to the Designer for review, and proposed dates that the product will be incorporated into the Project. C. Complete the following before submitting Record Data: 1. Prepare Record Data and coordinate with Shop Drawings or Samples, other Record Data, and with the requirements of the Work and the Contract Documents; 2. Determine and verify specified performance and design criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar information; 3. Determine and verify the suitability of materials and equipment offered with respect to the indicated application, fabrication, shipping, handling, storage, assembly, and installation pertaining to the performance of the Work; and Record Data Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013303-1 11-25-2013 4. Determine and verify information relative to Contractor's responsibilities for means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction, and safety precautions and programs incident thereto. D. Determine and verify: 1. Accurate field measurements, quantities, and dimensions are shown on the Record Data; 2. Location of existing structures, utilities, and equipment related to the Record Data have been shown and conflicts between the products existing structures, utilities, and equipment have been identified; 3. Conflicts that impact the installation of the products have been brought to the attention of the OPT through the Designer; 4. Record Data are complete for their intended purpose; and 5. Conflicts between the Record Data related to the various Subcontractors and Suppliers have been resolved. E. Review Record Data prior to submitting to the Designer. Certify that all Record Data has been reviewed by the Contractor and is in strict conformance with the Contract Documents as modified by Addenda, Change Order, Field Order, or Contract Amendment when submitting Record Data. 1.04 RECORD DATA REQUIREMENTS A. Include a complete description of the material or equipment to be furnished, including: 1. Type, dimensions, size, arrangement, model number, and operational parameters of the components; 2. Weights, gauges, materials of construction, external connections, anchors, and supports required; 3. All applicable standards such as ASTM or Federal specification numbers; 4. Fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, manufacturing instructions, templates, patterns, and coordination drawings; 5. Mix designs for concrete, asphalt, or other materials proportioned for the Project; and 6. Complete and accurate field measurements for products which must fit existing conditions. Indicate on the document submittal that the measurements represent actual dimensions obtained at the Site. 1.05 SPECIAL CERTIFICATIONS AND REPORTS A. Provide all required certifications with the Record Data as specified in the individual Specification Sections: 1. Certified Test Reports (CTR): A report prepared by an approved testing agency giving results of tests performed on products to indicate their compliance with the Specifications. This report is to demonstrate that the product when installed will meet the requirements and is part of the Record Data. Field tests may be performed by the Record Data Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013303-2 11-25-2013 Owner to determine that in place materials or products meet the same quality as indicated in the CTR submitted as part of the Record Data. 1.06 WARRANTIES AND GUARANTEES A. Provide all required warranties, guarantees, and related documents with the Record Data. The effective date of warranties and guarantees will be the date of acceptance of the Work by the Owner. B. Identify all Extended Warranties, defined as any guarantee of performance for the product or system beyond the 1 year correction period described in the General Conditions. Issue the warranty certificate in the name of the Owner. Provide a Warranty Bond for Extended Warranties if required by Specification Sections. C. Provide a copy of all warranties in a separate document in accordance with SECTION 01 70 00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS. 1.07 RECORD DATA SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Submit Record Data through the Designer. Send all documents in digital format for processing. 1. Provide all information requested in the Record Data submittal form. Do not leave any blanks incomplete. If information is not applicable, enter NA in the space provided. The Record Data submittal form is to be the first document in the file. 2. Submit all documents in Portable Document Format (PDF). a. Create PDF document using Bluebeam Revu software or other compatible software that will create files that can be opened and annotated using Bluebeam Revu software. b. Create PDF documents from native format files unless files are only available from scanned documents. c. Rotate pages so that the top of each document appears at the top of the monitor screen when opened in PDF viewing software. d. Submit PDF document with adequate resolution to allow documents to be printed in a format equivalent to the document original. Documents are to be scalable to allow printing on standard 8-1/2 x 11 or 11 x 17 paper. e. Submit color PDF documents where color is required to interpret the Record Data. f. Create or convert documents to allow text to be selected for comments or searched using text search features. Run scanned documents through Optical Character Recognition (OCR) software if necessary. Flatten markups in documents to prevent markups made by Contractor from being moved or deleted. Flatten documents to allow markup recovery. h. Use Bluebeam Revu software to reduce file size using default settings except the option for "Drop Metadata." Uncheck the "Drop Metadata" box when reducing file size. g. Record Data Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013303-3 11-25-2013 i. Add footers to each document with the Project name. 3. Submit each specific product, class of material, or product separately so these can be tracked and processed independently. Do not submit Record Data for more than one system in the same Record Data. 4. Submit items specified in different Specification Sections separately unless they are part of an integrated system. 5. Define abbreviations and symbols used in Record Data. a. Use terms and symbols in Record Data consistent with the Contract Drawings. b. Provide a list of abbreviations and their meaning as used in the Record Data. c. Provide a legend for symbols used on Record Data. 6. Mark Record Data to reference: a. Related Specification Sections, b. Drawing number and detail designation, c. Product designation or name, d. Schedule references, e. System into which the product is incorporated, and f. Location where the product is incorporated into the Project. B. Submit a Change Proposal per SECTION 01 31 14 CHANGE MANAGEMENT to request modifications to the Contract Documents, including those for approval of "or equal" products when specifically allowed by the Contract Documents or as a substitution for specified products or procedures. Deviations from the Contract Documents can only be approved by a Modification. C. Complete the certification required by Paragraph 1.03. 1.08 DESIGNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Record Data will be received by the Designer, logged, and provided to Owner as the Project record. 1. Record Data may be reviewed to see that the information provided is adequate for the purpose intended. Record Data not meeting the requirements of Paragraph 1.02 may be rejected as unacceptable. 2. Record Data is not reviewed for compliance with the Contract Documents. Comments may be returned if deviations from the Contract Documents are noted during the cursory review performed to see that the information is adequate. 3. Contractor's responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents is not relieved by the review of Record Data. Contract modifications can only be approved by a Modification. B. Designer may take the following action in processing Record Data: Record Data Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013303-4 11-25-2013 1. File Record Data as received if the cursory review indicates that the document meets the requirements of Paragraph 1.02. Document will be given the status of "Filed as Received" and not further action is required on that Record Data. 2. Reject the Record Data for one of the following reasons: a. The document submittal requirements of the Contract Documents indicate that the document submitted as Record Data should have been submitted as a Shop Drawing. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Submit Shop Drawing." No further action is required on this document as Record Data and the Record Data process will be closed. Resubmit the document as a Shop Drawing per SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. b. The cursory review indicates that the document does not meet the requirements of Paragraph 1.02. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Revise and Resubmit." Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." When Record Data is filed, no further action is required and the Record Data process will be closed. c. The Record Data is not required by the Contract Documents nor is applicable to the Project. The Record Data will be marked "Rejected" and "Cancel - Not Required." No further action is required and the Record Data process will be closed. C. Contractor is to resubmit the Record Data until it is acceptable and marked "Filed as Received." 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Record Data Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013303-5 11-25-2013 01 33 04 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 REQUIREMENTS A. Prepare and submit a Progress Schedule for the Work and update the schedule on a monthly basis for the duration of the Project. B. Provide schedule in adequate detail to allow Owner to monitor progress and to relate document processing to sequential activities of the Work. C. Incorporate and specifically designate the dates of anticipated submission of documents and the dates when documents must be returned to the Contractor into the schedule. D. Assume complete responsibility for maintaining the progress of the Work per the schedule submitted. E. Take the requirements of SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES into consideration when preparing schedule. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Submit Progress Schedules in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. B. Submit a preliminary schedule within 10 days after the Notice of Award. The schedule is to be available at the pre -construction conference. C. Submit a detailed schedule at least 10 days prior to the first payment request. D. Submit Progress Schedules updates monthly with Applications for Payment to indicate the progress made on the Project to that date. Failure to submit the schedule may cause delay in the review and approval of Applications for Payment. 1.03 SCHEDULE REQUIREMENTS A. Schedule is to be in adequate detail to: 1. Assure adequate planning, scheduling, and reporting during the execution of the Work; 2. Assure the coordination of the Work of the Contractor and the various Subcontractors and Suppliers; 3. Assist in monitoring the progress of the Work; and 4. Assist in evaluating proposed changes to the Contract Times and Project schedule. B. Provide personnel with 5 years' minimum experience in scheduling construction work comparable to this Project. Prepare the schedule using acceptable scheduling software. C. Provide the schedule in the form of a computer generated critical path schedule which includes Work to be performed on the Project. It is intended that the schedule accomplish the following: 1. Give early warning of delays in time for correction. Construction Progress Schedule Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013304-1 11-25-2013 2. Provide detailed plans for the execution of the Work in the form of future activities and events in sequential relationships. 3. Establish relationships of significant planned Work activities and provide a logical sequence for planned Work activities. 4. Provide continuous current status information. 5. Allow analysis of the Contractor's program for the completion of the Project. 6. Permit schedules to be revise when the existing schedule is not achievable. 7. Log the progress of the Work as it actually occurs. D. Prepare a time scaled CPM arrow or precedence diagram to indicate each activity and its start and stop dates. 1. Develop Milestone dates and Project completion dates to conform to time constraints, sequencing requirements and Contract completion date. 2. Use calendar day durations while accounting for holidays and weather conditions in the projection of the duration of each activity. 3. Clearly indicate the critical path for Work to complete the Project. E. Provide a time scaled horizontal bar chart which indicates graphically the Work scheduled at any time during the Project. The chart is to indicate: 1. Complete sequence of construction by activity; 2. Identification of the activity by structure, location, and type of Work; 3. Chronological order of the start of each item of Work; 4. The activity start and stop dates; 5. The activity duration; 6. Successor and predecessor relationships for each activity; 7. A clearly indicated single critical path; and S. Projected percentage of completion, based on dollar value of the Work included in each activity as of the first day of each month. F. Provide a schedule incorporating the Schedule of Documents provided in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT indicating: 1. Specific dates each document is to be delivered to the Designer. 2. Specific dates each document must be received in order to meet the proposed schedule. 3. Allow a reasonable time to review documents, taking into consideration the size and complexity of the document, other documents being processed, and other factors that may affect review time. 4. Allow time for re -submission of the each document. Contractor is responsible for delays associated with additional time required to review incomplete or erroneous Construction Progress Schedule Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013304-2 11-25-2013 documents and for time lost when documents are submitted for products that do not meet Specification requirements. 1.04 SCHEDULE REVISIONS A. Revise the schedule if it appears that the schedule no longer represents the actual progress of the Work. 1. Submit a written report if the schedule indicates that the Project is more than 30 days behind schedule. The report is to include: a. Number of days behind schedule; b. Narrative description of the steps to be taken to bring the Project back on schedule; and c. Anticipated time required to bring the Project back on schedule. 2. Submit a revised schedule indicating the action that the Contractor proposes to take to bring the Project back on schedule. B. Revise the schedule to indicate any adjustments in Contract Times approved by Modification. 1. Include a revised schedule with Change Proposals if a change in Contract Times is requested. 2. OPT will deem any Change Proposal that does not have a revised schedule and request for a change in Contract Times as having no impact on the ability of the Contractor to complete the Project within the Contract Times. C. Updating the Project schedule to reflect actual progress is not considered a revision to the Project schedule. D. Applications for Payment may not be recommended for payment without a revised schedule and if required, the report indicating the Contractor's plan for bringing the Project back on schedule. 1.05 FLOAT TIME A. Define float time as the amount of time between the earliest start date and the latest start date of a chain of activities on the construction schedule. B. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either the Contractor or Owner. C. Where several subsystems each have a critical path, the subsystem with the longest time of completion is the critical path and float time is to be assigned to other subsystems. D. Contract Times cannot be changed by the submission of a schedule. Contract Times can only be modified by a Change Order or Contract Amendment. E. Schedule completion date must be the same as the Contract completion date. Time between the end of construction and the Contract completion date is float time. Construction Progress Schedule Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013304-3 11-25-2013 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Construction Progress Schedule Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013304-4 11-25-2013 01 33 05 VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide a video recording of the Site prior to the beginning of construction. 1. Record the condition of all existing facilities in or abutting the construction area (right- of-way) including but not limited to streets, curb and gutter, utilities, driveways, fencing, landscaping, etc. 2. Record after construction staking is complete but prior to any clearing. 3. Provide one copy of the recording, dated and labeled to the OAR before the start of construction. Provide additional recording as directed by the OAR if the recording provided is not considered suitable for the purpose of recording pre-existing conditions. B. Furnish an adequate number of photographs of the Site to clearly depict the completed Project. 1. Provide a minimum of ten different views. 2. Photograph a panoramic view of the entire Site. 3. Photograph all significant areas of completed construction. 4. Completion photographs are not to be taken until all construction trailers, excess materials, trash, and debris have been removed. 5. Employ a professional photographer approved by the OAR to photograph the Project. 6. Provide one aerial photograph of the Site from an angle and height to include the entire Site while providing adequate detail. C. All photographs, video recordings, and a digital copy of this media are to become the property of the Owner. Photographs or recordings may not be used for publication, or public or private display without the written consent of the Owner. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide clear photographs and recordings taken with proper exposure. View photographs and recordings in the field and take new photographs or recordings immediately if photos of an adequate print quality cannot be produced or video quality is not adequate. Provide photographs with adequate quality and resolution to permit enlargements. 1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Submit photographic documentation as Record Data in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. B. Submit two DVDs of the video recording as Record Data in accordance with SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. Video and Photographic Documentation Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013305-1 11-25-2013 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 PHOTOGRAPHS A. Provide photographs in digital format with a minimum resolution of 1280 x 960, accomplished without a digital zoom. B. Take photographs at locations acceptable to the OAR. C. Provide two color prints of each photograph and a digital copy on a DVD of each photograph taken. D. Identify each print on back with: 1. Project name. 2. Date, time, location, and orientation of the exposure. 3. Description of the subject of photograph. E. Submit photograph in clear plastic sheets designed for photographs. Place only one photograph in each sheet to allow the description on the back to be read without removing the photograph. F. Final photographs are to include two 8 -by -10 -inch glossy color prints for each of ten photographs selected by the OAR. These photographs are in addition to normal prints. 2.02 VIDEO RECORDING A. Provide digital format on DVD that can be played with Windows Media Player in common format in full screen mode. B. Identify Project on video by audio or visual means. C. Video file size should not exceed 400 MB. D. Video resolution shall be 10SOp. E. The quality of the video must be sufficient to determine the existing conditions of the construction area. Camera panning must be performed while at rest, do not pan the camera while walking or driving. Camera pans should be performed at intervals sufficient to clearly view the entire construction area. F. DVD shall be labeled with construction stationing and stationing should be called out, voice recorded, in the video. G. The entire construction area recording shall be submitted at once. Sections submitted separately will not be accepted. 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Video and Photographic Documentation Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013305-2 11-25-2013 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 PLAN OF ACTION A. Submit a written plan of action for approval for shutting down essential services. These include: 1. Electrical power, 2. Control power, 3. Pipelines or wastewater systems, 4. Communications equipment, and 5. Other designated functions. B. Describe the following in the plan of action: 1. Scheduled dates for construction; 2. Work to be performed; 3. Utilities, piping, or services affected; 4. Length of time the service or utility will be disturbed; 5. Procedures to be used to carry out the Work; 6. Plan of Action to handle emergencies; 7. List of manpower, equipment, and ancillary supplies; 8. Backups for key pieces of equipment and key personnel; 9. Contingency plan that will be used if the original schedule cannot be met; and C. Submit plan 2 weeks prior to beginning the Work. 1.02 OWNER ASSISTANCE A. The Owner plans to perform the following items of work which are not included in this contract prior to beginning construction as shown in the Contract Documents. 1. Stockpile 800 CY of crushed concrete riprap 2. Stockpile 1100 CY of embankment material 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION Special Procedures Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 013500-1 11-25-2013 0140 00 QUALITY MANAGEMENT 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review the OPT's Quality Management Program and prepare and submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. B. Implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan to control the quality of the Work and verify that the Work meets the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. 1. Inspect products to be incorporated into the Project. Ensure that Suppliers have adequate quality control systems to ensure that products that comply with the Contract Documents are provided. 2. Integrate quality control measures into construction activities to produce Work which meets quality expectations of the Contract Documents. Inspect the Work of the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Suppliers. Correct Defective Work. 3. Provide and pay for the services of an approved professional materials testing laboratory acceptable to the OPT to provide testing that demonstrates that products proposed in Shop Drawings and Record Data for the Project fully comply with the Contract Documents. 4. Provide facilities, equipment, and Samples required for quality control inspections and tests: a. Give the OAR adequate notice before proceeding with Work that would interfere with inspections or testing; b. Notify the OAR and testing laboratories prior to the time that testing is required, providing adequate lead time to allow arrangements for inspections or testing to be made; c. Do not proceed with any Work that would impact the ability to correct defects or Work that would require subsequent removal to correct defects until testing services have been performed and results of tests indicate that the Work is acceptable; d. Cooperate fully with the performance of sampling, inspection, and testing; e. Provide personnel to assist with sampling or to assist in making inspections and field tests; f. Obtain and handle Samples for testing at the Site or at the production source of the product to be tested; g. Provide adequate quantities of representative products to be tested to the laboratory at the designated locations; h. Provide facilities required to store and cure test Samples; i. Provide calibrated scales and measuring devices for the OPT's use in performing inspections and testing; Quality Management Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 014000-1 11-25-2013 j. Provide adequate lighting to allow OPT observations; and k. Make Contract Documents available to testing agencies when requested. 5. Provide safe access for all inspection and testing activities, including those to be conducted as part of the OPT's Quality Management Program. 6. Document Defective Work though Certified Test Reports and Defective Work Notices. Document that corrective actions have been taken to correct any defects and that corrected Work is in compliance with the Contract Documents. 7. Apply quality control measures to documentation provided for the Project. 8. Implement countermeasures to prevent future Defective Work. C. Perform tests as indicated in this and other Sections of the Specifications. Technical Specifications govern if any testing and inspection requirements of this Section conflict with the testing and inspection requirements of the technical Specifications. D. All verification testing is to be observed by the OAR or designated representative. E. Send test reports to the Designer. F. Provide an update on quality control activities at monthly progress meetings required by SECTION 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION. G. Owner will withhold payment for Defective Work, or Work that has not been tested or inspected in accordance with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan, the OPT's Quality Control Program, or the Contract Documents. H. Work performed that is connected or adjacent to Defective Work or Work that would have to be removed to correct Defective Work is also considered to be Defective. Contractor is responsible for all cost with replacing any acceptable Work that must be removed, or might be damaged by corrective actions. 1.02 QUALITY MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES BY THE OPT A. OPT will perform its own quality assurance tests independent of the Contractor's Quality Control Program. Assist the OPT and testing organizations in performing quality assurance activities per Paragraph 1.01. B. Quality assurance testing performed by the OPT will be paid for by the Owner, except for verification testing required per Paragraph 1.07. C. Quality assurance activities of the OPT, through their own forces or through contracts with consultants and materials testing laboratories are for the purpose of monitoring the results of the Contractor's Work to see that it is in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Quality assurance activities or non-performance of quality assurance activities by the OPT do not: 1. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility to provide Work or furnish products that conform with the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for providing adequate quality control measures; Quality Management Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 014000-2 11-25-2013 3. Relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for damage to or loss of Work or products before OPT's acceptance; 4. Constitute or imply OPT's acceptance; and 5. Affect the continuing rights of the Owner after OPT's acceptance of the completed Work. D. Work is subject to OPT's quality assurance observations or testing at any time. Products which have been tested or inspected and approved by OPT at a supply source or staging area may be inspected or tested again by the OPT before, during or after incorporation into the Work and rejected if products do not comply with the Contract Documents. 1.03 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF OPT'S TEST REPORTS A. OPT has prepared a Quality Management Plan that describes, in general, the OPT's anticipated quality assurance testing program for this Project. This testing program will be made available to Bidders during the bidding phase. This plan outlines only the testing in general terms and may not reflect actual testing. Actual testing will depend on the Contractors means, methods and procedures of construction which will not be known until the Contractor begins Work and submits their own Quality Control Plan for review. There is no guarantee that all testing will be performed. B. Contractor will receive copies of all test reports documenting OPT's quality assurance activities. Contractor is entitled to rely on the accuracy of these tests results and use these as part of their quality control efforts. C. Contractor is to determine additional testing or inspections that may be required to implement the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Include cost for additional testing and inspections required to meet Contractors quality control obligations, including the cost for correcting Defective Work in the Contract Price. D. Contractor may submit a Change Proposal if OPT's quality assurance testing program deviates significantly from the OPT's Quality Management Plan, and Contractor can demonstrate that additional cost was incurred to implementing the Contractor's Quality Control Plan resulting from these deviations. 1.04 DOCUMENTATION A. Provide documentation which includes: 1. Contractor's Quality Management Plan that establishes the methods of assuring compliance with the Contract Documents. Submit this plan as a Shop Drawings per SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. 2. A Statement of Qualification for any proposed testing laboratories that includes a list of the engineers and technical staff that will provide testing services on the Project, descriptions of the qualifications of these individuals, list of tests that can be performed, equipment used with date of last certification, and a list of recent projects for which testing has been performed with references for those projects. 3. Provide Certified Test Reports for products to be incorporated into the Project. Provide reports to indicate that proposed products comply with the Contract Documents or indicate that proposed products do not comply with the Contract Quality Management Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 014000-3 11-25-2013 Documents and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports as part of a Shop Drawings submitted per SECTION 0133 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. 4. Provide Certified Test Reports for inspection and testing required in this Section and in other Specification Sections. Provide reports to indicate that Work complies with the Contract Documents or indicate that Work does not comply with the Contract Documents they are not in compliance and why it does not comply. Submit these test reports on forms provided per SECTION 01 33 00 DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT. 1.05 STANDARDS A. Provide testing laboratories that comply with the American Council of Independent Laboratories (ACIL) "Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualifications." B. Perform testing per recognized test procedures as listed in the various Sections of the Specifications, standards of the State Department of Highways and Public Transportation, American Society of Testing Materials (ASTM), or other testing associations. Perform tests in accordance with published procedures for testing issued by these organizations. 1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Handle and protect test specimens of products and construction materials at the Site in accordance with recognized test procedures. Provide facilities for storing, curing, processing test specimens as required by test standard to maintain the integrity of Samples. 1.07 VERIFICATION TESTING FOR CORRECTED DEFECTS A. Provide verification testing on Work performed to correct Defective Work to demonstrate that the Work is now in compliance with the Contract Documents. Document that Defective Work has been corrected and verify that the OAR closes the item in the Defective Work Register. B. Pay for verification testing. OPT may perform verification testing as part of their Quality Management Program and impose a Set-off to recover the cost for this testing. C. Conduct the same tests or inspections used to determine that the original Work was Defective. Different tests or methods may be used if approved by the OPT. 1.08 TEST REPORTS A. Certified Test Reports are to be prepared for all tests. 1. Tests performed by testing laboratories may be submitted on their standard test report forms if acceptable to the OPT. These reports must include the following: a. Name of the Owner, Project title and number and Contractor; b. Name of the laboratory, address, and telephone number; c. Name and signature of the laboratory personnel performing the test; d. Description of the product being sampled or tested; Quality Management Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 014000-4 11-25-2013 e. Date and time of sampling, inspection, and testing; f. Date the report was issued; g. Description of the test performed; h. Weather conditions and temperature at time of test or sampling; i. Location at the Site or structure where the test was taken; j. Standard or test procedure used in making the test; k. A description of the results of the test; I. Statement of compliance or non-compliance with the Contract Documents; and m. Interpretations of test results, if appropriate. 2. Submit reports on tests performed by Contractor, Subcontractors or Suppliers on the forms provided by the OAR. 3. OPT will prepare test reports on test performed by the OPT. B. Send test report to Designer within 24 hours of completing the test. Flag tests reports with results that do not comply with Contract Documents for immediate attention. C. Payment for Work may be withheld until test reports indicate that the Work is not Defective. 1.09 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Immediately correct any Defective Work or notify the OAR why the Work is not to be corrected immediately and when corrective action will be completed. B. No payment will be made for Defective Work. Remove Work from the Application for Payment if Work paid for on a previous Application for Payment is found to be Defective. 1.10 LIMITATION OF AUTHORITY OF THE TESTING LABORATORY A. The testing laboratory representatives are limited to providing testing services and interpreting the results of the test performed. B. The testing laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Alter the requirements of the Contract Documents; 2. Accept or reject any portion of the Work; 3. Perform any of the duties of the Contractor; or 4. Direct or stop the Work. 1.11 QUALITY CONTROL PLAN A. Submit the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for approval as a Shop Drawing per SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. Use Contractor's Quality Control Plan Checklist provided to review the document before submitting and include a copy of the completed checklist with the Contractor's Quality Control Plan. Do not begin Work until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved. Submit an interim plan covering only the portion of Work to be Quality Management Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 014000-5 11-25-2013 performed if the Contractor plans to begin Work prior to submitting the Contractor's Quality Control Plan for the Project. Do not begin Work on other parts of the Project until the Contractor's Quality Control Plan is approved or another interim plan covering the additional Work to be started is approved. B. Provide a Contractor's Quality Control Plan that incorporates construction operations at both the Site and production Work at remote locations and includes Work by Subcontractors and Suppliers. The Contractor's Quality Control Plan is to include: 1. A description of the quality control organization, including an organization chart showing lines of authority to control the quality of Work; 2. Documentation describing name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and level of authority of the Quality Control Manager; 3. The name, qualifications (in resume format), duties, responsibilities, and authorities of other persons assigned a quality control function; 4. Procedures for scheduling, reviewing, certifying, and managing documentation, including documentation provided by Subcontractors and Suppliers; 5. Control, verification, and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test. Include: a. Name of tests to be performed, b. Specification paragraph requiring test, c. Parameters of Work to be tested, d. Test frequency, e. Persons responsible for each test, and f. Applicable industry testing standards and laboratory facilities to be used for the test; 6. Integrate the OPT quality assurance testing into the Contractor's Quality Control Plan, specifically identifying the tests or inspections in Paragraph 1.11.6.5 that will be provided by the OPT as part of their Quality Management Program; 7. Procedures for tracking and documenting quality management efforts. 8. Procedures for tracking Defective Work from initial identification through acceptable corrective action. Indicate how documentation of the verification process for deficiencies will be made. 9. Reporting procedures which incorporate the use of forms provided by the OAR. 10. The name of the proposed testing laboratories along with documentation of qualifications per Paragraph 1.04. C. The Quality Control Manager must have authority to reject Defective Work and redirect the efforts of the Contractor's Team to prevent or correct Defective Work. D. Notify the Designer of any changes to the Contractor's Quality Control Plan or quality control personnel. Quality Management Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 014000-6 11-25-2013 Quality Management 01 40 00 - 7 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 11-25-2013 E. Meet with the OPT 7 days after Contractor’s Quality Control Plan is submitted and before start of construction to discuss the Contractor’s Quality Control Plan and expedite its approval. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 IMPLEMENT CONTRACTOR’S QUALITY CONTROL PLAN A. Perform quality control observations and testing as required in each Section of the Specifications and where indicated on the Drawings. B. Includes the following phases for each definable Work task. A definable Work task is one which is separate and distinct from other tasks, has separate control requirements, may be provided by different trades or disciplines, or may be Work by the same trade in a different environment. 1. Planning Phase: Perform the following before beginning each definable Work task: a. Review the Contract Drawings. b. Review documents and determine that they are complete in accordance with the Contract Documents. c. Check to assure that all materials and/or equipment have been tested, submitted, and approved. d. Examine the work area to assure that all required preliminary Work has been completed and complies with the Contract Documents. e. Examine required materials, equipment, and Sample Work to assure that they are on hand, conform to Shop Drawings and Record Data, and are properly stored. f. Review requirements for quality control inspection and testing. g. Discuss procedures for controlling quality of the Work. Document construction tolerances and workmanship standards for the Work task. h. Check that the portion of the plan for the Work to be performed incorporates document review comments. i. Discuss results of planning phase with the OAR. Conduct a meeting attended by the Quality Control Manager, the OAR, superintendent, other quality control personnel as applicable, and the foreman responsible for the Work task. Instruct applicable workers as to the acceptable level of workmanship required in order to meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. Document the results of the preparatory phase actions by separate meeting minutes prepared by the Quality Control Manager and attached to the quality control report. j. Do not move to the next phase unless results of investigations required for the planning phase indicate that requirements have been met. Quality Management 01 40 00 - 8 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 11-25-2013 2.Work Phase: Complete this phase after the Planning Phase: a.Notify the OAR at least 24 hours in advance of beginning the Work and discuss the review of the planning effort to indicate that requirements have been met. b.Check the Work to ensure that it is in full compliance with the Contract Documents. c.Verify adequacy of controls to ensure full compliance with Contract Documents. Verify required control inspection and testing is performed. d.Verify that established levels of workmanship meet acceptable workmanship standards. Compare with required Sample panels as appropriate. e.Repeat the Work phase for each new crew to work on-site, or any time acceptable specified quality standards are not being met. 3.Follow-up Phase: Perform daily checks to assure control activities, including control testing, are providing continued compliance with contract requirements: a.Make checks daily and record observations in the quality control documentation. b.Conduct follow-up checks and correct all deficiencies prior to the start of additional Work tasks that may be affected by the Defective Work. Do not build upon nor conceal Defective Work. c.Conduct a review of the Work one month prior to the expiration of the correction period prescribed in the General Conditions with the OPT. Correct defects as noted during the review. C. Conduct additional planning and Work phases if: 1.The quality of on-going Work is unacceptable; 2.Changes are made in applicable quality control staff, on-site production supervision or crews; 3.Work on a task is resumed after a substantial period of inactivity; or 4.Other quality problems develop. END OF SECTION Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 1 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modfications - E11050 11-25-2013 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide temporary facilities, including OPT’s field office and the Contractor’s field offices, storage sheds, and temporary utilities needed to complete the Work. B. Install and maintain temporary Project identification signs. Provide temporary on-site informational signs to identify key elements of the construction facilities. Do not allow other signs to be displayed. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide a total electrical heating and cooling system for the OPT’s field office capable of maintaining the following conditions: 1.Heating: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 10 degrees ambient. 2.Cooling: Minimum 75 degrees ID temp at 105 degrees ambient. 3.Relative humidity: 48 to 54 percent. B. Inspect and test each service before placing temporary utilities in use. Arrange for all required inspections and tests by regulatory agencies, and obtain required certifications and permits for use. 1.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Arrange transportation, loading, and handling of temporary buildings and sheds. 1.04 JOB CONDITIONS A. Locate buildings and sheds at the Site as indicated or as approved by the OPT. B. Prepare the Site by removing trees, brush, or debris and performing demolition or grubbing needed to clear a space adequate for the structures. C. Pay for the utilities used by temporary facilities during construction. D. Provide each temporary service and facility ready for use at each location when the service or facility is first needed to avoid delay in the performance of the Work. Provide OPT’s field office complete and ready for occupancy and use within 7 days of the Notice to Proceed. E. Maintain, expand as required, and modify temporary services and facilities as needed throughout the progress of the Work. F. Remove services and facilities when approved by the OAR. G. Operate temporary facilities in a safe and efficient manner. 1.Restrict loads on temporary services or facilities to within their designed or designated capacities. 2.Provide sanitary conditions. Prevent public nuisance or hazardous conditions from developing or existing at the Site. Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 2 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modfications - E11050 11-25-2013 3. Prevent freezing of pipes, flooding, or the contamination of water. 4. Maintain Site security and protection of the facilities. 1.05 OPTIONS A. Construction offices may be prefabricated buildings on skids or mobile trailers. B. Storage sheds may be prefabricated buildings on skids or truck trailers. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES A. The Contractor must furnish the OPT with a field office at the Site. The field office must contain at least 120 square feet of useable space. The field office must be air-conditioned and heated and must be furnished with an inclined table that measures at least 30 inches by 60 inches and two chairs. The Contractor shall move the field office on the Site as required by the OAR. The field office must be furnished with a telephone (with 24-hour per day answering service) and fax machine paid for by the Contractor. There is no separate pay item for the field office. B. Furnish a field office of adequate size for Contractor’s use. Provide conference room space for a minimum of 15 people. C. Other trades may provide their own offices only when space is available at the Site, and the OPT agrees to its size, condition, and location. D. No monthly partial payments will be processed until OPT’s field office facilities are completed and approved. 2.02 TEMPORARY STORAGE BUILDINGS A. Furnish storage buildings of adequate size to store any materials or equipment delivered to the Site that might be affected by weather. 2.03 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide sanitary facilities at the Site from the commencement of the Project until Project conclusion. Maintain these facilities in a clean and sanitary condition at all times, and comply with the requirements of the local health authority. On large sites, provide portable toilets at such locations that no point in the Site shall be more than 600 feet from a toilet. B. Use these sanitary facilities. Do not use restrooms within existing or Owner-occupied buildings. 2.04 TEMPORARY HEAT A. Provide heating devices needed to protect buildings during construction. Provide fuel needed to operate the heating devices and attend the heating devices at all times they are in operation, including overnight operations. Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 3 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modfications - E11050 11-25-2013 2.05 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Provide the temporary utilities for administration, construction, testing, disinfection, and start-up of the Work, including electrical power, water, and telephone. Pay all costs associated with furnishing temporary utilities. 1.Provide a source of temporary electrical power of adequate size for construction procedures. a.Use existing power systems where spare capacity is available. Provide temporary power connections that do not adversely affect the existing power supply. Submit connections to the OAR for approval prior to installation. b.Provide electrical pole and service connections that comply with Laws and Regulations and the requirements of the power company. 2.Provide telephone service to the Site and install telephones inside the Contractor’s and the OPT’s field office. 2.06 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION A. Provide temporary water. Potable water may be purchased from the Owner by obtaining a water meter from the Owner and transporting water from a water hydrant. Non-potable water may be used for hydraulic testing of non-potable basins or pipelines. Include the cost of water in the Contract Price. B. Contractor must comply with the City of Corpus Christi’s Water Conservation and Drought Contingency Plan as amended (the “Plan”). This includes implementing water conservation measures established for changing conditions. The City Engineer will provide a copy of the Plan to Contractor at the pre-construction meeting. The Contractor will keep a copy of the Plan on the Site throughout construction. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 LOCATION OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Locate temporary facilities in areas approved by the OAR. Construct and install signs at locations approved by the OAR. Install informational signs so they are clearly visible. 3.02 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS A. The Owner will furnish two Project signs to be installed by the Contractor. The signs must be installed before construction begins and will be maintained throughout the Project period by the Contractor. The locations of the signs will be determined in the field by the OAR. 3.03 TEMPORARY LIGHTING A. Provide temporary lighting inside buildings once buildings are weatherproof. B. Provide lighting that is adequate to perform Work within any space. Temporary lights may be removed once the permanent lighting is in service. Temporary Facilities and Controls 01 50 00 - 4 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modfications - E11050 11-25-2013 C. Provide portable flood lights at any time that Work will be performed outside the structure at night. Provide adequate lighting at any location Work is being performed. 3.04 DRINKING WATER A. Provide all field offices with potable water. Provide a dispenser and cooling apparatus if bottled drinking water is provided. B. Pay for water services and maintain daily. 3.05 CONSTRUCTION FENCE A. Install and maintain a construction fence around the Site and off-site storage yards. Fence must be a minimum 6 feet high chain link construction unless shown otherwise. Provide gates with padlocks. 3.06 REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Remove temporary buildings, sheds, and utilities at the conclusion of the Project and restore the Site to original condition or finished in accordance with the Drawings. B. Remove informational signs upon completion of construction. C. Remove Project identification signs, framing, supports, and foundations upon completion of the Project. 3.07 MAINTENANCE AND JANITORIAL SERVICE A. Provide janitorial service (sweeping/mopping) for the OPT’s field office on a weekly basis or as requested. Empty trash receptacles daily or as needed. B. Maintain signs and supports in a neat, clean condition. Repair damage to structures, framings, or signs. C. Repair any damage to Work caused by placement or removal of temporary signage. D. Service, maintain, and replace, if necessary, the OPT’s field office computer equipment throughout the Project as required by the OPT including replacement cartridges for all office equipment. END OF SECTION Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 1 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications – E11050 11-25-2013 01 57 00 TEMPORARY CONTROLS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to construct temporary facilities to provide and maintain control over environmental conditions at the Site. Remove temporary facilities when no longer needed. B. Construct temporary impounding works, channels, diversions, furnishing and operation of pumps, installing piping and fittings, and other construction for control of conditions at the Site. Remove temporary controls at the end of the Project. C. Provide a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) as required by Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (TPDES) General Permit No. TXR150000 for stormwater discharges from construction activities. Comply with all requirements of the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) and Laws and Regulations. File required legal notices and obtain required permits prior to beginning any construction activity. D. Provide labor, materials, equipment, and incidentals necessary to prevent stormwater pollution for the duration of the Project. Provide and maintain erosion and sediment control structures as required to preventive sediment and other pollutants from the Site from entering any stormwater system including open channels. Remove pollution control structures when no longer required to prevent stormwater pollution. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Construct and maintain temporary controls with adequate workmanship using durable materials to provide effective environmental management systems meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents and Laws and Regulations. Use materials that require minimal maintenance to prevent disruption of construction activities while providing adequate protection of the environment. B. Periodically inspect systems to determine that they are meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.03 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Provide documents requiring approval by the OPT as Shop Drawings in accordance with SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS. B. Provide copies of notices, records, and reports required by the Contract Documents or Laws and Regulations as Record Data in accordance with SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA. 1.04 STANDARDS A. Provide a SWPPP that complies with all requirements of TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. B. Perform Work to comply with the City of Corpus Christi Code of Ordinances, Part III, Chapter 14, Article X - titled “STORM WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT PLANS” and any other applicable Laws and Regulations. Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 2 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications – E11050 11-25-2013 1.05 PERMITS A. Submit the following to the TCEQ and the Operator of any Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) receiving stormwater discharges from the Site: 1. Notice of Intent (NOI) at least 48 hours prior to beginning construction activity. Construction activity may commence 24 hours after the submittal of an electronic NOI. 2. Notice of Change (NOC) letter when relevant facts or incorrect information was submitted in the NOI, or if relevant information in the NOI changes during the course of construction activity. 3. Notice of Termination (NOT) when the construction Project has been completed and stabilized. B. Post a copy of the NOI at the Site in a location where it is readily available for viewing by the general public and as required by Laws and Regulations prior to starting construction activities and maintain the posting until completion of the construction activities. C. Maintain copies of a schedule of major construction activities, inspection reports, and revision documentation with the SWPPP. 1.06 STORMWATER POLLUTION CONTROL A. Comply with the current requirements of TPDES General Permit No. TXR150000 as set forth by the TCEQ for the duration of the Project: 1. Develop a SWPPP meeting all requirements of the TPDES General Permit. 2. Submit of a Notice of Intent to the TCEQ. 3. Develop and implement appropriate Best Management Practices as established by local agencies of jurisdiction. 4. Provide all monitoring and/or sampling required for reporting to the TCEQ. 5. Submit reports to the TCEQ as required as a condition of the TPDES General Permit. 6. Submit copies of the reports to the Designer as Record Data in accordance with SECTION 01 33 03 RECORD DATA. 7. Retain copies of these documents at the Site at all times for review and inspection by the OPT or regulatory agencies. Post a copy of the permit as required by Laws and Regulations. 8. Assume sole responsibility for implementing, updating, and modifying the TPDES General Permit per Laws and Regulations for the SWPPP and Best Management Practices. B. Use forms required by the TCEQ to file the Notice of Intent. Submit the Notice of Intent at least 2 days prior to the start of construction. Develop the SWPPP prior to submitting the Notice of Intent. Provide draft copies of the Notice of Intent, SWPPP, and any other pertinent TCEQ submittal documents to Owner for review prior to submittal to the TCEQ. C. Return any property disturbed by construction activities to either specified conditions or pre-construction conditions as set forth in the Contract Documents. Provide an overall erosion and sedimentation control system that will protect all undisturbed areas and soil Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 3 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications – E11050 11-25-2013 stockpiles/spoil areas. Implement appropriate Best Management Practices and techniques to control erosion and sedimentation and maintain these practices and techniques in effective operating condition during construction. Permanently stabilize exposed soil and fill as soon as practical during the Work. D. Assume sole responsibility for the means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures for furnishing, installing, and maintaining erosion and sedimentation control structures and procedures and overall compliance with the TPDES General Permit. Modify the system as required to effectively control erosion and sediment. E. Retain copies of reports required by the TPDES General Permit for 3 years from date of Final Completion. 1.07 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Prevent the contamination of soil, water, or atmosphere by the discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. Provide adequate measures to prevent the creation of noxious air-borne pollutants. Prevent dispersal of pollutants into the atmosphere. Do not dump or otherwise discharge noxious or harmful fluids into drains or sewers, nor allow noxious liquids to contaminate public waterways in any manner. B. Provide equipment and personnel and perform emergency measures necessary to contain any spillage. 1. Contain chemicals in protective areas and do not dump on soil. Dispose of such materials at off-site locations in an acceptable manner. 2. Excavate contaminated soil and dispose at an off-site location if contamination of the soil does occur. Fill resulting excavations with suitable backfill and compact to the density of the surrounding undisturbed soil. 3. Provide documentation to the Owner which states the nature and strength of the contaminant, method of disposal, and the location of the disposal site. 4. Comply with Laws and Regulations regarding the disposal of pollutants. C. Groundwater or run-off water which has come into contact with noxious chemicals, sludge, or sludge-contaminated soil is considered contaminated. Contaminated water must not be allowed to enter streams or water courses, leave the Site in a non-contained form, or enter non-contaminated areas of the Site. 1. Pump contaminated water to holding ponds constructed by the Contractor for this purpose, or discharge to areas on the interior of the Site, as designated by the OAR. 2. Construct temporary earthen dikes or take other precautions and measures as required to contain the contaminated water and pump to a designated storage area. 3. Wash any equipment used for handling contaminated water or soil within contaminated areas three times with uncontaminated water prior to using such equipment in an uncontaminated area. Dispose of wash water used to wash such equipment as contaminated water. Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 4 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications – E11050 11-25-2013 1.08 EARTH CONTROL A. Remove excess soil, spoil materials, and other earth not required for backfill at the time of generation. Control stockpiled materials to eliminate interference with Contractor and Owner’s operations. B. Dispose of excess earth off the Site. Provide written approval from the property owner for soils deposited on private property. Obtain approval of the Owner if this disposal impacts the use of Site or other easements. 1.09 MANAGEMENT OF WATER A. Manage water resulting from rains or ground water at the Site. Maintain trenches and excavations free of water at all times. B. Lower the water table in the construction area by acceptable means if necessary to maintain a dry and workable condition at all times. Provide drains, sumps, casings, well points, and other water control devices as necessary to remove excess water. C. Provide continuous operation of water management actions. Maintain standby equipment to provide proper and continuous operation for water management. D. Ensure that water drainage does not damage adjacent property. Divert water into the same natural watercourse in which its headwaters are located, or other natural stream or waterway as approved by the Owner. Assume responsibility for the discharge of water from the Site. E. Remove the temporary construction and restore the Site in a manner acceptable to the OAR and to match surrounding material at the conclusion of the Work. 1.10 DEWATERING A. This item is considered subsidiary for all dewatering methods other than “well pointing” to the appropriate bid items as described in the Bid Form where dewatering is needed to keep the excavation dry, as approved by the Designer, and shall include all costs to provide a dry foundation for the proposed improvements. B. Storm water that enters an excavation can be pumped out as long as care is taken to minimize solids and mud entering the pump suction and flow is pumped to a location that allows for sheet flow prior to entering a storm water drainage ditch or storm water inlet. C. An alternative to sheet flow is to pump storm water to an area where ponding occurs naturally without leaving the designated work area or by a manmade berm(s) prior to entering the storm water system. Sheet flow and ponding is to allow solids screening and/or settling prior to entering a storm water conduit or inlet. D. Storm water or groundwater shall not be discharged to private property without permission. It is the intent that Contractor discharges groundwater primarily into the existing storm water system, provided that the quality of groundwater is equal to or better than the receiving stream, the Laguna Madre. E. Testing of groundwater quality is to be performed by the Owner, at the Owner’s expense, prior to commencing discharge and shall be retested by the Owner, at the Owner’s Temporary Controls 01 57 00 - 5 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications – E11050 11-25-2013 expense, a minimum of once a week. Contractor shall coordinate with the Owner on all testing. Tests will also be performed as each new area of construction is started. F. Another option for disposal of groundwater by Contractor would include pumping to the nearest sanitary sewer system. If discharging to temporary holding tanks and trucking to a sanitary sewer or wastewater plant, the costs for these operations shall be negotiated. Other groundwater disposal alternatives or solutions may be approved by the Designer on a case by case basis. G. Prior to Pumping groundwater from a trench to the sanitary sewer system the Contractor shall contact Temple Williamson, Wastewater Pre-treatment Coordinator at 826-1805 to obtain a “no cost” permit from the Owner’s Waste Water Department. Owner will pay for any water quality testing or water analysis cost required. The permit will require an estimate of groundwater flow. Groundwater flow can be estimated by boring a hole or excavating a short trench then record water level shortly after completion, allow to sit overnight, record water level again, pump hole or trench dry to a holding tank or vacuum truck then record how long it takes to fill to original level and overnight level. 2.00 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Provide materials that comply with Laws and Regulations. 3.00 EXECUTION 3.01 CONSTRUCTING, MAINTAINING AND REMOVING TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Construct temporary controls in accordance with Laws and Regulations. B. Maintain controls in accordance with regulatory requirements where applicable, or in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Remove temporary controls when no longer required, but before the Project is complete. Correct any damage or pollution that occurs as the result of removing controls while they are still required. END OF SECTION Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 1 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 11-25-2013 01 70 00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 1.00 GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Comply with requirements of the General Conditions and specified administrative procedures in closing out the Contract. 1.02 DOCUMENT SUBMITTAL A. Submit certifications and releases on forms provided. 1.03 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Notify the Designer that the Work or a designated portion of the Work is substantially complete per the General Conditions. Include a list of the items remaining to be completed or corrected before the Project will be considered to be complete. B. OPT will visit the Site to observe the Work within a reasonable time after notification is received to determine the status of the Project. C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Work is either substantially complete or that additional Work must be performed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 1. Designer will notify the Contractor of items that must be completed before the Project will be considered substantially complete. 2. Correct the noted deficiencies in the Work. 3. Notify the Designer when the items of Work in the Designer’s notice have been completed. 4. OPT will revisit the Site and repeat the process. 5. Designer will issue a Certificate of Substantial Completion to the Contractor when the OPT considers the Project to be substantially complete. The Certificate will include a tentative list of items to be corrected before Final Payment will be recommended. 6. Review the list and notify the Designer of any objections to items on the list within 10 days after receiving the Certificate of Substantial Completion. 1.04 FINAL INSPECTION A. Notify the Designer when: 1. Work has been completed in compliance with the Contract Documents; 2. Equipment and systems have been tested per Contract Documents and are fully operational; 3. Final Operations and Maintenance Manuals have been provided to the Owner and all operator training has been completed; 4. Specified spare parts and special tools have been provided; and Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 2 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 11-25-2013 5. Work is complete and ready for final inspection. B. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and ready for Final Payment within a reasonable time after the notice is received. C. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. D. Take immediate steps to correct Defective Work. Notify the Designer when Defective Work has corrected. OPT will visit the Site to determine if the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable. Designer will notify the Contractor that the Project is complete or will notify the Contractor that Work is Defective. E. Submit the Request for Final Payment with the closeout documents described in Paragraph 1.06 if notified that the Project is complete and the Work is acceptable. 1.05 REINSPECTION FEES A. Owner may impose a Set-off against the Application for Payment in accordance with the General Conditions to compensate the OPT for additional visits to the Project if additional Work is required. 1.06 CLOSEOUT DOCUMENTS SUBMITTAL A. Record Documents per SECTION 01 31 13 PROJECT COORDINATION. B. Warranties and bonds. C. Equipment installation reports on equipment. D. Shop Drawings, Record Data, and other documents as required by the Contract Documents. E. Evidence of continuing insurance and bond coverage as required by the Contract Documents. F. Final Photographs per SECTION 01 33 05 VIDEO AND PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION. 1.07 TRANSFER OF UTILITIES A. Transfer utilities to the Owner when the Certificate of Substantial Completion has been issued and the Work has been occupied by the Owner. B. Submit final meter readings for utilities and similar data as of the date the Owner occupied the Work. 1.08 WARRANTIES, BONDS, AND SERVICES AGREEMENTS A. Provide warranties, bonds, and service agreements required by SECTION 01 33 02 SHOP DRAWINGS or by the individual Specification Sections. B. The date for the start of warranties, bonds, and service agreements is established per the General Conditions. C. Compile warranties, bonds, and service agreements and review these documents for compliance with the Contract Documents. Execution and Closeout Requirements 01 70 00 - 3 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 11-25-2013 1. Provide a log of all equipment covered under the 1 year correction period specified in the General Conditions and all products for which special or extended warranties or guarantees are provided. Index the log by Specification Section number on forms provided. Include items 2.e through 2.g below in the tabulation. 2. Provide a copy of specific warranties or guarantees under a tab indexed to the log. Each document is to include: a. A description of the product or Work item; b. The firm name, with the name of the principal, address, and telephone number; c. Signature of the respective Supplier or Subcontractor to acknowledge existence of the warranty obligation for extended warranties and service agreements; d. Scope of warranty, bond, or services agreement; e. Indicate the start date for the correction period specified in the General Conditions for each product and the date on which the specified correction period expires. f. Indicate the start date for extended warranties for each product and the date on which the specified extended warranties period expires. g. Start date, warranty or guarantee period, and expiration date for each warranty bond and service agreement; h. Procedures to be followed in the event of a failure; and i. Specific instances that might invalidate the warranty or bond. D. Submit digital copies of the documents to the Designer for review. E. Submit warranties, bonds and services agreements within 10 days after equipment or components placed in service. 2.00 PRODUCTS (NOT USED) 3.00 EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION SECTION 021020 SITE CLEARING AND STRIPPING 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for clearing, grubbing and stripping of objectionable matter as required to complete the project, and shall include removing and disposing of trees, stumps, brush, roots, vegetation, rubbish and other objectionable matter from the project site. 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS The site shall be cleared of all trees, stumps, brush, roots, vegetation, rubbish and other objectionable matter as indicated on the drawings and/or as directed by the Engineer or his designated representative. Tree stumps and roots shall be grubbed to a minimum depth of 2 feet below natural ground or 2 feet below base of subgrade, whichever is lower. Areas that underlie compacted backfill shall be stripped of all vegetation, humus and other objectionable matter encountered within the top six (6) inches of the soil. All material removed from the site under this operation shall become the Contractor's responsibility. The material shall be disposed of either at a disposal site indicated on the drawings or at a disposal site obtained by the Contractor. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, site clearing and stripping or clear right-of-way shall be measured by the acre. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary for removing, handling, and disposing of objectionable matter from the site as indicated above. 021020 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 022020 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR UTILITIES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for excavation and backfill for utilities required to complete the project. 2. CONSTRUCTION (1) Unless otherwise specified on the drawings or permitted by the Engineer, all pipe and conduit shall be constructed in open cut trenches with vertical sides. Trenches shall be sheathed and braced as necessary throughout the construction period. Sheathing and bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor (refer to Section 022022 “Trench Safety for Excavations” of the City Standard Specifications). Trenches shall have a maximum width of one foot beyond the horizontal projection of the outside surfaces of the pipe and parallel thereto on each side unless otherwise specified. The Contractor shall not have more than 200 feet of open trench left behind the trenching operation and no more than 500 feet of ditch behind the ditching machine that is not compacted as required by the plans and specifications. No trench or excavation shall remain open after working hours. For all utility conduit and sewer pipe to be constructed in fill above natural ground, the embankment shall first be constructed to an elevation not less than one foot above the top of the pipe or conduit, after which excavation for the pipe or conduit shall be made. If quicksand, muck, or similar unstable material is encountered during the excavation, the following procedure shall be used unless other methods are called for on the drawings. If the unstable condition is a result of ground water, the Contractor, prior to additional excavation, shall control it. After stable conditions have been achieved, unstable soil shall be removed or stabilized to a depth of 2 feet below the bottom of pipe for pipes 2 feet or more in height; and to a depth equal to the height of pipe, 6 inches minimum, for pipes less then 2 feet in height. Such excavation shall be carried at least one foot beyond the horizontal limits of the structure on all sides. All unstable soil so removed shall be replaced with suitable stable material, placed in uniform layers of suitable depth as directed by the Engineer, and each layer shall be wetted, if necessary, and compacted by mechanical tamping as required to provide a stable condition. For unstable trench conditions requiring outside forms, seals, sheathing and bracing, any additional excavation and backfill required shall be done at the Contractor's expense. (2) Shaping of Trench Bottom. The trench bottom shall be undercut a minimum depth sufficient to accommodate the class of bedding indicated on the plans and specifications. 022020 Page 1 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 (3) Dewatering Trench. Pipe or conduit shall not be constructed or laid in a trench in the presence of water. All water shall be removed from the trench sufficiently prior to the pipe or conduit planing operation to insure a relatively dry (no standing water), firm bed. The trench shall be maintained in such dewatered condition until the trench has been backfilled to a height at lease one foot above the top of pipe. Removal of water may be accomplished by bailing, pumping, or by installation of well-points, as conditions warrant. Removal of well- points shall be at rate of 1/3 per 24 hours (every third well-point). The Contractor shall prevent groundwater from trench or excavation dewatering operations from discharging directly into the storm water system. Groundwater from dewatering operations shall be sampled and tested, if applicable, and disposed of, in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 022021 "Control of Ground Water". (4) Excavation in Streets. Excavation in streets, together with the maintenance of traffic where specified, and the restoration of the pavement riding surface, shall be in accordance with drawing detail or as required by other applicable specifications. (5) Removing Abandoned Structures. When abandoned masonry structures or foundations are encountered in the excavation, such obstructions shall be removed for the full width of the trench and to a depth one foot below the bottom of the trench. When abandoned inlets or manholes are encountered and no plan provision is made for adjustment or connection to the new utility, such manholes and inlets shall be removed completely to a depth one foot below the bottom of the trench. In each instance, the bottom to the trench shall be restored to grade by backfilling and compacting by the methods provided hereinafter for backfill. Where the trench cuts through utility lines which are known to be abandoned, these lines shall be cut flush with the sides of the trench and blocked with a concrete plug in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. (6) Protection of Utilities. The Contractor shall conduct his work such that a reasonable minimum of disturbance to existing utilities will result. Particular care shall be exercised to avoid the cutting or breakage of water and gas lines. Such lines, if broken, shall be restored promptly by the Contractor. When active wastewater lines are cut in the trenching operations, temporary flumes shall be provided across the trench while open, and the lines shall be restored when the backfilling has progressed to the original bedding line of the sewer so cut. The Contractor shall inform utility owners sufficiently in advance of the Contractor's operations to enable such utility owners to reroute, provide temporary detours, or to make other adjustments to utility lines in order that the Contractor may proceed with his work with a minimum of delay. The Contractor shall not hold the City liable for any expense due to delay or additional work because of utility adjustments or conflicts. (7) Excess Excavated Material. All materials from excavation not required for backfilling the trench shall be removed by the Contractor from the job site promptly following the completion of work involved. 022020 Page 2 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 (8) Backfill A. Backfill Procedure Around Pipe (Initial Backfill) All trenches and excavation shall be backfilled as soon as is practical after the pipes or conduits are properly laid. In addition to the specified pipe bedding material, the backfill around the pipe as applicable shall be granular material as shown on the standard details or as described in the applicable specification section, and shall be free of large hard lumps or other debris. If indicated on the plans, pipe shall be encased with cement-stabilized sand backfill as described below. The backfill shall be deposited in the trench simultaneously on both sides of the pipe for the full width of the trench, in layers not to exceed ten (10) inches (loose measurement), wetted if required to obtain proper compaction, and thoroughly compacted by use of mechanical tampers to a density comparable to the adjacent undisturbed soil or as otherwise specified on the plans, but not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. A thoroughly compacted material shall be in place between the external wall of the pipe and the undisturbed sides of the trench and to a level twelve (12) inches above the top of the pipe. B. Backfill Over One Foot Above Pipe (Final Backfill) UNPAVED AREAS: The backfill for that portion of trench over one (1) foot above the pipe or conduit not located under pavements (including waterlines, gravity wastewater lines, wastewater force mains and reinforced concrete storm water pipe) shall be imported select material or clean, excess material from the excavation meeting the following requirements: Free of hard lumps, rock fragments, or other debris, No clay lumps greater than 2" diameter Moisture Content: +/-3% Backfill material shall be placed in layers not more than ten (10) inches in depth (loose measurement), wetted if required to obtain proper compaction, and thoroughly compacted by use of mechanical tampers to the natural bank density but not less than 95% Standard Proctor density, unless otherwise indicated. Flooding of backfill is not allowed. Jetting of backfill may only be allowed in sandy soils and in soils otherwise approved by the Engineer. Regardless of backfill method, no lift shall exceed 10 inches and density shall not be less than 95% Standard Proctor density. A period of not less than twenty-four (24) hours shall elapse between the time of jetting and the placing of the top four (4) feet of backfill. If jetting is used, the top four (4) feet of backfill shall be placed in layers not more than 10 inches in depth (loose measurement), wetted if required to obtain proper compaction, and thoroughly compacted by use of mechanical tampers to the natural bank density but not less than 95% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698). PAVED AREAS: At utility line crossings under pavements (including waterlines, gravity wastewater lines, wastewater force mains, and reinforced concrete storm water pipe), and where otherwise indicated on the drawings, trenches shall be backfilled as shown below: From top of initial backfill (typically twelve (12) inches above top of the pipe) to three (3) feet below bottom of road base course, backfill shall be select material meeting the requirements of 022100 “Select Material”. 022020 Page 3 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 Asphalt Roadways The upper three (3) feet of trench below the road base course shall be backfilled to the bottom of the road base course with cement-stabilized sand containing a minimum of 2 sacks of Standard Type I Portland cement per cubic yard of sand and compacted to not less than 95% Standard Proctor density. Concrete Roadways The Contractor may elect to backfill the upper three (3) feet of trench below the road base course with cement stabilized sand as noted above, or in the case of storm water pipe or box installation the Contractor may backfill and compact select material to 98% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698) following City Standard Specification Section 022100. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, excavation and backfill for utilities, including select material or cement-stabilized sand backfill, shall not be measured and paid for separately. It shall be considered subsidiary to the items for which the excavation and backfill is required. 022020 Page 4 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 022022 TRENCH SAFETY FOR EXCAVATIONS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for providing for worker safety in excavations and trenching operations required to complete the project. 2. REQUIREMENTS Worker Safety in excavations and trenches shall be provided by the Contractor in accordance with Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Standards, 29 CFR Part 1926 Subpart P - Excavations. It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor, and not the City or Engineer or Consultant, to determine and monitor the specific applicability of a safety system to the field conditions to be encountered on the job site during the project. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the City and Engineer and Consultant from all damages and costs that may result from failure of methods or equipment used by the Contractor to provide for worker safety. Trenches, as used herein, shall apply to any excavation into which structures, utilities, or sewers are placed regardless of depth. Trench Safety Plan, as used herein, shall apply to all methods and materials used to provide for worker safety in excavation and trenching operations required during the project. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Measurement of Trench Safety shall be by the linear foot of trench, regardless of depth. Measurement shall be taken along the centerline of the trench. Measurement for Excavation Safety for Utility Structures shall be per each excavation. Excavations include, but are not limited to, those for manholes, vaults, pits and other such structures that are incidental to utility work. Measurement for Excavation Safety for Special Structures shall be per each excavation or by the lump sum for each special structure identified in the Proposal. Payment shall be at the unit price bid and shall fully compensate the Contractor for all work, equipment, materials, personnel, and incidentals as required to provide for worker safety in trenches and excavations for the project. Revision current for Texas Code Chapter 756 Subchapter C. Trench Safety. 022022 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 022080 EMBANKMENT 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work for Embankment required to complete the project. 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Prior to placing embankment, the area to be covered shall be stripped of all vegetation and the material so removed shall be disposed of off the job site. Washes, gulleys, wet areas, and yielding areas shall be corrected as directed by the Engineer. Unless otherwise indicated on the drawings, the surface of the ground which is to receive embankment shall be loosened by scarifying or plowing to a depth of not less than 6 inches. The loosened material shall be recompacted with the new embankment as hereinafter specified. Embankment shall be placed in layers not to exceed ten (10) inches uncompacted (loose) depth for the full width of the embankment, unless otherwise noted. Where embankment is adjacent to a hillside or old roadbed, the existing slope shall be cut in steps to not less than the vertical depth of an uncompacted layer. The fill material shall be placed from the low side and compacted. Each layer shall overlap the existing embankment by at least the width indicated by the embankment slope. Trees, stumps, roots, vegetation, debris or other unsuitable materials shall not be placed in embankment. Each layer of embankment shall be uniform as to material, density and moisture content before beginning compaction. Where layers of unlike materials abut each other, each layer shall be feather-edged for at least 100 feet or the material shall be so mixed as to prevent abrupt changes in the soil. No material placed in the embankment by dumping in a pile or windrow shall be incorporated in a layer in that position, but all such piles or windrows shall be moved by blading or similar methods. Clods or lumps of material shall be broken and the embankment material mixed by blading, harrowing, disking or similar methods to the end that a uniform material of uniform density is secured in each layer. Except as otherwise required by the drawings, all embankments shall be constructed in layers approximately parallel to the finished grade and each layer shall be so constructed as to provide a uniform slope of 1/4 inch per foot from the centerline of the embankment to the outside. Each layer shall be compacted to the required density and moisture by any method, type and size of equipment that will give the required compaction. Prior to and in conjunction with the rolling operation, each layer shall be brought to the moisture content necessary to obtain the required density and shall be kept leveled with suitable equipment to insure uniform compaction over the entire layer. For each layer of earth embankment and select material, it is the intent of this specification to provide the density as required herein, unless otherwise shown on the drawings. Soils for 022080 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 embankment shall be sprinkled with water as required to provide not less than optimum moisture and compacted to the extent necessary to provide not less than 95% Standard Proctor density (ASTM D698). Field density determinations will be made in accordance with approved methods. After each layer of earth embankment or select material is complete, tests, as necessary, will be made by the Engineer. If the material fails to meet the density specified, the course shall be reworked as necessary to obtain the specified compaction, and the compaction method shall be altered on subsequent work to obtain specified density. Such procedure shall be determined by, and subject to, the approval of the Engineer. The Engineer may order proof rolling to test the uniformity of compaction of the embankment layers. All irregularities, depressions, weak or soft spots which develop shall be corrected immediately by the Contractor. Should the embankment, due to any reason or cause, lose the required stability, density or moisture before the pavement structure is placed, it shall be recompacted and refinished at the sole expense of the Contractor. Excessive loss of moisture in the subgrade shall be prevented by sprinkling, sealing or covering with a subsequent layer of granular material. 3. SELECTION OF MATERIAL In addition to the requirement in the excavation items of the specifications covering the general selection and utilization of materials to improve the roadbed, embankments shall be constructed in proper sequence to receive the select material layers shown on drawings, with such modifications as may be directed by the Engineer. The layer of embankment immediately preceding the upper layer of select material shall be constructed to the proper section and grade within a tolerance of not more than 0.10 foot from the established section and grade when properly compacted and finished to receive the select material layer. Select material, when specified, shall meet the requirements in City Standard Specification Section 022100 "Select Material". 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, embankment shall not be measured and paid for separately, but shall be subsidiary to other items of work. 022080 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 022100 SELECT MATERIAL 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the use of Select Material to be used to treat designated sections of roadways, embankments, trenches, etc. Select material shall be non-expansive sandy clay (CL) or clayey sand (SC), in accordance with the Unified Soil Classification System (ASTM D2487). Select Material shall meet the following requirements: Free of vegetation, hard lumps, rock fragments, or other debris No clay lumps greater than 2” diameter Liquid Limit (L.L.): < 35 Plasticity Index (P.I.) Range: 8 to 20 Moisture Content: as specified in the drawings 2. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Select material shall be mixed uniformly and placed in layers as indicated, not to exceed 10 inches loose depth (or 12 inches maximum for sanitary sewer trench backfill per City Standard Details for Sanitary Sewers). Unless otherwise specified, the material shall be compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor density. Each layer shall be complete before the succeeding layer is placed. The finished surface of the select material shall conform to the grade and section shown on the drawings. 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, select material shall not be measured for pay, but shall be subsidiary to the appropriate bid item. 022100 Page 1 of 1 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 022420 SILT FENCE 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for providing and installing silt fencing required to control sedimentation and erosion during construction of the project. 2. MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Geotextile shall meet the requirements for temporary silt fence per AASHTO M288. B. Fence Reinforcement Materials: Silt fence reinforcement shall be one of the following systems. Type 1: Self-Supported Fence - This system consists of fence posts, spaced no more than 8- 1/2 feet apart, and geotextile without net reinforcement. Fence posts shall be a minimum of 42 inches long, embedded at least one (1) foot into the ground, and constructed of either wood or steel. Soft wood posts shall be at least 3 inches in diameter or nominal 2 x 4 inches in cross section and essentially straight. Hardwood posts shall be a minimum of 1.5 x 1.5 inches in cross section. Fabric attachment may be by staples or locking plastic ties at least every 6 inches, or by sewn vertical pockets. Steel posts shall be T or L shaped with a minimum weight of 1.3 pounds per foot. Attachment shall be by pockets or by plastic ties if the posts have suitable projections. Type 2: Net-Reinforced Fence - This system consists of fence posts, spaced no more than 8-1/2 feet apart, and geotextile with an attached reinforcing net. Fence posts shall meet the requirements of Self-Supported Fence. Net reinforcement shall be galvanized welded wire mesh of at least 12.5-gauge wire with maximum opening size of 4 x 2 inches. The fabric shall be attached to the top of the net by crimping or cord at least every 2 feet, or as otherwise specified. Type 3: Triangular Filter Dike - This system consists of a rigid wire mesh, at least 6-gauge, formed into an equilateral triangle cross-sectional shape with sides measuring 18 inches, wrapped with geotextile silt fence fabric. The fabric shall be continuously wrapped around the dike, with a skirt extending at least 12 inches from its upslope corner. C. Packaging Requirements: Prior to installation, the fabric shall be protected from damage due to ultraviolet light and moisture by either wrappers or inside storage. 022420 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 D. Certification and Identification: Each lot or shipment shall be accompanied by a certification of conformance to this specification. The shipment must be identified by a ticket or by labels securely affixed to the fabric rolls. This ticket or label must list the following information: a. Name of manufacturer or supplier b. Brand name and style c. Manufacturer's lot number or control number d. Roll size (length and width) e. Chemical composition 3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, silt fence shall be measured by the linear foot. Payment shall be at the bid price for the unit of measurement specified and shall be full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. Payment shall include, but not be limited to, placing, maintaining and removing the silt fence. 022420 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 026214 GROUTING ABANDONED UTILITY LINES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work and materials required for grouting abandoned utility lines in place. 2. MATERIALS A. Flowable Grout: Flowable grout (or flowable fill) shall consist of a mixture containing Portland cement, fly ash, sand, water, and “Darafill” admixture (or approved equivalent), in the amounts shown below (or otherwise proportioned to provide 100 psi compressive strength at 28 days), to achieve a paste-like consistency immediately prior to placing the flowable grout. The flowable grout mixture shall be supplied by an approved ready-mix supplier. The manufacturer's representative shall be consulted for any final adjustments to improve the flowability of the mixture. Commercially produced flowable grout may be used with approval of the Engineer. 100 lbs/ CY Portland Cement 300 lbs/ CY Fly Ash 2100 lbs/ CY Sand 250 lbs/ CY Water 6 oz/ CY "Darafill" admixture, as manufactured by Grace Construction Products, or approved equivalent. B. Raw Soil: Soil shall be typical clayey soil of the area. It shall be from the project site or other approved source not suspected of being contaminated. The soil shall have a Plasticity Index over 15 and a Liquid Limit not to exceed 65. C. Lime: Lime shall be hydrated lime, calcium hydroxide, in accordance with AASHTO M 216. D. Water: Water shall be potable. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS A. Flowable Grout: Mix Portland cement, sand, fly ash, “Darafill” and water in the amounts shown above to achieve a paste-like consistency immediately prior to placing flowable grout. B. Soil-Lime Mix Design: The following is given as a typical mix design for soil-lime mixture for trial mix. The mix design is based on damp soil with an initial water content of about 15%. The proportions of soil and lime shall not be altered. The Contractor shall determine the amount of water to be added as required to produce a mix at its liquid limit. 026214 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 Trial Mix Design: Damp Soil 1000 lb. Lime 50 lb. Water (approximate) 48 gal. Consistency shall be checked with liquid limit apparatus. C. Placement: The Contractor shall grout abandoned lines as indicated on the drawings. Temporary pumping and venting ports shall be placed as required to provide complete filling of the abandoned line and proper placement of the grout. If segregation or "sand packing" is experienced during pumping, the Contractor shall reduce the water content of the mix or obtain other soil source (for soil-lime mixture), as required. Any damage resulting from pumping operation shall be repaired at the Contractor's expense. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, grouting abandoned utility lines shall be measured by the linear foot of abandoned-in-place pipe. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, equipment, materials and incidentals required to mix, transport, and place the grout and restore surface at pump ports. 026214 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 027402 REINFORCED CONCRETE PIPE CULVERTS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the furnishing and placing of reinforced concrete pipe culverts and the material and incidental construction requirements for reinforced concrete pipe sewers. The culvert pipe shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of these specifications to the lines and grades shown on the plans, and shall be of the classes, sizes and dimensions shown thereon. The installation of pipe shall include all joints or connections to new or existing pipe, headwalls, etc., as may be required to complete the work. 2. MATERIALS 1. General. Except as modified herein, materials, manufacture and design of pipe shall conform to ASTM C-76 for Circular Pipe. All pipe shall be machine made or cast by a process which will provide for uniform placement of the concrete in the form and compaction by mechanical devices which will assure a dense concrete. Concrete shall be mixed in a central batch plant or other approved batching facility from which the quality and uniformity of the concrete can be assured. Transit mixed concrete will not be acceptable for use in precast concrete pipe. 2. Design. All pipe shall be Class III (Wall "B") unless otherwise specified on the plans. The shell thickness, the amount of circumferential reinforcement and the strength of the pipe shall conform to the specified class as summarized in ASTM C-76 for Circular Pipe. 3. Sizes and Permissible Variations. a. Variations in diameter, size, shape, wall thickness, reinforcement, placement of reinforcement, laying length and the permissible underrun of length shall be in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification for each type of pipe as referred to previously. b. Where rubber gasket pipe joints are to be used, the design of the Joints and Permissible Variations in Dimensions shall be in accordance with ASTM C-443. 4. Workmanship and Finish. Pipe shall be substantially free from fractures, large or deep cracks and surface roughness. The ends of the pipe shall be normal to the walls and centerline of the pipe within the limits of variations allowed under the applicable ASTM specification. 5. Curing. Pipe shall be cured in accordance with the applicable ASTM Specification for each type of pipe as referred to above. 6. Marking. The following information shall be clearly marked on each section of pipe: 027402 Page 1 of 7 Rev. 3-25-2015 a. The class of pipe. b. The date of manufacture. c. The name or trademark of the manufacturer. d. Marking shall be indented on the pipe section or painted thereon with waterproof paint. 7. Minimum Age for Shipment. Pipe shall be considered ready for shipment when it conforms to the requirements of the tests specified herein. 8. Inspection. The quality of materials, the process of manufacture, and the finished pipe shall be subject to inspection and approval by the Engineer at the pipe manufacturing plant. In addition, the finished pipe shall be subject to further inspection by the Engineer at the project site prior to and during installation. 9. Causes for Rejection. Pipe shall be subject to rejection on account of failure to conform to any of the specification requirements. Individual sections of pipe may be rejected because of any of the following: a. Fractures or cracks passing through the shell, except for a single end crack that does not exceed the depth of the joint. b. Defects that indicate imperfect proportioning, mixing and molding. c. Surface defects indicating honeycombed or open texture. d. Damaged ends, where such damage would prevent making a satisfactory joint. 10. Repairs. Pipe may be repaired if necessary, because of occasional imperfections in manufacture or accidental injury during the handling, and will be acceptable if, in the opinion of the Engineer, the repairs are sound and properly finished and cured and the repaired pipe conforms to the requirements of the specifications. 11. Rejections. All rejected pipe shall be plainly marked by the Engineer and shall be replaced by the Contractor with pipe that meets the requirements of these specifications. Such rejected pipe shall be removed immediately from the worksite. 12. Jointing Materials. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, the Contractor shall have the option of making the joints by any of the following methods: a. Ram-Nek, a pre-formed plastic base joint material manufactured by K. T. Knyder Company, Houston, Texas, or an approved equal. Use of Talcote as joint material will not be not permitted. Ram-Nek joint material and primer shall be supplied for 027402 Page 2 of 7 Rev. 3-25-2015 use on pipe in the following sizes, which is the minimum that will be required. Additional Ram-Nek may be required if, in the opinion of the Engineer, a proper joint is not secured. Pipe Size Primer Per 100 Jts. Cut Lengths Per Joint 12" 1.5 gals. 1½ pcs 1" x 2'-5" 15" 1.9 gals. 2 pcs 1" x 2'-5" 18" 2.7 gals. 1½ pcs 1½ " x 3'-5" 21" 3.8 gals. 2 pcs 1½ " x 3'-5" 24" 6.2 gals. 2 pcs 1½ " x 3'-5" 30" 8.5 gals. 2½ pcs 1½ " x 3'-5" 36" 9.5 gals. 3 pcs 1¾" x 3'-5" 42" 12.0 gals. 3½ pcs 1¾" x 3'-5" 48" 15.0 gals. 4 pcs 1¾" x 3'-5" 54" 20.0 gals. 4½ pcs 1¾" x 3'-5" 60" 25.0 gals. 5 pcs 1¾" x 3'-5" 66" 30.0 gals. 5½ pcs 1¾" x 3'-5" 72" 32.0 gals. 6 pcs 2" x 3'-5" 84" 35.0 gals. 7 pcs 2" x 3'-5" b. TYLOX Types "C", "C-P" or "CR" rubber gaskets, as applicable, as manufactured by Hamilton Kent Manufacturing Company, Kent, Ohio, or approved equal. All gaskets, lubricants, adhesives, etc., shall be manufactured, constructed, installed, etc., as recommended by the manufacturer of the rubber gasket material and conform to ASTM Designation: C-443. In addition, the Contractor shall furnish to the City, for approval, manufacturer's brochures detailing the complete use, installation, and specifications of concrete pipe and rubber gaskets before any rubber gasket material is used on the project. All rubber gaskets shall be fabricated from synthetic rubber. c. Cement Mortar is prohibited from jointing pipe except at manholes, pipe junctions, etc., or where specifically approved by the Engineer. d. Geotextile for wrapping pipe joints shall be Class "A" subsurface drainage type in accordance with AASHTO M288. 027402 Page 3 of 7 Rev. 3-25-2015 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Reinforced concrete pipe culverts shall be constructed from the specified materials in accordance with the following methods and procedures: 1. Excavation. All excavation shall be in accordance with the requirements of City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities," except where tunneling or jacking methods are shown on the plans or permitted by the Engineer. When pipe is laid in a trench, the trench, when completed and shaped to receive the pipe, shall be of sufficient width to provide free working space for satisfactory bedding and jointing and thorough tamping of the backfill and bedding material under and around the pipe. The Contractor shall make such temporary provisions as may be necessary to insure adequate drainage of the trench and bedding during the construction operation. Pipe shall be placed such that the identification markings are visible at the top prior to backfill. 2. Bedding. The pipe shall be bedded in accordance with the bedding details shown on the drawings. Bedding shall not be measured for pay, but shall be subsidiary to other work. If the subgrade of the trench is unstable, even if this condition occurs at relatively shallow depths, full encasement of the pipe with crushed stone shall be required. 3. Laying Pipe. Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, the laying of pipe on the prepared foundation shall be started at the outlet (downstream) end with the spigot or tongue end pointing downstream, and shall proceed toward the inlet (upstream) end with the abutting sections properly matched, true to the established lines and grades. Where bell and spigot pipe are used, cross trenches shall be cut in the foundation to allow the barrel of the pipe to rest firmly upon the prepared bed. These cross trenches shall be not more than two inches larger than the bell ends of the pipe. Proper facilities shall be provided for hoisting and lowering the sections of pipe into the trench without disturbing the prepared foundation and the sides of the trench. The ends of the pipe shall be carefully cleaned before the pipe is placed. As each length of pipe is laid, the mouth of the pipe shall be protected to prevent the entrance of earth or bedding material. The pipe shall be fitted and matched so that when laid in the bed, it shall form a smooth, uniform conduit. When elliptical pipe with circular reinforcing or circular pipe with elliptical reinforcing is used, the pipe shall be laid in the trench in such position that the markings "TOP" or "BOTTOM" shall not be more than 5 degrees from the vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the pipe. For pipe over 42 inches in diameter, the Contractor may drill two holes not larger than 2 inches in diameter, in the top of each section of the pipe, to aid in lifting and placing. The holes shall be neatly drilled, without spalling of the concrete, and shall be done without the cutting of any reinforcement. After the pipe is laid, the holes shall be filled with mortar and properly cured, and placed such that they are visible from the top for inspection prior to backfill. Multiple installations of reinforced concrete pipe shall be laid with the center lines of 027402 Page 4 of 7 Rev. 3-25-2015 individual barrels parallel. When not otherwise indicated on plans, the following clear distances between outer surfaces of adjacent pipe shall be used. Diameter of Pipe 18" 24" 30" 36" 42" 48" 54" 60" to 84" Clear Distance Between Pipes 0'-9" 0'-11" 1'-1" 1'-3" 1'-5" 1'-7" 1'-11" 2'-0" 4. Jointing. a. If the use of Portland cement mortar joints is allowed, all pipe shall be jointed tight and sealed with stiff mortar, composed of one part Portland cement and two parts sand, so placed as to form a durable water-tight joint. The installation shall be as required by the Engineer. b. Joints using Rubber Gaskets: Where rubber gasket pipe joints are required by the plans, the joint assembly shall be made according to the recommendations of the gasket manufacturer. Water-tight joints will be required when using rubber gaskets. c. Joints using Cold-Applied Preformed Plastic Gaskets shall be made as follows: A suitable prime of the type recommended by the manufacturer of the gasket joint sealer shall be brush-applied to the tongue and groove joint surfaces and the end surfaces and allowed to dry and harden. No primer shall be applied over mud, sand or dirt or sharp cement protrusions. The surface to be primed must be clean and dry when primer is applied. Before laying the pipe in the trench, the plastic gasket sealer shall be attached around the tapered tongue or tapered groove near the shoulder or hub of each pipe joint. The paper wrapper shall be removed from one side only of the two-piece wrapper on the gasket and pressed firmly to the clean, dry pipe joint surface. The outside wrapper shall not be removed until immediately before pushing the pipe into its final position. When the tongue is correctly aligned with the flare of the groove, the outside wrapper on the gasket shall be removed and the pipe shall be pulled or pushed home with sufficient force and power (backhoe shovel, chain hoist, ratchet hoist or winch) to cause the evidence of squeeze-out of the gasket material on the inside or outside around the complete pipe joint circumference. The extruded gasket material shall be smoothed out over the joint on the exterior and interior of the pipe. Any joint material pushed out into the interior of the pipe that would tend to obstruct the flow shall be removed. (Pipe shall be pulled home in a straight line with all parts of the pipe on line and grade at all times.) Backfilling of pipe laid with plastic gasket joints may proceed as soon as the joint has been inspected and approved by the Engineer. Special precautions shall be taken in placing and compacting backfill to 027402 Page 5 of 7 Rev. 3-25-2015 avoid damage to the joints. When the atmospheric temperature is below 60 degrees F, plastic joint seal gaskets shall either be stored in an area warmed to above 70 degrees F, or artificially warmed to this temperature in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer. Gaskets shall then be applied to pipe joints immediately prior to placing pipe in the trench, followed by connection to previously laid pipe. d. Pipe Joints for storm sewers shall be wrapped with geotextile material. The geotextile wrap shall be at least 2 feet wide and shall be centered on each joint. 5. After the pipe has been placed, bedded and jointed as specified, filling and/or backfilling shall be done in accordance with the applicable requirements of City Standard Specification Section 022020 "Excavation and Backfill for Utilities." If unstable conditions are encountered, fully encase the pipe with crushed stone as described above. When mortar joints are allowed, no fill or backfill shall be placed until the jointing material has been cured for at least six (6) hours. Special precautions shall be taken in placing and compacting the backfill to avoid any movement of the pipe or damage to the joints. For side drain culverts and all other culverts where joints consist of materials other than mortar, immediate backfilling will be permitted. 6. Unless otherwise shown on the plans or permitted in writing by the Engineer, no heavy earth moving equipment will be permitted to haul over the structure until a minimum of 4 feet of permanent or temporary compacted fill has been placed thereon. Pipe damaged by the Contractor's equipment shall be removed and replaced by the Contractor at no additional cost. 7. Cleaning and Television Inspection. All enclosed reinforced concrete pipe and manholes installed on this project shall be cleaned and televised in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 027611 "Cleaning and Televised Inspection of Conduits." 4. MEASUREMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, reinforced concrete pipe will be measured by the linear foot. Such measurement will be made between the ends of the pipe barrel along its central axis. Where spurs or branches, or connections to existing pipe lines are involved, measurement of the spur or new connecting pipe will be made from the intersection of its center axis with the outside surfaces of the pipe into which it connects. Where inlets, headwalls, catch basins, manholes, junction chambers, or other structures are included in lines of pipe, that length of pipe tying into the structure wall will be included for measurement but no other portion of the structure length or width will be so included. For multiple pipes, the measured length will be the sum of the lengths of the barrels measured as prescribed above. 027402 Page 6 of 7 Rev. 3-25-2015 5. PAYMENT Payment for reinforced concrete pipe measured as prescribed above will be made at the contract unit price bid per linear foot for the various sizes of "Reinforced Concrete Pipe" of the class specified. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and transporting the pipe; hauling and placing of earth cushion material where required for bedding pipe; for the preparation and shaping of beds; for hauling, placing and jointing of pipes; for furnishing and installing geotextile pipe joint wrapping; for end finish; for all connections to existing and new structures; for cleaning and television inspection; and for all other items of materials, labor, equipment, tools, excavation, backfill and incidentals necessary to complete the culvert or storm sewer in accordance with the plans and these specifications. 027402 Page 7 of 7 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 028020 SEEDING 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern all work necessary for tilling, fertilizing, planting seeds, mulching, watering and maintaining vegetation required to complete the project. 2. MATERIALS 2.1 FERTILIZER: All fertilizer shall be delivered in bags or clearly marked containers showing the analysis, name, trademark and warranty. The fertilizer is subject to testing by the State Chemist in accordance with the Texas fertilizer law. Fertilizer shall have an analysis of 12-12-12 (percent of nitrogen, phosphoric acid and potash) as determined by the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. Fertilizer shall be free flowing and uniform in composition. 2.2 SEED: Seed shall be labeled and meet the requirements of the Texas Seed Law. Labels shall indicate purity, germination, name and type of seed. Seed furnished shall be of the previous season's crop, and the date of analysis shown on each bag shall be within twelve months of delivery to the project. The quantity of "Commercial Seed" required to equal the quantity of "Pure Live Seed" shall be computed by the following formula: Commercial Seed = Pure Live Seed x 10,000 % Purity x % Germination The quantity of pure live seed and type required are indicated below. Mixture A or C shall be used for this project, depending on the time of the year planting is performed. LB/ACRE OF PURE LIVE SEED FOR MIXTURES COMMON NAME SCIENTIFIC NAME A B C Green Sprangletop Leptochloa Dubia 1.4 1.4 - Sideoats Grama (premier) Bouteloua Curtipendula 0.6 - 0.6 Bermudagrass (Hulled) Cynodon Dactylon 7.0 7.4 - Bermudagrass (Unhulled) Cynodon Dactylon - - 30.0 K-R Bluestem Andropogon Ischaemum 1.2 1.2 1.5 Buffalograss Buchloe Dactyloides - 4.2 - Annual Ryegrass Lolium Multiflorum 5.0 5.0 20.0 Mixture - A: Recommended for clay or tight soil planted between December 1 thru May 1. Mixture - B: Recommended for sandy soil planted between December 1 thru May 1. Mixture - C: Recommended for all soils planted between May 2 thru November 30. 028020 Page 1 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 2.3 MULCH: Mulch shall be either the straw type or wood cellulose fiber type. Straw Type mulch shall be of straw from stalks of domestic grain, Bermudagrass or cotton hulls, or other approved by the Engineer. Wood Cellulose Fiber Type mulch shall have no growth inhibiting ingredients and shall be dried with a moisture content less that 10% by weight. Fibers shall be dyed an appropriate color to facilitate visual metering and application of mulch. The cellulose fiber shall be manufactured so that after addition and agitation in slurry tank with fertilizers, seeds and other approved additives, the fibers in the material will become uniformly suspended to form a homogeneous slurry; when sprayed on the ground, the material shall form a uniform cover impregnated with seeds; the cover shall allow added water to percolate to the underlying soil. The fiber material shall be supplied in packages of not more than 100 lb. gross weight and shall be marked by the manufacturer to indicate the dry weight content. 2.4 EQUIPMENT: The fertilizing, seeding and/or mulching operations shall be accomplished with equipment suitable to the required function. It shall be of current design and in good operating condition. Special seeding and mulching equipment must also meet the following requirements: Seeder - Equipment for applying a seed-fertilizer mix shall be a hydraulic seeder designed to pump and discharge a waterborne, homogeneous slurry of seed and fertilizer. The seeder shall be equipped with a power driven agitator and capable of pressure discharge. Straw Mulch Spreader - Equipment used for straw mulch application shall be trailer mounted, equipped with a blower capable of 2000 r.p.m. operation, and that will discharge straw mulch material through a discharge boom with spout at speeds up to 220 feet per second. The mulch spreader shall be equipped with an asphalt supply and application system near the discharge end of the boom spout. The system shall apply asphalt adhesive in atomize form to the straw at a predetermined rate. The spreader shall be capable of blowing the asphalt-coated mulch, with a high velocity airstream, over the surface at a uniform rate, forming a porous, stable erosion-resistant cover. Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch Spreader - Equipment used for this application of fertilizer, seeds, wood pulp, water and other additives shall have a built-in agitation system with sufficient capacity to agitate, suspend and homogeneously mix a slurry containing up to 40 lbs. of fiber plus the required fertilizer solids for each 100 gallons of water. It shall have sufficient agitation and pump capacity to spray a slurry in a uniform coat over the area to be mulched. 028020 Page 2 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS 3.1 PREPARATION OF SEEDBED: The area to be treated along with requirements for seed, fertilizer and other treatments, shall be done as indicated on the drawings and as specified below. Clearing – Refer to City Standard Specification Section 021020, "Site Clearing and Stripping". Grading - Refer to City Standard Specification Section 021040, "Site Grading". Tilling - The area to be seeded shall be tilled to a depth of 4 to 6 inches by disking, plowing, or other approved methods until soil condition is acceptable. Topsoiling – If the native soils are not conducive to the establishment and maintenance of grass growth, or if called for on the drawings, topsoil shall be placed over the area to be seeded to a depth of 5 inches after tilling. Topsoil shall have a pH range of 5.5 to 7; shall contain between 2 and 20 percent organic material content in accordance with ASTM D5268; and shall be free of stones larger than one inch, debris, and extraneous materials harmful to plant growth. 3.2 FERTILIZING: Fertilizer shall be uniformly applied at a rate of 400 lb/acre, after tilling. Fertilizing and seeding shall be done concurrently. If seeds and fertilizer are distributed in a water slurry, the mixture shall be applied to the area to be seeded within 30 minutes after all the components have come into contact. 3.3 SEEDING: The seed mixture shall be uniformly distributed at the rate specified above. Broadcast Seeding - Seed shall be placed with fertilizer, after tilling. After planting, the area shall be rolled on contour with a corrugated roller. Straw Mulch Seeding - Seed shall be placed with fertilizer, after tilling. After placement of the seed and fertilizer mixture, straw mulch shall be uniformly placed at a rate of 2 tons per acre. As soon as the mulch has been spread, it shall be anchored to the soil a minimum depth of 3 inches by use of a heavy, dulled disk harrow, set nearly straight. Disks shall be set approximately 9 inches apart. Straw Mulch With Asphalt Seeding - Seed, fertilizer and straw mulch shall be placed as described in "Straw Mulch Seeding" with the following two exceptions: 1) An asphalt-water emulsion shall be applied to the mulch near the discharge end of the boom spout at a rate of 300 to 600 gallons per acre. 2) Mechanical anchoring by disking will not be required. Asphalt Mulch Seeding - The seed and fertilizer shall be placed as described for "Broadcast Seeding". After the area has been rolled, the area shall be watered sufficiently to assure a uniform moisture to a minimum depth of 4 inches. An asphalt-water emulsion shall be applied at a rate of 1500 to 1800 gallons per acre, immediately after watering. Asphalt shall be applied to the area in such a manner that a complete film is obtained and the finished surface shall be 028020 Page 3 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 comparatively smooth. Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch Seeding - After tilling, mulch shall be applied. Wood cellulose fibers shall be added to the hydraulic seeder after the proportionate amounts of seed, fertilizer, water and other approved materials are added. Application shall be 1500 lb./acre on flats, 2000 lb./acre on slopes up to 3:1, and 2500 lb./acre on slopes steeper than 3:1. One hundred (100) pounds of fiber per acre shall be used when asphalt is to be applied over cellulose mulch. The mulch shall provide a uniform cover over the soil surface. Asphalt Over Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch Seeding - "Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch Seeding" shall be done as described above. After mulch has been placed, an asphalt-water emulsion shall be uniformly spread over the mulch at a rate of 1200 gallons per acre. 3.4 MAINTENANCE: The Contractor shall water, repair and reseed areas as required for a period of 45 days or until growth has been established, whichever is longer. This includes erosion damage. Maintenance does not include mowing or weed control, unless indicated on the plans. If at any time the seeded area becomes gullied or otherwise damaged, or the seeds have been damaged or destroyed, the affected portion shall be re-established to the specified condition prior to acceptance of the work. 3.5 GUARANTEE: The Contractor shall assure 95% of the seeded area has established grass growth at 45 calendar days after seeding, unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. Where established, grass growth is defined as at least one plant per square foot with no bare spots larger than three (3) square feet. The Contractor shall re-establish grass growth as directed by the Engineer during the one-year warranty period. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, seeding will be measured by the horizontal square yard of area seeded within the areas designated on the drawings. Areas disturbed by the Contractor that are outside of the designated areas (such as field office, laydown/ storage area, stockpile areas, etc.) shall be seeded by the Contractor for erosion control per the stormwater pollution prevention plan but will not be measured for payment. Payment shall be full compensation for all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work, and shall include, but not be limited to, tilling soil, topsoiling, fertilizing, planting, mulching, watering and maintaining vegetation. Payment shall be due and payable only after grass growth has been established as described above. 028020 Page 4 of 4 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 030020 PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for the materials used; for the storing and handling of materials; and for the proportioning and mixing of concrete for culverts, manholes, inlets, curb and gutter, sidewalks, driveways, curb ramps, headwalls and wingwalls, riprap, and incidental concrete construction. The concrete shall be composed of Portland cement, aggregates (fine and coarse), admixtures if desired or required, and water, proportioned and mixed as hereinafter provided. 2. MATERIALS (1) Cement The cement shall be either Type I, II or III Portland cement conforming to ASTM Designation: C150, modified as follows: Unless otherwise specified by the Engineer, the specific surface area of Type I and II cements shall not exceed 2000 square centimeters per gram (Wagner Turbidimeter – TxDOT Test Method Tex-310-D). For concrete piling, the above limit on specific surface area is waived for Type II cement only. The Contractor shall furnish the Engineer, with each shipment, a statement as to the specific surface area of the cement expressed in square centimeters per gram. For cement strength requirements, either the flexural or compressive test may be used. Either Type I or II cement shall be used unless Type II is specified on the plans. Except when Type II is specified on the plans, Type III cement may be used when the anticipated air temperature for the succeeding 12 hours will not exceed 60°F. Type III cement may be used in all precast prestressed concrete, except in piling when Type II cement is required for substructure concrete. Different types of cement may be used in the same structure, but all cement used in any one monolithic placement shall be of the same type and brand. Only one brand of each type will be permitted in any one structure unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer. Cement may be delivered in bulk where adequate bin storage is provided. All other cement shall be delivered in bags marked plainly with the name of the manufacturer and the type of cement. Similar information shall be provided in the bills of lading accompanying each shipment of packaged or bulk cement. Bags shall contain 94 pounds net. All bags shall be in good condition at time of delivery. All cement shall be properly protected against dampness. No caked cement will be accepted. Cement remaining in storage for a prolonged period of time may be retested and rejected if it fails to conform to any of the requirements of these specifications. 030020 Page 1 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 (2) Mixing Water Water for use in concrete and for curing shall be free from oils, acids, organic matter or other deleterious substances and shall not contain more than 1000 parts per million of chlorides as CL nor more than 1000 parts per million of sulfates as SO 4. Water from municipal supplies approved by the State Health Department will not require testing, but water from other sources will be sampled and tested before use in structural concrete. Tests shall be made in accordance with the "Method of Test for Quality of Water to be Used in Concrete" (AASHTO Method T26), except where such methods are in conflict with provisions of this specification. (3) Coarse Aggregate Coarse aggregate shall consist of durable particles of gravel, crushed blast furnace slag, crushed stone, or combinations thereof; free from frozen material or injurious amount of salt, alkali, vegetable matter, or other objectionable material either free or as an adherent coating; and its quality shall be reasonably uniform throughout. It shall not contain more than 0.25 percent by weight of clay lumps, nor more than 1.0 percent by weight of shale, nor more than 5 percent by weight of laminated and/or friable particles when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-413-A. It shall have a wear of not more than 40 percent when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-410-A. Unless otherwise specified on the plans, coarse aggregate will be subjected to five cycles of the soundness test in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-411-A. The loss shall not be greater than 12 percent when sodium sulfate is used, or 18 percent when magnesium sulfate is used. Permissible sizes of aggregate shall be governed by Table 4 and Table 1, except that when exposed aggregate surfaces are required, coarse aggregate gradation will be as specified on the plans. When tested by approved methods, the coarse aggregate, including combinations of aggregates when used, shall conform to the grading requirements shown in Table 1. 030020 Page 2 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 TABLE 1 Coarse Aggregate Gradation Chart Percent Retained on Each Sieve Aggregate Grade No. Nominal Size 2-½ In. 2 In. 1-½ In. 1 In. 3/4 In. 1/2 In. 3/8 In. No. 4 No. 8 1 2 in. 0 0 to 20 15 to 50 60 to 80 95 to 100 2 (467)* 1-½ in. 0 0 to 5 30 to 65 70 to 90 95 to 100 4 (57)* 1 in. 0 0 to 5 40 to 75 90 to 100 95 to 100 8 3/8 in. 0 0 to 5 35 to 80 90 to 100 *Numbers in parenthesis indicate conformance with ASTM C33. The aggregate shall be washed. The Loss by Decantation (TxDOT Test Method Tex-406-A) plus the allowable weight of clay lumps, shall not exceed one percent, or the value shown on the plans, whichever is smaller. (4) Fine Aggregate Fine aggregate shall consist of clean, hard, durable and uncoated particles of natural or manufactured sand or a combination thereof, with or without a mineral filler. It shall be free from frozen material or injurious amounts of salt, alkali, vegetable matter or other objectionable material and it shall not contain more than 0.5 percent by weight of clay lumps. When subjected to the color test for organic impurities (TxDOT Test Method Tex-408-A), it shall not show a color darker than standard. The fine aggregate shall produce a mortar having a tensile strength equal to or greater than that of Ottawa sand mortar when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-317-D. Where manufactured sand is used in lieu of natural sand for slab concrete subject to direct traffic, the acid insoluble residue of the fine aggregate shall be not less than 28 percent by weight when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-612-J. When tested by approved methods, the fine aggregate or combination of aggregates, including mineral filler, shall conform to the grading requirements shown in Table 2. 030020 Page 3 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 TABLE 2 Fine Aggregate Gradation Chart Percent Retained on Each Sieve Aggregate Grade No. 3/8 In. No. 4 No. 8 No. 16 No. 30 No. 50 No. 100 No. 200 1 0 0 to 5 0 to 20 15 to 50 35 to 75 70 to 90 90 to 100 97 to 100 NOTE 1: Where manufactured sand is used in lieu of natural sand, the percent retained on the No. 200 sieve shall be 94 to 100. NOTE 2: Where the sand equivalent value is greater than 85, the retainage on the No. 50 sieve may be 70 to 94 percent. Fine aggregate will be subjected to the Sand Equivalent Test (TxDOT Test Method Tex-203-F). The sand equivalent shall not be less than 80 nor less than the value shown on the plans, whichever is greater. For concrete Classes ‘A’ and ‘C’, the fineness modulus as defined below for fine aggregates shall be between 2.30 and 3.10. The fineness modulus will be determined by adding the percentages by weight retained on the following sieves, and dividing by 100; Nos. 4, 8, 16, 30, 50 and 100. (5) Mineral Filler Mineral filler shall consist of stone dust, clean crushed sand, or other approved inert material. (6) Mortar (Grout) Mortar for repair of concrete shall consist of 1 part cement, 2 parts finely graded sand, and enough water to make the mixture plastic. When required to prevent color difference, white cement shall be added to produce the color required. When required by the Engineer, latex adhesive shall be added to the mortar. (7) Admixtures Calcium Chloride will not be permitted. Unless otherwise noted, air-entraining, retarding and water-reducing admixtures may be used in all concrete and shall conform to the following requirements: A "water-reducing, retarding admixture" is defined as a material which, when added to a concrete mixture in the correct quantity, will reduce the quantity of mixing water required to produce concrete of a given consistency and will retard the initial set of the concrete. A "water-reducing admixture" is defined as a material which, when added to a concrete mixture in the correct quantity, will reduce the quantity of mixing water required to produce concrete of a 030020 Page 4 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 given consistency. (a) Retarding and Water-Reducing Admixtures. The admixture shall meet the requirements for Type A and Type D admixture as specified in ASTM Designation: C494, modified as follows: (1) The water-reducing retarder shall retard the initial set of the concrete a minimum of 2 hours and a maximum of 4 hours, at a specified dosage rate, at a temperature of 90°F. (2) The cement used in any series of tests shall be either the cement proposed for specific work or a "reference" Type I cement from one mill. (3) Unless otherwise noted on the plans, the minimum relative durability factor shall be 80. The air-entraining admixture used in the referenced and test concrete shall be neutralized Vinsol resin. (b) Air-Entraining Admixture. The admixture shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: C260, modified as follows: (1) The cement used in any series of tests shall be either the cement proposed for specific work or a "reference" Type I cement from one mill. (2) Unless otherwise noted on the plans, the minimum relative durability factor shall be 80. The air-entraining admixture used in the referenced concrete shall be neutralized Vinsol resin. 3. STORAGE OF CEMENT All cement shall be stored in well-ventilated weatherproof buildings or approved bins, which will protect it from dampness or absorption of moisture. Storage facilities shall be ample, and each shipment of packaged cement shall be kept separated to provide easy access for identification and inspection. The Engineer may permit small quantities of sacked cement to be stored in the open for a maximum of 48 hours on a raised platform and under waterproof covering. 4. STORAGE OF AGGREGATE The method of handling and storing concrete aggregate shall prevent contamination with foreign materials. If the aggregates are stored on the ground, the sites for the stockpiles shall be clear of all vegetation and level. The bottom layer of aggregate shall not be disturbed or used without recleaning. 030020 Page 5 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 When conditions require the use of two or more sizes of aggregates, they shall be separated to prevent intermixing. Where space is limited, stockpiles shall be separated by physical barriers. Methods of handling aggregates during stockpiling and subsequent use shall be such that segregation will be minimized. Unless otherwise authorized by the Engineer, all aggregate shall be stockpiled at least 24 hours to reduce the free moisture content. 5. MEASUREMENT OF MATERIALS The measurement of the materials, except water, used in batches of concrete, shall be by weight. The fine aggregate, coarse aggregate and mineral filler shall be weighed separately. Where bulk cement is used, it shall be weighed separately, but batch weighing of sacked cement will not be required. Where sacked cement is used, the quantities of material per batch shall be based upon using full bags of cement. Batches involving the use of fractional bags will not be permitted. Allowance shall be made for the water content in the aggregates. Bags of cement varying more than 3 percent from the specified weight of 94 pounds may be rejected, and when the average weight per bag in any shipment, as determined by weighing 50 bags taken at random, is less than the net weight specified, the entire shipment may be rejected. If the shipment is accepted, the Engineer will adjust the concrete mix to a net weight per bag fixed by an average of all individual weights which are less than the average weight determined from the total number weighed. 6. CLASSIFICATION AND MIX DESIGN It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish the mix design, using a coarse aggregate factor acceptable to the Engineer, for the class(es) of concrete specified. The mix shall be designed by a qualified concrete technician to conform with the requirements contained herein and in accordance with the THD Bulletin C-11. The Contractor shall perform, at his own expense, the work required to substantiate the design, except the testing of strength specimens, which will be done by the Engineer. Complete concrete design data shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval. It shall also be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine and measure the batch quantity of each ingredient, including all water, so that the mix conforms to these specifications and any other requirements shown on the plans. Trial batches will be made and tested using all of the proposed ingredients prior to placing the concrete, and when the aggregate and/or brand of cement or admixture is changed. Trial batches shall be made in the mixer to be used on the job. When transit mix concrete is to be used, the trial designs will be made in a transit mixer representative of the mixers to be used. Batch size shall not be less than 50 percent of the rated mixing capacity of the truck. Mix designs from previous or concurrent jobs may be used without trial batches if it is shown that 030020 Page 6 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 no substantial change in any of the proposed ingredients has been made. The coarse aggregate factor shall not be more than 0.82, except that when the voids in the coarse aggregate exceed 48 percent of the total dry loose volume, the coarse aggregate factor shall not exceed 0.85. The coarse aggregate factor shall not be less than 0.70 for Grades 1, 2 and 3 aggregates. If the strength required for the class of concrete being produced is not secured with the cement specified in Table 4, the Contractor may use an approved water-reducing or retarding admixture, or he shall furnish aggregates with different characteristics which will produce the required results. Additional cement may be required or permitted as a temporary measure until the redesign is checked. Water-reducing or retarding agents may be used with all classes of concrete at the option of the Contractor. When water-reducing or retarding agents are used at the option of the Contractor, reduced dosage of the admixture will be permitted. Entrained air will be required in accordance with Table 4. The concrete shall be designed to entrain 5 percent air when Grade 2 coarse aggregate is used and 6 percent when Grade 3 coarse aggregate is used. Concrete as placed in the structure shall contain the proper amount as required above with a tolerance of plus or minus 1.5 percentage points. Occasional variations beyond this tolerance will not be cause for rejection. When the quantity of entrained air is found to be above 7 percent with Grade 2 coarse aggregate or above 8 percent for Grade 3 coarse aggregate, additional test beams or cylinders will be made. If these beams or cylinders pass the minimum flexural or compressive requirements, the concrete will not be rejected because of the variation in air content. 7. CONSISTENCY In cases where the consistency requirements cannot be satisfied without exceeding the maximum allowable amount of water, the Contractor may use, or the Engineer may require, an approved water-reducing or retarding agent, or the Contractor shall furnish additional aggregates or aggregates with different characteristics, which will produce the required results. Additional cement may be required or permitted as a temporary measure until aggregates are changed and designs checked with the different aggregates or admixture. The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the completion of all finishing operations without the addition of water to the surface. When field conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for the final concrete surface finishing operation, the required water shall be applied to the surface by fog spray only, and shall be held to a minimum. The concrete shall be workable, cohesive, possess satisfactory finishing qualities, and of the stiffest consistency that can be placed and vibrated into a homogenous mass. Excessive bleeding shall be avoided. Slump requirements will be as specified in Table 3. 030020 Page 7 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 TABLE 3 Slump Requirements Concrete Designation Desired Slump Max. Slump Structural Concrete: (1) Thin-Walled Sections (9" or less) (2) Slabs, Caps, Columns, Piers, Wall Sections over 9", etc. Underwater or Seal Concrete Riprap, Curb, Gutter and Other Miscellaneous Concrete 4 inches 3 inches 5 inches 2.5 inches 5 inches 4 inches 6 inches 4 inches NOTE: No concrete will be permitted with slump in excess of the maximums shown. 8. QUALITY OF CONCRETE General The concrete shall be uniform and workable. The cement content, maximum allowable water- cement ratio, the desired and maximum slump and the strength requirements of the various classes of concrete shall conform to the requirements of Table 3 and Table 4 and as required herein. During the process of the work, the Engineer or his designated representative will cast test cylinders or beams as a check on the compressive or flexural strength of the concrete actually placed. Test cylinders must be picked up by the testing lab within 24 hours. A test shall be defined as the average of the breaking strength of two cylinders or two beams, as the case may be. Specimens will be tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Methods Tex-418-A or Tex-420-A. Test beams or cylinders will be required as specified in the contract documents. For small placements on structures such as manholes, inlets, culverts, wingwalls, etc., the Engineer may vary the number of tests to a minimum of one for each 25 cubic yards placed over a several day period. All test specimens, beams or cylinders, representing tests for removal of forms and/or falsework shall be cured using the same methods, and under the same conditions as the concrete represented. "Design Strength" beams and cylinders shall be cured in accordance with THD Bulletin C-11. The Contractor shall provide and maintain curing facilities as described in THD Bulletin C-11 for the purpose of curing test specimens. Provision shall be made to maintain the water in the curing tank at temperatures between 70°F and 90°F. When control of concrete quality is by twenty-eight-day compressive tests, job control will be by seven-day compressive tests which are shown to provide the required twenty-eight-day strength, based on results from trial batches. If the required seven-day strength is not secured with the 030020 Page 8 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 cement specified in Table 4, changes in the batch design will be made. TABLE 4 Classes of Concrete Class of Concrete Sacks Cement per C.Y. (min.) Minimum Compressive Strength (f'c) 28-Day(psi) Min. Beam Strength 7-Day (psi) Maximum Water-Cement Ratio (gal/sack) Coarse Aggregate No. A* 5.0 3000 500*** 6.5 2-4-8**** B* 4.5 2500 417 8.0 2-4-8**** C* 6.0 3600 600*** 6.0 1-2-4** D 6.0 3000 500 7.0 2-4 S 6.5 4000 570 5.0 2-4 *Entrained Air (slabs, piers and bent concrete). **Grade 1 Coarse Aggregate may be used in foundation only (except cased drilled shafts). ***When Type II Cement is used with Class C Concrete, the 7-day beam break requirement will be 550 psi; with Class A Concrete, the minimum 7-day beam break requirement will be 460 psi. ****Permission to use Grade 8 Aggregate must have prior approval of the Engineer. 9. MIXING CONDITIONS The concrete shall be mixed in quantities required for immediate use. Any concrete which is not in place within the limits outlined in City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures", Article "Placing Concrete-General", shall not be used. Retamping of concrete will not be permitted. In threatening weather, which may result in conditions that will adversely affect the quality of the concrete to be placed, the Engineer may order postponement of the work. Where work has been started and changes in weather conditions require protective measures, the Contractor shall furnish adequate shelter to protect the concrete against damage from rainfall, or from freezing temperatures. If necessary to continue operations during rainfall, the Contractor shall also provide protective coverings for the material stockpiles. Aggregate stockpiles need be covered only to the extent necessary to control the moisture conditions in the aggregates to adequately control the consistency of the concrete. 10. MIXING AND MIXING EQUIPMENT All equipment, tools, and machinery used for hauling materials and performing any part of the work shall be maintained in such condition to insure completion of the work underway without excessive delays for repairs or replacements. The mixing shall be done in a batch mixer of approved type and size that will produce uniform 030020 Page 9 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 distribution of the material throughout the mass. Mixers may be either the revolving drum type or the revolving blade type, and shall be capable of producing concrete meeting the requirements of these specifications. After all the ingredients are assembled in the drum, the mixing shall continue not less than 1 minute for mixers of one cubic yard or less capacity plus 15 seconds for each additional cubic yard or portion thereof. The mixer shall operate at the speed and capacity designated by the Mixer Manufacturers Bureau of the Associated General Contractors of America. The mixer shall have a plate affixed showing the manufacturer's recommended operating data. The absolute volume of the concrete batch shall not exceed the rated capacity of the mixer. The entire contents of the drum shall be discharged before any materials are placed therein for the succeeding batch. The first batch of concrete materials placed in the mixer for each placement shall contain an extra quantity of sand, cement and water sufficient to coat the inside surface of the drum. Upon the cessation of mixing for any considerable length of time, the mixer shall be thoroughly cleaned. The concrete mixer shall be equipped with an automatic timing device which is put into operation when the skip is raised to its full height and dumping. This device shall lock the discharging mechanism and prevent emptying of the mixer until all the materials have been mixed together for the minimum time required, and it shall ring a bell after the specified time of mixing has elapsed. The water tank shall be arranged so that the amount of water can be measured accurately, and when the tank starts to discharge, the inlet supply shall cut off automatically. Whenever a concrete mixer is not adequate or suitable for the work, it shall be removed from the site upon a written order from the Engineer and a suitable mixer provided by the Contractor. Pick-up and thro-over blades in the drum of the mixer which are worn down more than 10 percent in depth shall be repaired or replaced with new blades. Improperly mixed concrete shall not be placed in the structure. Job mix concrete shall be concrete mixed in an approved batch mixer in accordance with the requirements stated above, adjacent to the structure for which the concrete is being mixed, and moved to the placement site in non-agitating equipment. 11. READY-MIX PLANTS A. General. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to furnish concrete meeting all requirement of the governing specification sections, and concrete not meeting the slump, workability and consistency requirements of the governing specification sections shall not 030020 Page 10 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 be placed in the structure or pavement. Ready-Mixed Concrete shall be mixed and delivered by means of one of the following approved methods. (1) Mixed completely in a stationary mixer and transported to the point of delivery in a truck agitator or a truck mixer operating at truck agitator or truck mixer agitation speed. (Central-Mix Concrete) (2) Mixed complete in a truck mixer and transported to the placement site at mixing and/or agitating speed (Transit-Mix Concrete), subject to the following provisions: (a) Truck mixers will be permitted to transport concrete to the job site at mixing speed if equipped with double actuated counters which will separate revolutions at mixing speed from total revolutions. (b) Truck mixers equipped with a single actuated counter counting total revolutions of the drum shall mix the concrete at the plant not less than 50 nor more than 70 revolutions at mixing speed, transport it to the job site at agitating speed and complete the required mixing before placing the concrete. (3) Mixed completely in a stationery mixer and transported to the job site in approved non-agitating trucks with special bodies. This method of transporting will be permitted for concrete pavement only. B. Equipment. (1) Batching Plant. The batching plant shall be provided with adequate bins for batching all aggregates and materials required by the specifications. Bulk cement shall be weighed on a scale separate from those used for other materials and in a hopper entirely free and independent of that used for weighing the aggregates. (2) Mixers and Agitators. (a) General: Mixers shall be of an approved stationary or truck-type capable of combining the ingredients into a thoroughly mixed and uniform mass. Facilities shall be provided to permit ready access to the inside of the drum for inspection, cleaning and repair of blades. Mixers and agitators shall be subject to daily examination for changes in condition due to accumulation of hardened concrete and/or wear of blades, and any hardened concrete shall be removed before the mixer will be permitted to be used. Worn blades shall be repaired or replaced with new in 030020 Page 11 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 accordance with the manufacturer's design and arrangement for that particular unit when any part or section is worn as much as 10 percent below the original height of the manufacturer's design. (b) Stationary Mixers: These shall conform to the requirements of Article "Mixing and Mixing Equipment". Truck mixers mounted on a stationary base will not be considered as a stationary mixer. (c) Truck Mixers: In addition, truck mixers shall comply with the following requirements: An engine in satisfactory working condition and capable of accurately gauging the desired speed of rotation shall be mounted as an integral part of the mixing unit for the purpose of rotating the drum. Truck mixers equipped with a transmission that will govern the speed of the drum within the specified revolutions per minute (rpm) will not require a separate engine. All truck mixers shall be equipped with actuated counters by which the proper number of revolutions of the drum, as specified in Article 11. A. above, may be readily verified. The counters shall be read and recorded at the start of mixing at mixing speeds. Each until shall have adequate water supply and accurate metering or gauging devices for measuring the amount used. (d) Agitators: Concrete agitators shall be of the truck type, capable of maintaining a thoroughly mixed and uniform concrete mass and discharging it within the same degree of uniformity specified for mixers. Agitators shall comply with all of the requirements for truck mixers, except for the actual mixing requirements. C. Operation of Plant and Equipment. Delivery of ready-mixed concrete shall equal or exceed the rate approved by the Engineer for continuous placement. In all cases, the delivery of concrete to the placement site shall assure compliance with the time limits in the applicable specification for depositing successive batches in any monolithic unit. The Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that adequate standby trucks are available. A standard ticket system will be used for recording concrete batching, mixing and delivery date. Tickets will be delivered to the job inspector. Loads arriving without ticket and/or in unsatisfactory condition shall not be used. When a stationary mixer is used for the entire mixing operation, the mixing time for one cubic yard of concrete shall be one minute plus 15 seconds for each additional cubic yard or portion thereof. This mixing time shall start when all cement, aggregates and initial water have entered the drum. 030020 Page 12 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 The mixer shall be charged so that some of the mixing water will enter the drum in advance of the cement and aggregate. All of the mixing water shall be in the drum by the end of the first one- fourth of the specified mixing time. Water used to flush down the blades after charging shall be accurately measured and included in the quantity of mixing water. The introduction of the initial mixing water, except blade wash down water and that permitted in this Article, shall be prior to or simultaneous with the charging of the aggregates and cement. The loading of truck mixers shall not exceed 63 percent of the total volume of the drum. When used as an agitator only, the loading shall not exceed 80 percent of the drum volume. When Ready-Mix Concrete is used, additional mortar (one sack cement, three parts sand and sufficient water) shall be added to the batch to coat the drum of the mixer or agitator truck, and this shall be required for every load of Class C concrete only and for the first batch from central mix plants. A portion of the mixing water, required by the batch design to produce the desired slump, may be withheld and added at the job site, but only with permission of the Engineer and under his supervision. When water is added under the above conditions, it shall be thoroughly mixed as specified below for water added at the job site. Mixing speed shall be attained as soon as all ingredients are in the mixer, and each complete batch (containing all the required ingredients) shall be mixed not less than 70 nor more than 100 revolutions of the drum at mixing speed except that when water is added at the job site, 25 revolutions (minimum) at mixing speed will be required to uniformly disperse the additional water throughout the mix. Mixing speed shall be as designated by the manufacturer. All revolutions after the prescribed mixing time shall be at agitating speed. The agitating speed shall be not less than one (1) nor more than five (5) rpm. The drum shall be kept in continuous motion from the time mixing is started until the discharge is completed. 12. PLACING, CURING AND FINISHING The placing of concrete, including construction of forms and falsework, curing and finishing, shall be in accordance with City Standard Specification Section 038000 "Concrete Structures". 13. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, the quantities of concrete of the various classifications which will constitute the completed and accepted structure(s) in-place will be measured by the cubic yard, per each, square foot, square yard or linear foot, as the case may be. Measurement will be as shown on the drawings and/or in the Bid Form. Payment shall be full compensation for furnishing, hauling, mixing, placing, curing and finishing all concrete; all grouting and pointing; furnishing and placing drains; furnishing and placing metal flashing strips; furnishing and placing expansion joint material required by this specification or shown on the plans; and for all forms and falsework, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals necessary to complete the work. 030020 Page 13 of 13 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 032020 REINFORCING STEEL 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern the furnishing and placing of reinforcing steel, deformed and smooth, of the size and quantity designated on the plans and in accordance with these specifications. 2. MATERIALS Unless otherwise designated on the plans, all bar reinforcement shall be deformed, and shall conform to ASTM Designation: A 615, Grades 60 or 75, and shall be open hearth, basic oxygen, or electric furnace new billet steel. Large diameter new billet steel (Nos. 14 and 18), Grade 75, will be permitted for straight bars only. Where bending of bar sizes No. 14 or No. 18 of Grade 60 is required, bend testing shall be performed on representative specimens as described for smaller bars in the applicable ASTM Specification. The required bend shall be 90 degrees around a pin having a diameter of 10 times the nominal diameter of the bar. Spiral reinforcement shall be smooth (not deformed) bars or wire of the minimum diameter shown on the plans, and shall be made by one or more of the following processes: open hearth, basic oxygen, or electric furnace. Bars shall be rolled from billets reduced from ingots and shall comply with ASTM Designation: A 306, Grade 65 minimum (references to ASTM Designation: A 29 is voided). Dimensional tolerances shall be in accordance with ASTM Designation: A 615, or ASTM Designation: A 615, Grade 60, except for deformations. Wire shall be cold-drawn from rods that have been hot-rolled from billets and shall comply with ASTM Designation: A 185. In cases where the provisions of this specification are in conflict with the provisions of the ASTM Designation to which reference is made, the provisions of this specification shall govern. Report of chemical analysis showing the percentages of carbon, manganese, phosphorus and sulphur will be required for all reinforcing steel when it is to be welded. 032020 Page 1 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 The nominal size and area and the theoretical weight of reinforcing steel bars covered by this specification are as follows: Bar Size Number Nominal Diameter, In. Nominal Area, Sq. In. Weight per Linear Foot, Pounds 2 0.250 0.05 0.167 3 0.375 0.11 0.376 4 0.500 0.20 0.668 5 0.625 0.31 1.043 6 0.750 0.44 1.502 7 0.875 0.60 2.044 8 1.000 0.79 2.670 9 1.128 1.00 3.400 10 1.270 1.27 4.303 11 1.410 1.56 5.313 14 1.693 2.25 7.6 18 2.257 4.00 13.60 Smooth round bars shall be designated by size number through No. 4. Smooth bars larger than No. 4 shall be designated by diameter in inches. When wire is ordered by gauge numbers, the following relation between gauge number and diameter, in inches, shall apply unless otherwise specified: Gauge Number Equivalent Diameter, Inches Gauge Number Equivalent Diameter, Inches 0 0.3065 8 0.1620 1 0.2830 9 0.1483 2 0.2625 10 0.1350 3 0.2437 11 0.1205 4 0.2253 12 0.1055 5 0.2070 13 0.0915 6 0.1920 14 0.0800 7 0.1770 032020 Page 2 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 3. BENDING The reinforcement shall be bent cold, true to the shapes indicated on the plans. Bending shall preferably be done in the shop. Irregularities in bending shall be cause for rejection. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, the inside diameter of bar bends, in terms of the nominal bar diameter (d), shall be as follows: Bends of 90 degrees and greater in stirrups, ties and other secondary bars that enclose another bar in the bend: Grade 60 #3, #4, #5 4d #6, #7, #8 5d All bends in main bars and in secondary bars not covered above: Grade 60 Grade 75 #3 thru #8 6d -- #9, #10 8d -- #11 8d 8d #14, #18 10d -- 032020 Page 3 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 4. TOLERANCES Fabricating tolerances for bars shall be within 3 percent of specified or as follows: 5. STORING Steel reinforcement shall be stored above the surface of the ground upon platforms, skids or other supports, and shall be protected as far as practicable from mechanical injury and surface deterioration caused by exposure to conditions producing rust. When placed in the work, reinforcement shall be free from dirt, paint, grease, oil, or other foreign materials. Reinforcement shall be free from injurious defects such as cracks and laminations. Rust, surface seams, surface irregularities or mill scale will not be cause for rejection, provided the minimum dimensions, cross- sectional area and tensile properties of a hand wire crushed specimen meets the physical requirements for size and grade of steel specified. 6. SPLICES No splicing of bars, except when provided on the plans or specified herein, will be permitted without written approval of the Engineer. Splices will not be permitted in main reinforcement at points of maximum stress. When permitted in main bars, splices in adjacent bars shall be staggered a minimum of two splice lengths. 032020 Page 4 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 TABLE 1 Minimum Lap Requirements Lap Uncoated Coated Lap in inches > 40d 60d Where: d = bar diameter in inches Welding of reinforcing bars may be used only where shown on the plans or as permitted herein. All welding operations, processes, equipment, materials, workmanship and inspection shall conform to the requirements of the drawings and industry standards. All splices shall be of such dimension and character as to develop the full strength of bar being spliced. End preparation for butt welding reinforcing bars shall be done in the field. Delivered bars shall be of sufficient length to permit this practice. For box culvert extensions with less than one foot of fill, the existing longitudinal bars shall have a 20-diameter lap with the new bars. For box culvert extensions with more than one foot of fill, a minimum of 6 inches lap will be required. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, dowel bars transferring tensile stresses shall have a minimum embedment equal to the minimum lap requirements shown in Table 1. Shear transfer dowels shall have a minimum embedment of 12 inches. 7. PLACING Reinforcement shall be placed as near as possible in the position shown on the plans. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, dimensions shown for reinforcement are to the centers of the bars. In the plane of the steel parallel to the nearest surface of concrete, bars shall not vary from plan placement by more than one-twelfth of the spacing between bars. In the plane of the steel perpendicular to the nearest surface of concrete, bars shall not vary from plan placement by more than one-quarter inch. Cover of concrete to the nearest surface of steel shall meet the above requirements but shall never be less than one inch or as otherwise shown on the plans. Vertical stirrups shall always pass around the main tension members and be attached securely thereto. The reinforcing steel shall be spaced its required distance from the form surface by means of approved galvanized metal spacers, metal spacers with plastic coated tips, stainless steel spacers, plastic spacers, or approved pre-cast mortar or concrete blocks. For approval of plastic spacers on the project, representative samples of the plastic shall show no visible indications of deterioration after immersion in a 5 percent solution of sodium hydroxide for 120 hours. All reinforcing steel shall be tied at all intersections, except that where spacing is less than one foot in each direction, alternate intersections only need be tied. Before any concrete is placed, all mortar shall be cleaned from the reinforcement. Precast mortar or concrete blocks to be used for holding steel in position adjacent to formed surfaces shall be cast in molds meeting the approval of the Engineer and shall be cured by covering with wet burlap or 032020 Page 5 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 cotton mats for a period of 72 hours. The blocks shall be cast in the form of a frustum of a cone or pyramid with the smaller face placed against the forms. A suitable tie wire shall be provided in each block, to be used for anchoring to the steel. Except in unusual cases, and when specifically otherwise authorized by the Engineer, the size of the surface to be placed adjacent to the forms shall not exceed two and one-half inches square or the equivalent thereof in cases where circular or rectangular areas are provided. Blocks shall be cast accurately to the thickness required, and the surface to be placed adjacent to the forms shall be a true plane free of surface imperfections. Reinforcement shall be supported and tied in such manner that a sufficiently rigid case of steel is provided. If the cage is not adequately supported to resist settlement or floating upward of the steel, overturning of truss bars or movement in any direction during concrete placement, permission to continue concrete placement will be withheld until corrective measures are taken. Sufficient measurements shall be made during concrete placement to insure compliance with the first paragraph of Article 7 of this specification. Mats of wire fabric shall overlap each other sufficiently to maintain a uniform strength and shall be fastened securely at the ends and edges. No concrete shall be deposited until the Engineer has inspected the placement of the reinforcing steel and given permission to proceed. 8. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, reinforcing steel is considered subsidiary to the various items shown in the Bid Form and shall not be measured and paid for as a separate item. 032020 Page 6 of 6 Rev. 10-30-2014 SECTION 038000 CONCRETE STRUCTURES 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for construction of all types of structures involving the use of structural concrete, except where the requirements are waived or revised by other governing specifications. All concrete structures shall be constructed in accordance with the design requirements and details shown on the plans; in conformity with the pertinent provisions of the items contracted for; the incidental specifications referred to; and in conformity with the requirements herein. 2. MATERIALS (1) Concrete. All concrete shall conform to the provisions of City Standard Specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". The class of concrete for each type of structure or unit shall be as specified on the plans or by pertinent governing specifications. (2) Expansion Joint Material. (a) Preformed Fiber Material. Preformed fiber expansion joint material shall be of the dimensions shown on the plans. The material shall be one of the following types, unless otherwise noted on the plans: 1. Preformed Bituminous Fiber Materials shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: D1751 "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)". 2. Preformed Non-Bituminous Fiber Material shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: D1751 "Standard Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types)", except that the requirements pertaining to bitumen content, density and water absorption shall be voided. 3. Redwood. (b) Joint Sealing Materials. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, joint sealing material shall conform to the following requirements. The material shall adhere to the sides of the concrete joint or crack and shall form an effective seal against infiltration of water and incompressibles. The material shall not crack or break when exposed to low temperatures. 038000 Page 1 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 1. Class 1-a. (Two-Component, Synthetic Polymer, Cold-Extruded Type). Curing is to be by polymerization and not by evaporation of solvent or fluxing of harder particles. This type is specifically designed for vertical or sloping joints and hence not self-leveling. It shall cure sufficiently at an average temperature of 77 degrees F ± 3 degrees F in a maximum of 24 hours. For performance requirements see under 2.(2)(b)2. below. 2. Class 1-b. (Two-Component, Synthetic Polymer, Cold-Pourable, Self-Leveling Type). Curing is to be by polymerization and not by evaporation of solvent or fluxing of harder particles. It shall cure sufficiently at an average temperature of 77 degrees F ± 3 degrees F in a maximum of 3 hours. Performance Requirements: Class 1-a and Class 1-b joint materials, when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-525-C, shall meet the above curing times and the following requirements: It shall be of such consistency that it can be mixed and poured, or mixed and extruded into joints at temperatures above 60 degrees F. Penetration, 77º F.: 150 gm. cone, 5 sec., max., cm.................. 0.90 Bond and Extension 75%, Oº F, 5 cycles: Dry Concrete Blocks............................ Pass Wet Concrete Blocks............................ Pass Steel Blocks...(Primed if specified by manuf.). Pass Flow at 200º F................................. None Water Content % by weight, max................. 5.0 Resilience: Original sample min. % (cured)................. 50 Oven aged at 158º F min. % .................... 50 For Class 1-a Material Only: Cold Flow (10 min.)............................ None (c) Asphalt Board. Asphalt Board shall consist of two liners of 0.016-inch asphalt impregnated paper, filled with a mastic mixture of asphalt and vegetable fiber and/or mineral filler. Boards shall be smooth, flat and sufficiently rigid to permit installation. When tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-524-C, the asphalt board shall not deflect from the horizontal more than one inch in three and one-half inches (1" in 3½"). (d) Rebonded Neoprene Filler. Rebonded neoprene filler shall consist of ground closed- cell neoprene particles, rebonded and molded into sheets of uniform thickness, of the dimensions shown on plans. Filler material shall have the following physical properties and shall meet the requirements of ASTM Designation: D1752 “Standard Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction”, Type 1, where applicable: 038000 Page 2 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 PROPERTY METHOD REQUIREMENT Color ASTM D1752, Type 1 Black Density ASTM D1752, Type 1 40 lb./ft3 Min. Recovery ASTM D1752, Type 1 90% Min. Compression ASTM D1752, Type 1 50 to 500 psi Extrusion ASTM D1752, Type 1 0.25 inch Max. Tensile Strength ASTM D1752, Type 1 20 psi Min. Elongation 75% Min. The manufacturers shall furnish the Engineer with certified test results as to compliance with the above requirements and a 12 inch x 12 inch x 1 inch sample from the shipment for approval. (3) Curing Materials. (a) Membrane curing materials shall comply with ASTM Designation: C 309 "Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete", Type 1 clear or translucent, or Type 2 white-pigmented. The material shall have a minimum flash-point of 80 degrees F when tested by the "Pensky-Martin Closed Cup Method". It shall be of such consistency that it can be satisfactorily applied as a fine mist through an atomizing nozzle by means of approved pressure spraying equipment at atmospheric temperatures above 40 degrees F. It shall be of such nature that it will not produce permanent discoloration of concrete surfaces nor react deleteriously with the concrete or its components. Type 1 compound shall contain a fugitive dye that will be distinctly visible not less than 4 hours nor more than 7 days after application. The compound shall produce a firm, continuous, uniform moisture impermeable film free from pinholes and shall adhere satisfactorily to the surfaces of damp concrete. It shall, when applied to the damp concrete surface at the rate of coverage specified herein, be dry to the touch in not more than 4 hours, and shall adhere in a tenacious film without running off or appreciable sagging. It shall not disintegrate, check, peel or crack during the required curing period. The compound shall not peel or pick up under traffic and shall disappear from the surface of the concrete by gradual disintegration. The compound shall be delivered to the job only in the manufacturer's original containers, which shall be clearly labeled with the manufacturer's name, the trade name of the material, and a batch number or symbol with which test samples may be correlated. The water retention test shall be in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-219-F. Percentage loss shall be defined as the water lost after the application of the curing material was applied. The permissible percentage moisture loss (at the rate of coverage specified herein) shall not exceed the 038000 Page 3 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 following: 24 hours after application............2 percent 72 hours after application............4 percent Type 1 (Resin Base Only) curing compound will be permitted for slab concrete in bridge decks and top slabs of direct traffic culverts. (b) Mat curing of concrete is allowed where permitted by Table 1 in this specification or where otherwise approved by the Engineer. 3. EXPANSION JOINTS Joints and devices to provide for expansion and contraction shall be constructed where and as indicated herein or on the plans. All open joints and joints to be filled with expansion joint material, shall be constructed using forms adaptable to loosening or early removal. To avoid expansion or contraction damage to the adjacent concrete, these forms shall be loosened as soon as possible after final concrete set to permit free movement without requiring full form removal. Prior to placing the sealing material, the vertical facing the joint shall be cleaned of all laitance by sandblasting or by mechanical routing. Cracked or spalled edges shall be repaired. The joint shall be blown clean of all foreign material and sealed. Where preformed fiber joint material is used, it shall be anchored to the concrete on one side of the joint by light wire or nails, to prevent the material from falling out. The top one inch (1”) of the joint shall be filled with joint sealing material. Finished joints shall conform to the indicated outline with the concrete sections completely separated by the specified opening or joint material. Soon after form removal and again where necessary after surface finishing, all projecting concrete shall be removed along exposed edges to secure full effectiveness of the expansion joints. 4. CONSTRUCTION JOINTS The joint formed by placing plastic concrete in direct contact with concrete that has attained its initial set shall be deemed a construction joint. The term “monolithic placement” shall be interpreted to mean at the manner and sequence of concrete placing shall not create construction joints. Construction joints shall be of the type and at the locations shown on the plans. Additional joints will not be permitted without written authorization from the Engineer, and when authorized, shall have details equivalent to those shown on the plans for joints in similar locations. Unless otherwise provided, construction joints shall be square and normal to the forms. Bulkheads shall be provided in the forms for all joints, except when horizontal. Construction joints requiring the use of joint sealing material shall be as detailed on the plans. The 038000 Page 4 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 material will be specified on the plans without referenced to joint type. A concrete placement terminating at a horizontal construction joint shall have the top surface roughened thoroughly as soon as practicable after initial set is attained. The surfaces at bulkheads shall be roughened as soon as the forms are removed. The hardened concrete surface shall be thoroughly cleaned of all loose material, laitance, dirt or foreign material, and saturated with water so it is moist when placing fresh concrete against it. Forms shall be drawn tight against the placing of the fresh concrete. 5. FORMS (1) General. Except where otherwise specified, forms may be of either timber or metal. Forms for round columns exposed to view shall be of steel, except that other materials will be allowed with written permission of the Engineer. Forming plans shall be submitted to the Engineer for approval as specified. Forms shall be designed for the pressure exerted by a liquid weighing 150 pounds per cubic foot. The rate of placing the concrete shall be taken into consideration in determining the depth of the equivalent liquid. For job fabricated forms, an additional live load of 50 pounds per square foot shall be allowed on horizontal surfaces. The maximum unit stresses shall not exceed 125 percent of the allowable stresses used by the Texas Department of Transportation for the design of structures. Commercially produced structural units used in formwork shall not exceed the manufacturer's maximum allowable working load for moment, shear or end reaction. The maximum working load shall include a live load of 35 pounds per square foot of horizontal form surface, and sufficient details and data shall be submitted for use in checking formwork details for approval. Forms shall be practically mortar-tight, rigidly braced and strong enough to prevent bulging between supports, and maintained to the proper line and grade during concrete placement. Forms shall be maintained in a manner that will prevent warping and shrinkage. Offset at form joints shall not exceed one-sixteenth of an inch (1/16”). Deflections due to cast-in-place slab concrete and railing shown in the dead load deflection diagram shall be taken into account in the setting of slab forms. All forms and footing areas shall be cleaned of any extraneous matter before placing concrete. Permission to place concrete will not be given until all such work is completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer. If, at any stage of the work, the forms show signs of bulging or sagging, the portion of the concrete causing such condition shall be removed immediately, if necessary, and the forms shall be reset and securely braced against further movement. 038000 Page 5 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 (2) Timber Forms. Lumber for forms shall be properly seasoned, of good quality, and free from imperfections which would affect its strength or impair the finished surface of the concrete. The lumber used for facing or sheathing shall be finished on at least one side and two edges and shall be sized to uniform thickness. Form lining will be required for all formed surfaces, except for the inside of culvert barrels, inlets and manholes; surfaces that are subsequently covered by backfill material or are completely enclosed; and, any surface formed by a single finished board. Lining will not be required when plywood forms are used. Form lining shall be of an approved type such as Masonite or plywood. Thin membrane sheeting, such as polyethylene sheets, shall not be used for form lining. Forms may be constructed of plywood not less than one-half inch in thickness, with no form lining required. The grain of the face plies on plywood forms shall be placed parallel to the span between the supporting studs or joists. Plywood used for forming surfaces that remain exposed shall be equal to that specified as B-B Plyform Class I or Class II Exterior, of the U. S. Department of Commerce, National Bureau of Standards and Technology, latest edition. Forms or form lumber to be reused shall be maintained clean and in good condition. Any lumber which is split, warped, bulged, marred, or has defects that will produce inferior work, shall not be used and, if condemned, shall be promptly removed from the work. Studs and joists shall be spaced so that the facing form material remains in true alignment under the imposed loads. Wales shall be spaced close enough to hold forms securely to the designated lines and scabbed at least 4 feet on each side of joints to provide continuity. A row of wales shall be placed near the bottom of each placement. Facing material shall be placed with parallel and square joints and securely fastened to supporting studs. Forms for surfaces receiving only an ordinary finish and exposed to view shall be placed with the form panels symmetrical, i.e., long dimensions set in the same direction. Horizontal joints shall be continuous. Molding specified for chamfer strips or other uses shall be made of materials of a grade that will not split when nailed and which can be maintained to a true line without warping. Wood molding shall be mill cut and dressed on all faces. Unless otherwise provided, forms shall be filleted at all sharp corners and edges with triangular chamfer strips measuring three-quarter inch (3/4”) on the sides. Forms for railing and ornamental work shall be constructed to standards equivalent to first-class millwork. All moldings, panel work and bevel strips shall be straight and true with nearly mitered joints designed so the finished work is true, sharp and clean cut. 038000 Page 6 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 All forms shall be constructed to permit their removal without marring or damaging the concrete. The forms may be given a slight draft to permit ease of removal. Metal form ties of an approved type or a satisfactory substitute shall be used to hold forms in place and shall be of a type that permits ease of removal of the metal as hereinafter specified. All metal appliances used inside of forms for alignment purposes shall be removed to a depth of at least one-half inch (1/2”) from the concrete surface. They shall be made so the metal may be removed without undue chipping or spalling, and when removed, shall leave a smooth opening in the concrete surface. Burning off of rods, bolts or ties will not be permitted. Any wire ties used shall be cut back at least one-half inch (1/2”) from the face of the concrete. Devices holding metal ties in place shall be capable of developing the strength of the tie and adjustable to allow for proper alignment. Metal and wooden spreaders which are separate from the forms shall be removed entirely as the concrete is being placed. Adequate clean-out openings shall be proved for narrow walls and other locations where access to the bottom of the forms is not readily attainable. Prior to placing concrete, the facing of all forms shall be treated with oil or other bond breaking coating of such composition that it will not discolor or otherwise injuriously affect the concrete surface. Care shall be exercised to prevent coating of the reinforcing steel. (3) Metal Forms. The foregoing requirements for timber forms regarding design, mortar-tightness, filleted corners, beveled projections, bracing, alignment, removal, reuse and wetting shall also apply to metal forms, except that these will not require lining, unless specifically noted on the plans. The thickness of form metal shall be as required to maintain the true shape without warping or bulging. All bolt and rivet heads on the facing sides shall be countersunk. Clamps, pins or other connecting devices shall be designed to hold the forms rigidly together and to allow removal without injury to the concrete. Metal forms which do not present a smooth surface or line up properly shall not be used. Metal shall be kept free from rust, grease or other foreign materials. 6. PLACING REINFORCEMENT Reinforcement in concrete structures shall be placed carefully and accurately and rigidly supported as provided in the City Standard Specification Section 032020 "Reinforcing Steel". Reinforcing steel supports shall not be welded to I-beams or girders. 7. PLACING CONCRETE-GENERAL The minimum temperature of all concrete at the time of placement shall be not less than 50 degrees F. 038000 Page 7 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 The consistency of the concrete as placed should allow the completion of all finishing operations without the addition of water to the surface. When conditions are such that additional moisture is needed for finishing, the required water shall be applied to the surface by fog spray only, and shall be held to a minimum amount. Fog spray for this purpose may be applied with hand operated fogging equipment. The maximum time interval between the addition of cement to the batch and the placing of concrete in the forms shall not exceed the following: Air or Concrete Temperature Maximum Time Non-Agitated Concrete: Above 80 degrees F 15 minutes Up to 80 degrees F 30 minutes Agitated Concrete: Above 90 degrees F 45 minutes 75 degrees F to 90 degrees F 60 minutes 35 degrees F to 74 degrees F 90 minutes The use of an approved retarding agent in the concrete will permit the extension of each of the above temperature-time maximums by 30 minutes for direct traffic culverts, and one hour for all other concrete except that the maximum time shall not exceed 30 minutes for non-agitated concrete. Before starting work, the Contractor shall inform the Engineer fully of the construction methods he proposes to use, the adequacy of which shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer. The Contractor shall give the Engineer sufficient advance notice before placing concrete in any unit of the structure to permit the inspection of forms, reinforcing steel placement, and other preparations. Concrete shall not be placed in any unit prior to the completion of formwork and placement of reinforcement therein. Concrete mixing, placing and finishing shall be done during daylight hours, unless adequate provisions are made to light the entire site of all operations. Concrete placement will not be permitted when impending weather conditions will impair the quality of the finished work. If rainfall should occur after placing operations are started, the Contractor shall provide ample covering to protect the work. In case of drop in temperature, the provisions set forth in Article "Placing Concrete in Cold Weather" of this specification shall be applied. The placing of concrete shall be regulated so the pressures caused by the plastic concrete shall not exceed the loads used in form design. 038000 Page 8 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 The method of handling, placing and consolidation of concrete shall minimize segregation and displacement of the reinforcement, and produce a uniformly dense and compact mass. Concrete shall not have a free fall of more than 5 feet, except in the case of thin walls such as in culverts. Any hardened concrete spatter ahead of the plastic concrete shall be removed. The method and equipment used to transport concrete to the forms shall be capable of maintaining the rate of placement approved by the Engineer. Concrete may be transported by buckets, chutes, buggies, belt conveyors, pumps or other acceptable methods. When belt conveyors or pumps are used, sampling for testing will be done at the discharge end. Concrete transported by conveyors shall be protected from sun and wind, if necessary, to prevent loss of slump and workability. Pipes through which concrete is pumped shall be shaded and/or wrapped with wet burlap, if necessary, to prevent loss of slump and workability. Concrete shall not be transported through aluminum pipes, tubes or other aluminum equipment. Chutes, troughs, conveyors or pipes shall be arranged and used so that the concrete ingredients will not be separated. When steep slopes are necessary, the chutes shall be equipped with baffle boards or made in short lengths that reverse the direction of movement, or the chute ends shall terminate in vertical downspouts. Open troughs and chutes shall extend, if necessary, down inside the forms or through holes left in them. All transporting equipment shall be kept clean and free from hardened concrete coatings. Water used for cleaning shall be discharged clear of the concrete. Each part of the forms shall be filled by depositing concrete as near its final position as possible. The coarse aggregate shall be worked back from the face and the concrete forced under and around the reinforcement bars without displacing them. Depositing large quantities at one point and running or working it along the forms will not be allowed. Concrete shall be deposited in the forms in layers of suitable depth but not more than 36 inches in thickness, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. The sequence of successive layers or adjacent portions of concrete shall be such that they can be vibrated into a homogenous mass with the previously placed concrete without a cold joint. Not more than one hour shall elapse between adjacent or successive placements of concrete. Unauthorized construction joints shall be avoided by placing all concrete between the authorized joints in one continuous operation. An approved retarding agent shall be used to control stress cracks and/or unauthorized cold joints in mass placements where differential settlement and/or setting time may induce stress cracking. Openings in forms shall be provided, if needed, for the removal of laitance of foreign matter of any kind. All forms shall be wetted thoroughly before the concrete is placed therein. All concrete shall be well consolidated and the mortar flushed to the form surfaces by continuous working with immersion type vibrators. Vibrators which operate by attachment to forms or reinforcement will not be permitted, except on steel forms. At least one stand-by vibrator shall be 038000 Page 9 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 provided for emergency use in addition to those required for placement. The concrete shall be vibrated immediately after deposit. Prior to the beginning of work, a systematic spacing of the points of vibration shall be established to insure complete consolidation and thorough working of the concrete around the reinforcement, embedded fixtures, and into the corners and angles of the forms. Immersion type vibrators shall be inserted vertically, at points 18 to 30 inches apart, and slowly withdrawn. The vibrator may be inserted in a sloping or horizontal position in shallow slabs. The entire depth of each lift shall be vibrated, allowing the vibrator to penetrate several inches into the preceding lift. Concrete along construction joints shall be thoroughly consolidated by operating the vibrator along and close to but not against the joint surface. The vibration shall continue until thorough consolidation, and complete embedment of reinforcement and fixtures is produced, but not long enough to cause segregation. Vibration may be supplemented by hand spading or rodding, if necessary, to insure the flushing of mortar to the surface of all forms. Slab concrete shall be mixed in a plant located off the structure. Carting or wheeling concrete batches over completed slabs will not be permitted until they have aged at least four (4) full curing days. If carts are used, timber planking will be required for the remainder of the curing period. Carts shall be equipped with pneumatic tires. Curing operations shall not be interrupted for the purpose of wheeling concrete over finished slabs. After concrete has attained its initial set, at least one (1) curing day shall elapse before placing strain on projecting reinforcement to prevent damage to the concrete. The storing of reinforcing or structural steel on completed roadway slabs generally shall be avoided and, when permitted, shall be limited to quantities and distribution that will not induce excessive stresses. 8. PLACING CONCRETE IN COLD WEATHER (1) Cast-in-Place Concrete. Concrete may be placed when the atmospheric temperature is not less than 35 degrees F. Concrete shall not be placed in contact with any material coated with frost or having a temperature less than 32 degrees F. Aggregates shall be free from ice, frost and frozen lumps. When required, in order to produce the minimum specified concrete temperature, the aggregate and/or the water shall be heated uniformly, in accordance with the following: The water temperature shall not exceed 180 degrees F, and/or the aggregate temperature shall not exceed 150 degrees F. The heating apparatus shall heat the mass of aggregate uniformly. The temperature of the mixture of aggregates and water shall be between 50 degrees F and 85 degrees F before introduction of the cement. All concrete shall be effectively protected as follows: (a) The temperature of slab concrete of all unformed surfaces shall be maintained at 50 degrees F or above for a period of 72 hours from time of placement and above 40 degrees F for an additional 72 hours. 038000 Page 10 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 (b) The temperature at the surface of all concrete in piers, culverts walls, retaining walls, parapets, wingwalls, bottoms of slabs, and other similar formed concrete shall be maintained at 40 degrees F or above for a period of 72 hours from time of placement. (c) The temperature of all concrete, including the bottom slabs of culverts placed on or in the ground, shall be maintained above 32 degrees F for a period of 72 hours from time of placement. Protection shall consist of providing additional covering, insulated forms or other means, and if necessary, supplementing such covering with artificial heating. Curing as specified under Article "Curing Concrete" of this specification shall be provided during this period until all requirements for curing have been satisfied. When impending weather conditions indicate the possibility of the need for such temperature protection, all necessary heating and covering material shall be on hand ready for use before permission is granted to begin placement. Sufficient extra test specimens will be made and cured with the placement to ascertain the condition of the concrete as placed, prior to form removal and acceptance. (2) Precast Concrete. A fabricating plant for precast products which has adequate protection from cold weather in the form of permanent or portable framework and covering, which protects the concrete when placed in the forms, and is equipped with approved steam curing facilities, may place concrete under any low temperature conditions provided: (a) The framework and covering are placed and heat is provided for the concrete and the forms within one hour after the concrete is placed. This shall not be construed to be one hour after the last concrete is placed, but that no concrete shall remain unprotected longer than one hour. (b) Steam heat shall keep the air surrounding the concrete between 50 degrees F and 85 degrees F for a minimum of three hours prior to beginning the temperature rise which is required for steam curing. (c) For fabricating plants without the above facilities and for job site precast products, the requirements of the Article "Curing Concrete" of this specification shall apply. The Contractor is responsible for the protection of concrete placed under any and all weather conditions. Permission given by the Engineer for placing concrete during freezing weather will in no way relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for producing concrete equal in quality to that placed under normal conditions. Should concrete placed under such conditions prove unsatisfactory, it shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost. 038000 Page 11 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 9. PLACING CONCRETE IN WATER Concrete shall be deposited in water only when specified on the plans or with written permission by the Engineer. The forms or cofferdams shall be sufficiently tight to prevent any water current passing through the space in which the concrete is being deposited. Pumping will not be permitted during the concrete placing, nor until it has set for at least 36 hours. The concrete shall be placed with a tremie, closed bottom-dump bucket, or other approved method, and shall not be permitted to fall freely through the water nor shall it be disturbed after it has been placed. The concrete surface shall be kept approximately level during placement. The tremie shall consist of a water-tight tube 14 inches or less in diameter. It shall be constructed so that the bottom can be sealed and opened after it is in place and fully charged with concrete. It shall be supported so that it can be easily moved horizontally to cover all the work area and vertically to control the concrete flow. Bottom-dump buckets used for underwater placing shall have a capacity of not less than one-half cubic yard. It shall be lowered gradually and carefully until it rests upon the concrete already placed and raised very slowly during the upward travel; the intent being to maintain still water at the point of discharge and to avoid agitating the mixture. The placing operations shall be continuous until the work is complete. 10. PLACING CONCRETE IN BOX CULVERTS In general, construction joints will be permitted only where shown on the plans. Where the top slab and walls are placed monolithically in culverts more than 4 feet in clear height, an interval of not less than one (1) nor more than two (2) hours shall elapse before placing the top slab to allow for shrinkage in the wall concrete. The base slab shall be finished accurately at the proper time to provide a smooth uniform surface. Top slabs which carry direct traffic shall be finished as specified for roadway slabs in Article "Finish of Roadway Slabs". Top slabs of fill type culverts shall be given a reasonably smooth float finish. 11. PLACING CONCRETE IN FOUNDATIONS AND SUBSTRUCTURE Concrete shall not be placed in footings until the depth and character of the foundation has been inspected by the Engineer and permission has been given to proceed. Placing of concrete footings upon seal concrete courses will be permitted after the caissons or cofferdams are free from water and the seal concrete course cleaned. Any necessary pumping or bailing during the concreting operation shall be done from a suitable sump located outside the forms. All temporary wales or braces inside cofferdams or caissons shall be constructed or adjusted as the work proceeds to prevent unauthorized construction joints in footings or shafts. 038000 Page 12 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 When footings can be placed in a dry excavation without the use of cofferdams or caissons, forms may be omitted, if desired by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer, and the entire excavation filled with concrete to the elevation of the top of footing; in which case, measurement for payment will be based on the footing dimensions shown on the plans. 12. TREATMENT AND FINISHING OF HORIZONTAL SURFACES EXCEPT ROADWAY SLABS All unformed upper surfaces shall be struck off to grade and finished. The use of mortar topping for surfaces under this classification will not be permitted. After the concrete has been struck off, the surface shall be floated with a suitable float. Sidewalks shall be given a wood float or broom finish, or may be striped with a brush, as specified by the Engineer. Other surfaces shall be wood float finished and striped with a fine brush leaving a fine- grained texture. 13. FINISH OF ROADWAY SLABS As soon as the concrete has been placed and vibrated in a section of sufficient width to permit working, the surface shall be approximately leveled, struck off and screeded, carrying a slight excess of concrete ahead of the screed to insure filling of all low spots. The screed shall be designed rigid enough to hold true to shape and shall have sufficient adjustments to provide for the required camber. A vibrating screed may be used if heavy enough to prevent undue distortion. The screeds shall be provided with a metal edge. Longitudinal screeds shall be moved across the concrete with a saw-like motion while their ends rest on headers or templates set true to the roadway grade or on the adjacent finished slab. The surface of the concrete shall be screeded a sufficient number of times and at such intervals to produce a uniform surface, true to grade and free of voids. If necessary, the screeded surface shall be worked to smooth finish with a long handled wood or metal float of the proper size, or hand floated from bridges over the slab. When required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall perform sufficient checks with a long handled 10-foot straightedge on the plastic concrete to insure that the final surface will be within the tolerances specified below. The check shall be made with the straightedge parallel to the centerline. Each pass thereof shall lap half of the preceding pass. All high spots shall be removed and all depressions over one-sixteenth inch (1/16”) in depth shall be filled with fresh concrete and floated. The checking and floating shall be continued until the surface is true to grade and free of depressions, high spots, voids or rough spots. Rail support holes shall be filled with concrete and finished to match the top of the slab. Surface Texturing. Perform surface texturing using a either carpet drag or metal tining as indicated on the drawings. Complete final texturing before the concrete has attained its initial set. Draw the carpet drag 038000 Page 13 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 longitudinally along the pavement surface with the carpet contact surface area adjusted to provide a satisfactory coarsely textured surface. A metal-tine texture finish is required using a tining machine unless otherwise shown on the plans. Provide the metal-tine finish immediately after the concrete surface has set enough for consistent tining. Operate the metal-tine device to obtain grooves spaced at 1 in., approximately 3/16 in. deep, with a minimum depth of 1/8 in., and approximately 1/12 in. wide. Do not overlap a previously tined area. Use manual methods for achieving similar results on ramps and other irregular sections of pavements. Repair damage to the edge of the slab and joints immediately after texturing. Do not tine pavement that will be overlaid. Upon completion of the floating and/or straight edging and before the disappearance of the moisture sheen, the surface shall be given a broom or burlap drag finish. The grooves of these finishes shall be parallel to the structure centerline. It is the intent that the average texture depth resulting from the number of tests directed by the Engineer be not less than 0.035 inch with a minimum texture depth of 0.030 inch for any one test when tested in accordance with TxDOT Test Method Tex-436-A. Should the texture depth fall below that intended, the finishing procedures shall be revised to produce the desired texture. After the concrete has attained its final set, the roadway surface shall be tested with a standard 10- foot straightedge. The straightedge shall be placed parallel to the centerline of roadway to bridge any depressions and touch high spots. Ordinates of irregularities measured from the face of the straightedge to the surface of the slab shall not exceed one-eighth of an inch (1/8”), making proper allowances for camber, vertical curvature and surface texture. Occasional variations, not exceeding three-sixteenth of an inch (3/16”) will be acceptable, if in the opinion of the Engineer it will not affect the riding qualities. When directed by the Engineer, irregularities exceeding the above requirements shall be corrected. In all roadway slab finishing operations, camber for specified vertical curvature and transverse slopes shall be provided. 14. CURING CONCRETE The Contractor shall inform the Engineer fully of the methods and procedures proposed for curing; shall provide the proper equipment and material in adequate amounts; and shall have the proposed methods, equipment and material approved prior to placing concrete. Inadequate curing and/or facilities, therefore, shall be cause for the Engineer to stop all construction on the job until remedial action is taken. All concrete shall be cured for a period of four (4) curing days except as noted herein. 038000 Page 14 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 EXCEPTIONS TO 4-DAY CURING Description Required Curing Upper Surfaces of Bridge Slabs and 8 curing days (Type I or III) cement Top Slabs of Direct Traffic Culverts 10 curing days (Type II cement) Concrete Piling (non-prestressed) 6 curing days When the air temperature is expected to drop below 35 degrees F, the water curing mats shall be covered with polyethylene sheeting, burlap-polyethylene blankets or other material to provide the protection required by Article "Placing Concrete in Cold Weather" of these specifications. A curing day is defined as a calendar day when the temperature, taken in the shade away from artificial heat, is above 50 degrees F for at least 19 hours (colder days if satisfactory provisions are made to maintain the temperature of all surfaces of the concrete above 40 degrees F for the entire 24 hours). The required curing period shall begin when all concrete therein has attained its initial set. The following methods are permitted for curing concrete subject to the restrictions of Table 1 and the following requirements for each method of curing. (1) Form Curing. When forms are left in contact with the concrete, other curing methods will not be required except for cold weather protection. (2) Water Curing. All exposed surfaces of the concrete shall be kept wet continuously for the required curing time. The water used for curing shall meet the requirements for concrete mixing water as specified in the specification Section 030020 "Portland Cement Concrete". Seawater will not be permitted. Water which stains or leaves an unsightly residue shall not be used. (a) Wet Mat. Cotton mats shall be used for this curing method. They shall be placed as soon as possible after the surface has sufficiently hardened to prevent damage to the concrete. (See Article, "Placing Concrete" of this specification.) Damp burlap blankets made from nine-ounce stock may be placed on the damp concrete surface for temporary protection prior to the application of the cotton mats which may be placed dry and wetted down after placement. The mats shall be weighted down adequately to provide continuous contact with all concrete surfaces where possible. The surfaces of the concrete shall be kept wet for the required curing time. Surfaces which cannot be cured by contact shall be enclosed with mats and anchored positively to the forms or to the ground so that outside air cannot enter the enclosure. Sufficient moisture shall be provided inside the enclosure to keep all surfaces of the concrete wet. (b) Water Spray. This curing method shall consist of overlapping sprays or sprinklers that keep all unformed surfaces continuously wet. (c) Ponding. This curing method requires the covering of the surfaces with a minimum of two inches (2”) of clean granular material, kept wet at all times, or a minimum of one-inch 038000 Page 15 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 (1”) depth of water. Satisfactory provisions shall be made to provide a dam to retain the water or saturated granular material. (3) Membrane Curing. This consists of curing concrete pavement, concrete pavement (base), curbs, gutters, retards, sidewalks, driveways, medians, islands, concrete riprap, cement-stabilized riprap, concrete structures and other concrete as indicated on the plans by impervious membrane method. Unless otherwise provided herein or shown on the plans, either Type 1-D or Type 2 membrane curing compound may be used where permitted except that Type 1-D (Resin Base Only) will be required for slab concrete in bridge decks and top slabs of direct traffic culverts. TABLE 1 REQUIRED PERMITTED STRUCTURE UNIT DESCRIPTION WATER FOR CURING MEMBRANE FOR INTERIM CURING WATER FOR CURING MEMBRANE FOR INTERIM CURING 1 Top slabs of direct traffic culverts X X 2 Top surface of any concrete unit upon which concrete is to be placed and bonded at a later interval (Stub walls, risers, etc.). Other superstructure concrete (wing walls, parapet walls, etc.) X 3 Concrete pavement (base), curbs, gutters, retards, sidewalks, driveways, medians, islands, concrete structures, concrete riprap, etc. X* X* 4 All substructure concrete, culverts, box sewers, inlets, manholes, retaining walls X* X* *Polyethylene sheeting, burlap-polyethylene mats or laminated mats to prevent outside air from entering will be considered equivalent to water or membrane curing for items 3 and 4. 038000 Page 16 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 Membrane curing shall not be applied to dry surfaces, but shall be applied just after free moisture has disappeared. Formed surfaces and surfaces which have been given a first rub shall be dampened and shall be moist at the time of application of the membrane. When membrane is used for complete curing, the film shall remain unbroken for the minimum curing period specified. Membrane which is damaged shall be corrected immediately by reapplication of membrane. Unless otherwise noted herein or on the plans, the choice of membrane type shall be at the option of the Contractor. Only one type of curing compound will be permitted on any one structure. The membrane curing compound shall be applied after the surface finishing has been completed, and immediately after the free surface moisture has disappeared. The surface shall be sealed with a single uniform coating of curing compound applied at the rate of coverage recommended by the manufacturer and directed by the Engineer, but not less than 1 gallon per 180 square feet of area. The Contractor shall provide satisfactory means and facilities to properly control and check the rate of application of the compound. The compound shall be thoroughly agitated during its use and shall be applied by means of approved mechanical power pressure sprayers. The sprayers used to apply the membrane to concrete pavement or concrete pavement (base) shall travel at uniform speed along the forms and be mechanically driven. The equipment shall be of such design that it will insure uniform and even application of the membrane material. The sprayers shall be equipped with satisfactory atomizing nozzles. Only on small miscellaneous items will the Contractor be permitted to use hand-powered spray equipment. For all spraying equipment, the Contractor shall provide facilities to prevent the loss of the compound between the nozzle and the concrete surface during the spraying operations. The compounds shall not be applied to a dry surface. If the surface of the concrete has become dry, it shall be moistened prior to application of membrane by fogging or mist application. Sprinkling or coarse spraying will not be allowed. At locations where the coating shows discontinuities, pinholes or other defects, or if rain falls on the newly-coated surface before the film has dried sufficiently to resist damage, an additional coat of the compound shall be applied immediately at the same rate of coverage specified herein. To insure proper coverage, the Engineer shall inspect all treated areas after application of the compound for the period of time designated in the governing specification for curing, either for membrane curing or for other methods. Should the foregoing indicate that any area during the curing period is not protected, an additional coat or coats of the compound shall be applied immediately, and the rate of application of the membrane compound shall be increased until all areas are uniformly covered. When temperatures are such as to warrant protection against freezing, curing by this method shall be supplemented with an approved insulating material capable of protecting the concrete for the specified curing period. If at any time there is reason to believe that this method of curing is unsatisfactory or is detrimental 038000 Page 17 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 to the work, the Contractor, when notified, shall immediately cease the use of this method and shall change to curing by one of the other methods specified under this contract. 15. REMOVAL OF FORMS Except as herein provided, forms for vertical surfaces may be removed when the concrete has aged not less than one day (24 hours) when Type I and Type II cement is used, and not less than one-half day (12 hours) when Type III cement is used, provided it can be done without damage to the concrete. Forms for inside curb faces may be removed in approximately three hours provided it can be done without damage to the curb. 16. FINISHING EXPOSED SURFACES Concrete shall be finished as required in the specification Section for the respective item or as otherwise specified on the plans. An ordinary surface finish shall be applied to all concrete surfaces either as a final finish or preparatory to a higher finish. Ordinary Surface Finish shall be as follows: After form removal, all porous or honey-combed areas and spalled areas shall be corrected by chipping away all loose or broken material to sound concrete. Feather edges shall be eliminated by cutting a face perpendicular to the surface. Shallow cavities shall be repaired using adhesive grout or epoxy grout. If judged repairable by the Engineer, large defective areas shall be corrected using concrete or other material approved by the Engineer. Holes and spalls caused by removal of metal ties, etc., shall be cleaned and filled with adhesive grout or epoxy grout. Exposed parts of metal chairs on surfaces to be finished by rubbing, shall be chipped out to a depth of one-half inch (1/2") and the surface repaired. All fins, runs, drips or mortar shall be removed from surfaces which remain exposed. Form marks and chamfer edges shall be smoothed by grinding and/or dry rubbing. Grease, oil, dirt, curing compound, etc., shall be removed from surfaces requiring a higher grade of finish. Discolorations resulting from spillage or splashing of asphalt, paint or other similar material shall be removed. Repairs shall be dense, well bonded and properly cured, and when made on surfaces which remain exposed and do not require a higher finish, shall be finished to blend with the surrounding concrete. 038000 Page 18 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 17. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, no direct measurement or payment will be made for the work to be done or the equipment to be furnished under this specification, but it shall be considered subsidiary to the particular items required by the plans and the contract documents. 038000 Page 19 of 19 Rev. 3-25-2015 SECTION 055420 FRAMES, GRATES, RINGS AND COVERS 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for the furnishing and installation of frames, grates, rings and covers for inlets, manholes and other structures in accordance with those details. Steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A36 “Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel”. 2. MATERIALS Welded steel grates and frames shall conform to the member size, dimensions and details shown on the plans and shall be welded into an assembly in accordance with those details. Steel shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A36. Castings, whether Carbon-Steel, Gray Cast Iron or Ductile Iron, shall conform to the shape and dimensions shown on the plans and shall be clean substantial castings, free from burnt-on sand or blow holes, and shall be reasonable smooth. Runners, risers, fins, and other cast-on pieces shall be removed from the castings and such areas ground smooth. Bearing surfaces between manhole rings and covers or grates and frames shall be cast or machined with such precision that uniform bearing shall be provided throughout the perimeter contact area. Pairs of machined castings shall be matchmarked to facilitate subsequent identification at installation. Steel castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A27 "Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, for General Application". Grade 70-36 shall be furnished unless otherwise specified. Cast Iron castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A48 "Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings", Class 30. Ductile iron castings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM Designation: A536 "Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Castings". Grade 60-40-18 shall be used otherwise specified. 3. CONSTRUCTION METHODS Frames, grates, rings and covers shall be constructed of the materials as specified and in accordance with the details shown on the plans, and shall be placed carefully to the lines and grades indicated on the plans or as directed by the Engineer. All welding shall conform to the requirements of the latest American Welding Society Specifications. Frames, grates, rings and covers shall be given one coat of a commercial grade red lead and oil paint and two coats of commercial grade aluminum paint. 055420 Page 1 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 Painting on gray iron castings will not be required, except when used in conjunction with structural steel shapes. Commercial grade galvanized bolts and nuts shall be used. The zinc coating shall be uniform in thickness, smooth and continuous. 4. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Unless otherwise specified on the Bid Form, frames, grates, rings and covers will not be measured for payment, but shall be considered subsidiary to other bid items. 055420 Page 2 of 2 Rev. 3-25-2015 099020 11/6/89 Page 1 of 16 SECTION 099020 PAINTING (S-56) 1. DESCRIPTION This specification shall govern for all work necessary to provide all painting required to complete the project. 2. INTENT All ferrous metal or unfinished material furnished on this project shall be furnished with a protective coating, but stainless steel, aluminum, bronze, copper, lead, and galvanized surfaces are not to be painted. Any factory painted item that is damaged or shows any sign of corrosion prior to the date of substantial completion shall be repainted by the Contractor. Concrete or concrete block is to be painted only when shown on the drawings to be painted. COLORS All colors shall be selected by the Engineer and/or Owner. The Contractor shall prepare samples of colors for approval by the Engineer and/or Owner. SAMPLES The Contractor shall submit for approval samples of paint materials proposed for use, in three displays of each kind of color of paint to be applied. The Contractor shall make panels used for displays, representative of respective types of surfaces to which several kinds and colors are to be applied in actual work. The Contractor shall not order paint materials until color selections have been made and samples approved. 3. PREPARATION OF SURFACES 3.1 General: All surfaces shall be clean when paint is applied. 3.2 Concrete and Masonry: The Contractor shall clean all concrete surfaces with mechanical abrasion (brushing) and water blast. The last step in the cleaning of surfaces other than sanitary sewer wet wells shall be to wash the surface to be painted with a 20% solution of muriatic acid and then rinse with potable water. In cleaning sanitary wet wells, all corroded concrete shall be removed as indicated above and the surface shall be washed with a solution of potable water and sodium hydroxide and then rinsed with potable water. The surface shall be thoroughly dry when paint is applied. 3.3 Metal: a. General: All metal surface to be painted shall be cleaned by sandblasting, except items that are shop coated. Cleaning shall be to "Near White Metal" SP-10 or NACE #2, or "Commercial Grade" SSPC-6 or NACE #3. One of these two methods will be specified where blast cleaning is required. NOTE: All submerged surfaces will require a "Near White Metal" (SP-10 or NACE #2 blast), without exception. b. "Near White Metal": Sandblast cleaning SP-10 or NACE #2. Definition and procedure as follows: "Near White Metal" is a method of preparing the metal surfaces for the application of protective coatings by removing mill scale, rust, oil paint, and any foreign matter by propelling sand through a nozzle with compressed air. This is defined as a surface, gray white in appearance, being almost a completely uniform metallic color, with very light shadows allowed over less than 10% of the surface area. Procedure: (1) Before blasting, grind smooth any rough welds and sharp edges. (2) Remove heavy deposits of oil and grease by detergent cleaning using one pound Sodium Meta Silicate per five gallons of water. (3) The sand used shall be 16-35 mesh, or 20-60 (unless otherwise specified) sharp angular grained silica sand that is fresh water washed, dried, properly graded and delivered to the job site in moisture proof bags (bulk sand of equal quality and size is acceptable). Sand shall not be re -used. (4) Compressed air shall be delivered at a minimum nozzle pressure of 90 p.s.i. not to exceed 110 p.s.i. This shall be free of detrimental amounts of condensed water and oil. (5) All blast products shall be swept or blown from the surface before priming commences. (6) Blast cleaning will not be conducted on surfaces that may become wet after blasting and before priming is complete, or when surfaces are less than 5E above dew point, or when relative humidity is above 85% (7) The blasted surface shall be primed within 8 hours. c. "Commercial" Blast Cleaning (SP -6 of NACE #3) Definition and Procedure: Commercial blast cleaning is a method of preparing metal surfaces for painting by removing mill scale, rust, rust scale, paint or foreign matter by the use of abrasive propelled through nozzles or by centrifugal wheels. Heavy deposits of grease or oils shall be removed by No. 1 "Solvent Cleaning" prior to blasting. "Commercial" blast cleaning entails the removal of practically all rust, mill scale and other detrimental matter from the surface. The surface will not necessarily be uniform in color, nor will all surfaces uniformly clean since the original condition of the surface will affect the final result. (If surface, prior to cleaning, is in such bad condition that the cleaning, when done according to this specification, results in a surface unsatisfactory to the Owner or suitable for very severe service, the No. 10 Blast Cleaning to "Near White Metal" shall be specified.) Less than 30% light shadow shall be visible. Procedure: (1) Remove heavy deposits of grease or oil by detergent cleaning. (2) The sand shall be 20-40 mesh, unless otherwise specified, fresh water washed, dried, properly graded and delivered to the job site in vapor proof bags, or bulk. Sand shall not be re -used. (3) Compressed air shall be delivered at a minimum nozzle pressure of 90E p.s.i., not to exceed 100 p.s.i. This shall be free of condensed water and oil (use moisture traps). (4) Blow or sweep off the excess blast products from the surface. (5) Prime the blasted surface within 8 hours. 099020 11/6/89 Page 2 of 16 (6) Blasting shall not be conducted when relative humidity is in excess of 85% or surfaces are less than 5E above the dew point, unless approved by the Engineer. d. Removal of Oil and Grease: Remove oil and grease with approved solvents such as Naptha, or by steam combined with approved detergent. USE OF GASOLINE OR KEROSENE NOT PERMITTED. e. Scraping, Grinding and Chipping: Scrapers or other suitable grinding and chipping tools may be used for removal of existing paint coating prior to repainting, or for cleaning before application of secondary coats only when approved by the Engineer. f. Sandblasting: Clean such surfaces by "Near White" or "Commercial" sandblasting and leave clean, dry, and ready to receive prime coat. River sand must be graded and washed to insure removal of clayey material. Remove all dust and sand from surfaces before painting. Take care to remove all sand and grit around and between joints of connecting members. Schedule operations to avoid settling of dust or grit on freshly painted surfaces and adequately protect machinery or other equipment in vicinity of sandblasting work. 4. STORING AND MIXING OF PAINT: The Contractor shall use one convenient location for storing and mixing of paint materials, and keep and approved type fire extinguisher available in this area. The Contractor shall protect areas where paint is stored or painting is done and he shall remove all oily rags and waste from building at close of each day. 5. WEATHER AND SITE CONDITIONS: 5.1 Temperature: Painting shall not be accomplished when either the surface or ambient temperatures are less than 50E or when temperature drop of 20EF, or below 50E Fahrenheit, is forecast. NOTE: Material shall be stored in area where the extreme cold or heat will not greatly affect viscosity. Coatings apply much better when product temperature is held within 60E - 90E F range (77E F is optimum). 5.2 Humidity: Painting shall not be accomplished during misty or rainy weather, or on surfaces that have any frost or moisture. Painting shall not be permitted at temperatures less than 5EF above the dew point. 5.3 Wind and Dust: Painting shall not be accomplished in dusty rooms or on the exterior during excessive wind. The Engineer shall be the sole judge as to what constitutes excessive wind. 6. APPLICATION PROCEDURES: 6.1 General: Paint shall be applied by skilled workmen. Paint may be applied with brush or spray equipment. Paint shall be applied in even and thorough coats, without runs, sags or other blemishes. Contractor shall properly sand paint surfaces between coats of enamel, paint or shellac when applied to any surface other than masonry. Apply paints in accordance with manufacturer's 099020 11/6/89 Page 3 of 16 recommendations. Do not apply finish field painting to machinery, equipment, or piping until operational testing has been completed. 6.2 Driving Time: Allow thorough drying time of each coat before succeeding coat is applied, except when manufacturer recommends otherwise, or as specified herein. 6.3 Coverage: Shall be as recommended by manufacturer. 6.4 Delivery of Paint: Contractor shall deliver paint to the site in original, unbroken, sealed containers, with manufacturer's label attached. 6.5 Thinners and Solvents: Contractor shall use only those thinners and solvents specified in paint formulas of paint being used and mix in proportions as recommended by paint manufacturer. 6.6 Brush Application: Contractor shall apply paint in uniform thickness consistent with specified coverage and with sufficient cross brushing to insure filling of surface irregularities. He shall exercise particular care in painting around rivet heads, bolt heads and nuts, in corners, restricted spaces, and on irregular concrete surfaces. 6.7 Spray Application: Contractor shall apply paint with adjustable air gun equipped with suitable water trap to remove moisture from compressed air, and with paint pot having hand or air driven agitator. Application of paint by suitable airless spray equipment is acceptable. Paint shall be applied with the width of spray not less than 6 inches nor more than 18 inches, and with suitable pressure for particular type of paint being used. Contractor shall make frequent checks to insure correct spreading rate and coating, and apply without sags, runs or "orange peel" effect. Correct all such imperfection. The Contractor shall take special care to cover edges, corners, and rivet head without bridging over of paint film. 6.8 Application of Protective Coating: When applying coats designed to prevent corrosion due to liquids and gases, the coating must be complete and absolutely free of the slightest pinhole, air pocket or other defect which would allow the entrance of either liquid or gas. 6.9 Painting Shop Coated Metal Surfaces: a. Prior to Installation: After delivery to site of work, and prior to installation, keep all shop coated metal work clean and free from corrosion. When directed, clean and re -touch damaged areas with additional primer. b. After Installation: After erection or installation of shop coated metal work, clean, and re -touch all rust spots, all places where paint has been rubbed or scraped off, and all field rivet boat head nuts. After previously applied paint has hardened, and when surfaces to receive succeeding coats of paint have been perfectly cleaned and dried, apply paint as set out elsewhere in these specifications. Allow interval of not less than 48 hours, or as recommended by manufacturer, between coats, and if surface is to be submerged in water, allow 5 days or more for hardening of final coat before 099020 11/6/89 Page 4 of 16 placing in water. c. Machinery and Electrical Equipment: After installation of machinery and electrical equipment, check base coats carefully and retouch all damaged surfaces. Do not paint nameplates, serial number bases, chrome or bronze trim, or any rotating parts. Clean off any excess paint that impairs convenient removal of covers or gauges, instrumentation or other equipment fitted with doors or covers. d. Bolted and Imbedded Surfaces: All surfaces to be blotted together, to concrete or to be imbedded in concrete or grouted, to have prime and complete finish coats applied and dried before erecting in place. 6.10 CLEANING: Upon completion of painting operations, the Contractor shall clean off all paint spots, oil, and stain from all surfaces and leave entire project in perfect condition as far as painting work is concerned. Remove from premises all containers and debris resulting from painting operations. 7. PAINTING EQUIPMENT, MACHINERY AND METAL WORK 7.1 INTERIOR METAL DOORS, FRAMES, AND WINDOWS, AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS ARCHITECTURAL METAL WORK: Prime Coat: (Surface Prep - SP -6, or PT -4 "Hot Phosphate Treat") a. 1 coat - Briners #4805 Versatile Red Primer - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T.*, or b. 1 coat - Koppers 654 Epoxy Primer - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Aquapon Red Inhibitive Primer #97-48/98 - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. *Dry Mils Thick Intermediate Coat a. 1 coat - Briners #4800 Series Polyamide-Epoxy (Versatile) - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers Glamorglaze 200 Epoxy - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Aquapon Polyamide-Epoxy Finish- Minimum 2 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. Top Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #4800 Series Polyamide-Epoxy (Versatile) Minimum 2 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers Glamorglaze 200 Epoxy - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Aquapon Polyamide Epoxy Finish - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. 7.2 EXTERIOR METAL DOORS, FRAMES, AND WINDOWS, AND OTHER 099020 11/6/89 Page 5 of 16 MISCELLANEOUS ARCHITECTURAL METAL WORK: Prime Coat: (Surface Prep -SP -6) a. 1 coat - Briners #4805 Versatile Red Primer - Minimum 2.5 D M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers 654 Epoxy Primer - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Aquapon Red Inhibitive Primer #97-48/98- - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. Intermediate Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #4817 Versatile Tan Primer - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers Glamorglaze 200 Epoxy - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T. or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Aquapon Polyamide Epoxy Finish - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. Top Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners ACRA-CLAD (Acrylic Urethane) - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers Polyurethane - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Pitthane (Polyurethane) - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T. or d. an approved equal. 7.3 INTERIOR -STRUCTURAL STEEL, HANDRAILS, WALKWAYS, AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS METAL WORK: (Sandblast "Near -White Metal", SP - 10 or NACE #2) Prime Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #4805 Versatile Red Primer - Minimum 3 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers #654 Epoxy Primer - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Aquapon Red Primer #97-48/49 - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. Intermediate Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #4817 Versatile Tan Primer - Minimum 3. D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers 200 H.B. Epoxy - Minimum 3 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Light Gray Aquapon #97-3/98, Minimum 3 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. Top Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #4800 Series Versatile Polyamide Epoxy Finish - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers Glamorglaze 200 Epoxy - Minimum 3 D.M.T. or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Aquapon Polyamide Epoxy Finish #97-51/51 - Minimum 3 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. 099020 11/6/89 Page 6 of 16 7.4 EXTERIOR -STRUCTURAL STEEL, HANDRAILS, WALKWAYS, AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS METAL WORK: (Sandblast "Near White Metal", SP - 10 or NACE #2) Prime Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #4805 Versatile Red Primer - Minimum 3 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers #654 Epoxy Primer - 2.5 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Aquapon Red Inhibitive Primer #97-48/98 - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. Intermediate Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #4817 Versatile Tan Primer - Minimum 3 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers 200 H.B. Epoxy - Minimum 3 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Light Gray Aquapon #97-3/98 - Minimum 3 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. Top Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners ACRA-CLAD (Acrylic Urethane) - Minimum 2.5 D M T , or b. 1 coat - Koppers Polyrethane - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Pitthane (Polyurethane) - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. 7.5 STRUCTURAL STEEL AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS METAL SUBMERGED IN WASTEWATER: (Sandblast "Near White Metal", SP -10 NACE #2) Prime Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners U#4817 Versatile Tan Primer - Minimum 2.5 D M T , or b. 1 coat - Koppers 654 Epoxy, Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Aquapon Green Inhibitive Primer - #97- 49/98 - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. Intermediate Coat: (Shall be applied in not less than four (4) hours and not more than fifteen (15) hours after applying the previous coat.) a. 1 coat - Briners #791 Coal Tar Epoxy - Minimum 8 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers Bitumastic 300-M Coal Tar Epoxy - Minimum 8 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Coal Tar Epoxy - Coal Cat #97-640/641 Epoxy -Minimum 8 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. Top Coat: (Shall be applied in not less than four (4) hours and not more than fifteen (15) hours after applying the previous coat.) a. 1 coat - Briners #791 Coal Tar Epoxy - Minimum 8 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers 300-M Coal Tar Epoxy - Minimum 8 D.M.T., or 099020 11/6/89 Page 7 of 16 c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Coal Tar Epoxy - Coal Cat #97-640/641 Epoxy -Minimum 8 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. 7.6 STRUCTURAL STEEL AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS METAL SUBMERGED IN POTABLE WATER: (Sandblast "Near White Metal", SP -1 or NACE #2) Prime Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #796 Non -Toxic Primer, 2 - 2.5 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers #294 Epoxy Primer - Minimum 3 D.M.T., or c. Pittsburgh (No system available), or d. 1 coat - Tnemec 20-1255 "Beige" Pota-Pox Primer - Minimum 3 D.M.T., or e. an approved equal. Intermediate Coat: (Shall be applied in not less than four (4) hours and not more than fifteen (15) hours after applying the previous coat.) a. 1 coat - Briners #797 Super Versatile Non -Toxic White - Minimum 5 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers 200 H.B. Epoxy - Minimum 6 D.M.T., or c. Pittsburgh (No system available), or d. 1 coat - Tnemec 20-2000 "White" Pota-Pox - Minimum 4 D.M.T., or e. an approved equal. Top Coat: (Shall be applied in not less than (4) hours and not more than fifteen (15) hours after applying the previous coat. a. 1 coat - Briners #797 Super Versatile Non -Toxic White - Minimum 5 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers 200 H.B. Epoxy - Minimum 6 D.M.T., or c. Pittsburgh (No system available), or d. 1 coat - Tnemec 20-2000 "White" Pota-Pox - Minimum 4 D.M.T., or e. an approved equal. 7.7 INTERIOR - SHOP PAINTED PUMPS, MACHINERY AND MOTORS: Prime Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #2810 Durapon Red Primer - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers 621 Rust Inhibitive Primer - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Multi -Prime #97-684 Minimum 2 D.M.T., or d. 1 coat - Tnemec Series 37K-77 Chem -Prime -Minimum 2 D.M.T., or e. an approved equal. Intermediate Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #2800 Series Durapon Enamel Epoxy - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers Ponkote 300 Enamel - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Aquapon Polyamide Epoxy finish - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or 099020 11/6/89 Page 8 of 16 d. 1 coat - Tnemec Series 2H Hi -Build Tnemec-Glass - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or e. an approved equal. Top Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #2800 Series Durapon Enamel Epoxy Minimum 2 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers Ponkote 300 Enamel - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Aquapon Polyamide Epoxy Finish - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or d. 1 coat - Tnemec Series 2H Hi -Build Tnemec-Glass - Minimum 2 D M.T., or e. an approved equal. 7.8 EXTERIOR - SHOP PAINTED PUMPS, MACHINERY, AND MOTORS: Prime Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #4805 Versatile Red Prime - 2.5 - 3 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers 654 Epoxy Primer 2.5 - 3 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Aquapon Red Inhibitive Primer #97-48/98 2.5 - 3 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. Intermediate Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #4817 Versatile Tan Primer - Minimum 3 D M T , or b. 1 coat - Koppers Glamorglaze 200 Epoxy - Minimum 3 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Polyamide Epoxy Gray High Solids #97- 151/159 - Minimum 5 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. Top Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners ACRA-CLAD (Acrylic Urethane) - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers Polyrethane - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Pitthane (Polyurethane) - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. 7.9 ELECTRICAL CONTROL EQUIPMENT: Prime Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #2810 Durapon Red Primer - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers 621 Rust -Inhibitive Primer - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or C. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Aquapon Red Inhibitive Primer #97-48/98 - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or d. 1 coat - Tnemec Series 37-77 Chem -Prime - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or e. an approved equal. 099020 11/6/89 Page 9 of 16 Intermediate Coat: a. b. c. d. 1 coat - Briners #2816 Minimum 2 D.M.T., or 1 coat - Koppers 300 1 coat - Pittsburgh 2 D.M.T., or an approved equal. Top coat: a. b. c. d. e. Durapon Intermediate Primer (Epoxy) - Enamel - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or Aquapon Polyamide Epoxy Finish - Minimum 1 coat - Briners #2800 Series Durapon Enamel Epoxy - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or 1 coat - Koppers 300 Enamel - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or 1 coat - Pittsburgh Aquapon Polyamide Epoxy Finish - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or 1 coat - Tnemec Series 2H High -Build - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or an approved equal. 8. PAINTING EXPOSED AND SUBMERGED METAL PIPING 8.1 EXPOSED VALVES, FITTINGS, AND PIPES: (Sandblast "Commercial Grade" SP -6 or NACE #3) Prime Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #4805 Versatuke Red Primer - Minimum 3 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers 654 Primer - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Aquapon Red Inhibitive Primer #97-48/98 - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. Intermediate Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #4817 Versatile Tan Primer - Minimum 3 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers H.B. Epoxy - Minimum 6 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Polyamide Epoxy Gray High Solids #97/151/159 - Minimum 5 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. Top Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners ACRA-CLAD (Acrylic Urethane) - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers Polyurethane - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Pitthane (Polyrethane) - Minimum 2.5 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. Color Coding: Piping shall be color coded as shown on the drawings. When coding is not shown on the drawings, the following shall apply: Sludge Line Gas Line Potable Water Line Non -Potable Chlorine Line Brown Red Blue White -stenciled "Unsafe Water" Yellow 099020 11/6/89 Page 10 of 16 Sewage Line Compressed Air Line Heating Water Lines for Digesters or Building *Dry Mils Thick Gray Green Blue with 6" red bands spaced 30" apart 8.2 VALVES, FITTINGS, AND PIPES SUBMERGED IN WASTEWATER: (Sandblast "Near White Metal" SP -10 or NACE #2) Prime Coat: (Applied at the rate recommended by the manufacturer) a. 1 coat - Briners U #4817 Versatile Tan Primer, 2.5 - 3 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Knoppers 654 Epoxy Prier, 2.5 - 3 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Aquapon Green Inhibitive Primer #97- 49/98, 2.5 - 3 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. Intermediate Coat: (Shall be applied in not less than four (4) hours and not more than fifteen (15) hours after applying the previous coat.) a. 1 coat - Briners #791 Coal Tar Epoxy - Minimum 8 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Knoppers Bitumastic 300 Coal Tar Epoxy - Minimum 8 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Coal Tar Epoxy - Coal Cat #97-640/641 Epoxy - Minimum 8 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. Top Coat: (Shall be applied not less than four (4) hours and not more than fifteen (15) hours after applying the previous coat.) a. 1 coat - Briners #791 Coal Tar Epoxy - Minimum 8 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers Bitumastic 300 Coal Tar Epoxy - Minimum 8 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Coal Tar Epoxy - Coal Cat 640-641 Epoxy Minimum 8 D.M.T., or d. an approved equal. 8.3 VALVES, FITTINGS, AND PIPES SUBMERGED IN POTABLE WATER: (Sandblast "Near White Metal" SP -10 or NACE #2) Prime Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #796 Non -Toxic Primer, Minimum D.M.T., or b. Koppers - No Primer Required, or c. Pittsburgh (No system available), or d. 1 coat - Tnemec 20-1255 "Beige" Pota-Pox Primer - Minimum 3 D.M.T., or c. an approved equal. Intermediate Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #797 Super Versatile Non -Toxic White - Minimum 4 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers 200 Epoxy - Minimum 6 D.M.T., or c. Pittsburgh (No system available), or d. 1 coat - Tnemec 20-1000 "Pota-Pox" - Minimum 4 D.M.T., or e. an approved equal. 099020 11/6/89 Page 11 of 16 Top Coat: (Should be applied within 48 hours of Intermediate (Coat) a. 1 coat - Briners #797 Super Versatile Non -Toxic White Minimum 4 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers 200 HP Epoxy - Minimum 6 D.M.T., or c. Pittsburgh (No system available), or d. 1 coat - Tnemec 20-2000 "White" Pota-Pox - Minimum 4 D.M.T., or e. an approved equal. 9.PAINTING CONCRETE AND MASONRY 9.1 INTERIOR OF CONCRETE WASTEWATER WET WELLS: Prime Coat: (Applied at the rate recommended by manufacturer) a. 1 coat - Briners #791 Coal Tar Epoxy - Minimum 8 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers Bitumastic 300-M - Minimum 8 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Coal Tax Epoxy - Coal Cat #97-640/641 Epoxy - Minimum 8 D.M.T., or d. Tnemec - No Prime Coat Required, or e. an approved equal. Top Coat: (Shall be applied in not less than four (4) hours and not more than fifteen (15) hours after applying the previous coat). a. 1 coat - Briners #791 Coal Tar Epoxy - Minimum 10 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers Bitumastic 300-M - Minimum 10 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Coal Tar Epoxy - Coal Cat #97-640/641 Epoxy - Minimum 10 D.M.T., or d. 1 coat Tnemec 46H413 Hi -Build Tnemec-Tar - Minimum 18 D.M.T., or e. an approved equal. The interior epoxy coating of concrete wastewater wet wells must be absolutely free of the slightest pinhole, air pocket, and other imperfections which allow entry of corrosive gasses. The Contractor shall provide all equipment, labor, and materials for testing and repair of pinholes and imperfections. Holiday detection shall be done with a D.E. Stearns Model 14/20 holiday detector. 9.2 INTERIOR - CONCRETE AND CONCRETE BLOCK: Prime Coat: (Applied as necessary to fill surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer) a. 1 coat - Briners #4849 Block Sealer, or b. 1 coat - Koppers Block Sealer, or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Polyamide Epoxy Filler #97-685/686, or d. 1 coat - Tnemec 54-562 Modified Epoxy Masonry Filler, or e. an approved equal. Intermediate Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #4800 Series Versatile Polyamide Epoxy - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers Glamorglaze 200 Epoxy - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Pitt -Glaze Hi Solids Epoxy - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or 099020 11/6/89 Page 12 of 16 d. 1 coat - Tnemec Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or e. an approved equal. Top Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #4800 Series Versatile Polyamide Epoxy Minimum 2 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers Glamorglaze 200 Epoxy - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Pitt -Glaze Hi Solids Epoxy Minimum 2 D.M.T., or d. 1 coat - Tnemec Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or e. an approved equal. 9.3 EXTERIOR - CONCRETE AND CONCRETE BLOCK: Prime Coat: (Applied as necessary to fill surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer.) a. 1 coat - Briners #4849 Block Sealer, or b. 1 coat - Koppers Block Sealer, or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Polyamide Epoxy Block Filler #97-685/686, or d. 1 coat - Tnemec Series 54-562 Modified Epoxy Masonry Filler, or e. an approved equal. Intermediate Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #4800 Series Versatile Polyamide Epoxy Minimum 2 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers Glamorglaze 200 Epoxy - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Aquapon Polyamide Epoxy Finish - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or d. 1 coat - Tnemec Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or e. an approved equal Top Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #4800 Series Versatile Polyamide Epoxy - Minimum 3 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Kopper Glamorglaze 200 Epoxy - Minimum 3 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Aquapon Polyamide Epoxy Finish - Minimum 3 D.M.T., or d. 1 coat - Tnemec Series 66 Hi -Build Epoxoline - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or e. an approved equal. 10. PAINT WOOD SURFACES 10.1 INTERIOR WOODWORK: Prime Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #1600 Enamel Undercoater - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers 625 Undercoater - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Enamel Undercoat 6-6 - Minimum 2 D.M.T., 099020 11/6/89 Page 13 of 16 or d. 1 coat - Tnemec Series 36-603 Undercoater or e. an approved equal. Intermediate Coat: a. b. c. d. e. - Minimum 2 D.M.T., 1 coat - Briners Duranemal - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or 1 coat - Koppers Ponkote 300 Enamel - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or 1 coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide 6-252 Series Enamel - Minimum D.M.T., or 1 coat - Tnemec Series 2H Hi -Build - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or an approved equal. Top Coat a. b. c. d. e. 1 coat - Briners Duranemal - Minimum 1 coat - Koppers Ponkote 300 Enamel 1 coat - Pittsburgh Speedhigh 6-252 D.M.T., or 2 coats - Tnemec Series 2 H Hi -Build an approved equal. 10.2 EXTERIOR WOODWORK: Prime Coat: 2 2 D.M.T., or - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or Series Enamel - Minimum 2 - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or a. 1 coat - Briners Exterior Wood Primer - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat Koppers 625 Undercoater - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide 6-809 Exterior Wood Primer (Mildew Resistant) - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or d. 1 coat - Tnemec Series 36-603 Undercoater - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or e. an approved equal. Intermediate Coat: a. b. c. d. e. 1 coat - Briners Acraflex - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or 1 coat - Koppers Rustarmor - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or 1 coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide 6-800 Series or Speedhike 1-900 Series (Mildew Resistant) - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or 1 coat - Tnemec Series 23 Enduratone - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or an approved equal. Top Coat a. b. c. d. e. 1 coat - Briners Acraflex - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or 1 coat - Koppers Rustarmor - Minimum 2 D.M.t., or 1 coat - Pittsburgh Speedhike 6-800 Series or Speedhike N-900 Series (Mildew Resistant) - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or 2 coats - Tnemec Series 23 Enduratone - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or an approved equal. 11. PAINTING GYPSUM BOARD 11.1 GENERAL INTERIOR - GYPSUM BOARD Prime Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #3400 Acra-Kote - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or 099020 11/6/89 Page 14 of 16 b. 1 coat - Koppers 600 Acrylic Emulsion - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Speedhike 6-2 Latex Sealer - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or d. 1 coat - Tnemec 51-792 PVA Sealer - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or e. an approved equal. Top Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #3400 Acra-Kote - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers 600 Acrylic Emulsion - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Speedhide 6-2 Latex Sealer - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or d. 1 coat - Tnemec Series 6 Tnemec Cryl - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or e. an approved equal. 11.2 WASHROOM, SHOWER ROOM, LOCKER ROOM INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD: Prime Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #4800 Series Versatile Polyamide Epoxy - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers Glamorglaze Wallboard Primer - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Multiprime 97-684 - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or d. 1 coat - Tnemec Series 51-792 PVA Sealer - Minimum 21 D.M.T., or e. an approved equal. Intermediate Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #4800 Series Versatile Polyamide Epoxy - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers Glamorglaze 200 Epoxy - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Aquapon #97-3/98 - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or d. 1 coat - Tnemec Series 66 Hi -Build - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or e. an approved equal. Top Coat: a. 1 coat - Briners #4800 Series Versatile Polyamide Epoxy - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or b. 1 coat - Koppers Glamorglaze 200 Epoxy - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or c. 1 coat - Pittsburgh Aquapon 97-51/51 - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or d. 1 coat - Tnemec Series 66 Hi -Build - Minimum 2 D.M.T., or e. an approved equal. 12. RESPONSIBILITY FOR PAINT SYSTEMS 12.1 The intent of this specification is to provide the Contractor with several manufacturers' paint systems on which to base his bid. The Contractor is responsible for verifying with the paint manufacturer before he purchases any material, that the paint system is suitable for use on this project and that application rates, etc., are in compliance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 13. Measurement and Payment 099020 11/6/89 Page 15 of 16 Painting shall not be measured for pay and shall be subsidiary to other work. 099020 11/6/89 Page 16 of 16 r' - '0N1 ON12:133NIJN3 ?:1aH A8 G3 IVd38d 090E 13# 1O3P0Hd 0 -71 rr, am rn J C C D Z z rri r D z rri z z rn do3 SNV1d ATV At.LINI3IIA 118 00C-18 STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL STANDARD DETAILS (3 OF 3) 117 OOC-17 STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL STANDARD DETAILS (2 OF 3) 116 OOC-16 STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL STANDARD DETAILS (1 OF 3) 115 OOC-15 STORM WATER STANDARD DETAILS (3 OF 3) 114 OOC-14 STORM WATER STANDARD DETAILS (2 OF 3) 113 OOC-13 STORM WATER STANDARD DETAILS (1 OF 3) 112 00C-12 PRECAST AREA ZONE DRAIN DETAILS 111 OOC-11 PRECAST BASE TYPE PB 110 00C-10 PRECAST BASE DETAILS 109 OOC-09 HEADWALL DETAILS v m 0 a i a m -n F cn n a z VP vx En 107 00C-07 ROCK RIPRAP WEIR AND DRAIN PLAN - SITE 3 06 OOC-06 CHANNEL AND DITCH MAINTENANCE PLAN - SITE 2 [05 O0C-05 SLOPE PAVING SUBGRADE REPAIR PLAN - SITE 1 104 00C-04 OVERALL SITE PLAN 102 CML 103 00G-03 SUMMARY OF QUANTITIES & TEST NG SCHEDULE 102 00G-02 PROJECT CONSTRUCTION NOTES & LEGEND 101 00G-01 COVER SHEET PROJECT LOCATION MAP AND SHEET INDEX 01 GENERAL SHEET NO. DRAWING NO. DESCRIPTION Z a m CO CO rrl REASON No. DATE BY DESCRIPTION (601 131 103rO2rd A[►� CEFE VALENZUELA OUTFALL MODIFICATIONS COVER SHEET PROJECT LOCATION MAP AND SHEET INDEX CITY of CORPUS CHRIST! TEXAS Deportment of Engineering Services Int HDR Engineering, Inc. Texas P.E. Am Registration No. 754 1-&,,••• �-�, 11 C••: u 1 r • . •. i RICARDO PEDRAZA i vs: 113193 '4// 0 aro Ecs ec. CENS �..rr. .1,FNALI`'_. 5-10- Zolb 9 0 0 Director of Engineering Services 0 d J L 0 31VOS dVW 9IHdV21O RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION: TYPICAL SECTION AND DETAIL SYMBOLS mg z z N rip9 10178L SVXIl `I1SIdHO SldH00 r PI "0NI 9NI2:IL3NI0N2:11H J.8 0]?JVd]2Jd 0901 c3# 1O3PO /d jgzN Nmm 0 r1 z me 0rn z ON r0 Z z co CO CA (]ONVNiLNIVW 11NNVH0) d0d SNV1d 18 OOC-18 STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL STANDARD DETAILS (3 OF 3) 17 OOC-17 STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL STANDARD DETAILS (2 OF 3) 16 OOC-16 STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL STANDARD DETAILS (1 OF 3) 115 OOC-15 STORM WATER STANDARD DETAILS (3 OF 3) 14 OOC-14 STORM WATER STANDARD DETAILS (2 OF 3) 13 OOC-13 STORM WATER STANDARD DETAILS (1 OF 3) 12 OOC-12 PRECAST AREA ZONE DRAIN DETAILS 11 OOC-11 PRECAST BASE TYPE PB 10 OOC-10 PRECAST BASE DETAILS 09 OOC-09 HEADWALL DETAILS 08 OOC-08 TYPICAL SECTIONS AND DETAILS 07 OOC-07 ROCK RIPRAP WEIR AND DRAIN PLAN - SITE 3 06 OOC-06 CHANNEL AND DITCH MAINTENANCE PLAN - SITE 2 05 OOC-05 SLOPE PAVING SUBGRADE REPAIR PLAN - SITE 1 04 OOC-04 OVERALL SITE PLAN 02 CIVIL 03 00G-03 SUMMARY OF QUANTITIES & TESTING SCHEDULE 02 00G-02 PROJECT CONSTRUCTION NOTES & LEGEND 01 00G-01 COVER SHEET PROJECT LOCATION MAP AND SHEET INDEX SHEET NO. DRAWING NO. DESCRIPTION 01 GENERAL Z GP 71 >< —10 I� • a 0-z CO"- r co 0 • o CO z CO rri CO ril REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 090113# 103COdd ADD 0 00 CEFE VALENZUELA OUTFALL MODIFICATIONS COVER SHEET PROJECT LOCATION MAP AND SHEET INDEX CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services HDR Engineering, Inc. Texas P.E. Firm Registration No. 754 .... c.,..• * ..tsv t, • t 10 RICARDO PEDRAZA J Fro% 113193 t'r• `tPENSE•0� '`‘6'.46. FNALE y�\ase-- Zo 1 5-10 - 'ON 133HS S,1NV1711SNOD 00D0 In 00>100 0 01 00 Z1 0110 0>>1!p w N -11-01- m 1mr A 1 T 1 0 • m y N O O m N Z z -<m z Z; (/Ir O�z Z N m GSD 00 m, 0101m0 , 1n D00 X 0 (Dj D 1 AO z DO �mxX�111 r1y�1y�11 Z Z D0 0 m2, Xo 0x01.01 Z V)OT>A .Tl v1d 0z O 2 1 r 1 D 0 *012 0 ofal^o2 2 z>m oZF o2mAyT1*1M,F 00 ZOZm23 Z �crD�A 10 0' 1 U110m 1 Am m > 11 0 = c V) 1n 0 E 0=I x 1�1�* z9mm =Ao5mm 2010 1N1Mi F pZfp*ID or CxJ -i2D 0Dm2.>231n �cnim z m ( D 1 C C D 1 Fri x r Vl mNN v�•vl m m'm n 4 0S 1 v m T] D o 0 A 0 N_ m C N' r 1 m m O� 1> N 2 1 .000 D Z 2_ 10 2y D w F r 1 (= mf z 2 r ZEN zi Z lE m t `G O F 1 r n V 000 0 v 00 mm1 mmo m 10 �1 0 0 V1 1mAZ 1.�100m o rrrr�1 .X011 N 0 71 2 1 m m A v 1 2 n 1 m A D m m m V-0 V 0=11 m= O m 0 0010 ,z00i 0. D = mA zrzZ T w10m (Z O, { 1<11 'X0 r 0 r m Al 0 y n m Z m 1 0 1 Z c D" n z C 1 X N zm<0 1p'^r1� 4 Z 73 N Z C N O Z N r `2 Z� 0 0z o r m V) 0 1 > �m z 1 1F 111d)I3V3 ONV NOLLVAVOX3 '0 M0 >00 -.�H7 10>Z10 100 0 Cl) m M CP z n? D D O •w f1111 (ml I N O Z • O 0 00 5 0 m r 0 7 0 W Z 0 x< 0 K Z Z a i z 0 m Z o Z -1 z F m Z D9 cm0 ADpp0 z Amt < A 0, A m o Z D A -"A • (.,( f(n ZZ1 NAO� V) 0=11 N W 2 x 01 2* F m n Z m 0 N F o m= zm0 z O10 Zz O Cz0 0 zmo 20 cn0 mc fr*1 1� X0/1 cl � 1 0 0 10 w O AD V)D D 440 -in N m O "F �Or c>'m0> cc m A �*1 0 1 ZO m A Z 1 -13 m `L 0 A 2 0 Z 0 0* A N D < 2 A 2 C .TI D> 0< 0 m 01 2 m a l "' Z-1 0 0 f D 1 2 0 < 0 A A F, Z D O= 0D u m 0 01< 1 D 1= N rm- Z 0 0V'r1N zD Nm .T] m 0 N 1 v; y r" m m 0 r1- p .X0 0 � 1r1 A •ZD] A C �Z1n W Axl OP1DO D fZ11 .01] Z 00 Z�"0-<rO, .Z7 z O v W "r 0 o 0 f" 0 1 o r = 5 z m z A m 01 0 Z M C0 0ini N2x5 0K 4z no N =Z 010-I; oz 21) v N v v 1m1 < z > o A AA 010 0y4 1 001 \ 1 m= WUc)o"y D z 1 N O ??,03Z0 -< o r V) 0 z O SLN3113MIf1O3Ll 1N3W3SV3 ONV SS3D0V v m 2303 m O m 1 0 01 10001 23 m f I Co A w w 2 0 N 2 O - Zr0- O00 ro0102cDCZo00 r0m ' Z m V) Z n AOM0OZc 0 0 0 A 0 x=Am.o0 MZ Cm Zo� N 8 21/1M ZOmCm A mrm M n -11 v,0zoA mr =2 om 0 11n 0111 N -I0 v0m 02 v 0 A D O F ODA 93 m O 2 Z 1r 0 1 01 1 0 01 0 (1 Fd DZ ci).T01 mZ 1D V OZx mA n or1- 10 > K Z 0 000 0110 U1 O OC .T1NN 0 1 z - 0 m Z''''; * ago Z1nfP*lp < C m D m 2 z .01 C v Z m o `N v 2 0 1 0 001 D w En z -1z ZF1 7'n 0 > A< 10 0 • n m 0 r v D x Z Vv? - D o ZN 0 m m =m -1 Z 4LA 0 T3 �o o M = 0 (0 m o m m A rn73 N 0 0 m 0 Z Au) 01 { PLACEMENT AND COVERAGE SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON STANDARD m g 0 0 Z �1D0 - W ZZJ Z.OA],ODi .0011 FDN nn� zA <Z1no W ADN I OOZD NO �M0 OHO 2z0 zaf00 DOCZ S 010 m01Z 14-0 00XM=Tl z m f Z .Z 1 z C= Z =I ->z D-oC Z C Z c x m O D§ mA( z8x Zp z 42, -v� N2Z >x 0005 ,1D > IA' ZiTo1 ZA oA * -0 AA AA DZA p> 01 DAA A�pm� 007 73 232 24 2 f2 rr11D2 DrON 9 A2 E'p2 Dzmmo 2 V) yr Dmr .0m1r �vr xi D V N(n Omr Omr i mmc2 010 <m 0�m �m m=� pmv0 1101 zmm mN�r 79 oP g0 100 -10 mo> -o�m z -o 2001 011 zc DIC Zo1<-i_) A0 V)m �1 Z 7501 02m DT11O 010En 01 fpr 0>0-0 ='1 mmm' Cmr 0 �PC 00N� CZC 50 x110 M m r mm =m D 1 f* 1 m = Z .T) z r -0 0 m N 1Z/ 1> O O < Oma .Z I A Z Z mO ? 0 N 0 K n 0 D� 1 CO 0 01 C 0 2 D A m A OA D m N�Z O m Z. 0 0 0 Z<00 DTD z fr*) 00DN0 1 0 Om o0r 20 03 -1 NO= V) vAD p0 (1-18 OCO� a A� naz M zmo Nox1n- poz - m mm = N 01 0 - m- p 0 0 0� N r � A y 0 m Z m z D Tl O D r�r D D CO 0 f Z Z_ 1 0-- 1 r N O D p D O N 01 1 0 1 n O A m 1 m D z = Z O Z 2 m 07 m� fZ0*1 '=•1� m a �0m ny 61x11 1"f1 z> z v.011Z 1Z Z D r 1n D v m . 0 1 (D/2 " (W� Z 1 0 0C O D A.TDI 1101 1D 73 c FNm •00 ON D 0 n N2mo no zz p. org2nn°b �2 vm?az2�` Stn 00 r� D 0 m 0 zv =s O O m m Z _ 01 0 1 1 T1 O Cr 1 01 10 z z WI Z V l r V) o Z A r m A W , D N 1An D rz* 1 01 Z D1 �' 3 010 V) 0 D r0 fDr 0 -o x 2 z r x=00 co Nv r 01 < z r Z v 5--na F, > m r v 2 0 N r in> -1730 CzoX 0) 0 2�mnno- XC D-• -1>-10)-10 z 2 r2- D mnn)iz-_ oo>m� �(po 2pw 0=� CO 1�2 rn >0 A m 1 nD w 0101 m p 07.Tm) O z 0DP1N m N 0D> 1 010 D1 010 m Pz • 0 '> ZmZ 1 AZ,� zm• mLe)01 CF (- W z 0 A m • v CO 0 A 20 N0 010 0 1A m m ON�<Z OO1m OZ Nm mm z 3N O r 00� m �(Dj NDS DS 0-71 Cop PzZ z D m z O m 0 D 2 z Dzz Z� Z 0 01 0 0 m V) f*1 F 1 p fn c *L 0 r m o m 2 .lel Z VI '*' o firr' m m m n 3< 1 CZj r X 1�11 0 1 n m 1 ZOO 1 O 1 mvr o m V) 0 O 11120 rmlm00 zmn W Z1 mA10 V ADv2 Am Zx imnm� 1DjTJ� mm D 25 mm AD� mD mnz �' Zr21 m rA2Ne m zD D�lm( 1DA 000101 m1Dp Dx Z.TIZ v1 NTDI 39 ZfZ AfZnA Om 0 n O O N O 0100 2D O ,.-1,- fr*1 �rC1J "' Z1m =.X011 "'r oc.Zml-N� a So m �r O�1 ,v) c„ o" v2z D 0 10 0 In =z vAi 0011 O m in Z ; V) 01 0 2" 1 C N p 0 m n N m A A s r Vl m ,F D DOm ;m N T7 v co OCD Z x D O v D D O D OCD v p D 03 r Om:O .TrI m m=pr O VC) Dn FC i FD N ZKAO A-O:O D D 20 .Tmlzn 1x r 01 OC r z11- vZ r DDr A m r m r 1 r 1rrr1 Z '� 0 2 o r 0 1 1 3 " f• * 1 111 f D D m A O moor Z r o x n n mrrn N .TDj m V) v N N N O r N O .T 1 01 0,C x r f *' m ZO �ADm 0 01 .0101 CO m `G -z m0.T�1 075 f*'r 27510 Z 00175 NZ 2O vF In 0 ZO co m 1 0 m N 1 m m n O1T7 N O 00101 m m�mm.0D1] n m 03 0 m=� 2=O �mO [Dj73 m vz 0120(01 012023 751 0" mA 75,0 DD r O D nm= O(CJ C(CJ D {D rn 00 D 2 CTDZm 0-m=r = z "r<10 zo 0 �01 �mA �Z D p c F 2301 N1 D1 rr m '1' m D �' V) O r z D O m �1 r r A p j m X, M -I ^0 0Dnz1 0 PA rT]y Z OZ 0O 0DAr 00100 71 Nm 0117 co 9 � o 0.��7O Z c O F m z2 Oro N 0 < m m x 2v_ =1 O r.Zm1Zm m DN 0 ry < om fm.)r c .0 oo z' �1D 0 w 1 - o c .�70? r0O 01101 m w, -.3c2, 0100 OD0 OMT O�Omrr1 �O<Z O.ZDI n0 NAvA D�z Oz GZJ pOwp00 Zjc ? 0 10 0 0 03 0 VA mD�1 T] zZ00 m �� Nr 0 01 co m zm Z1nn1 p mmm ;X' D A 1Z oD A OO O sO 0 Z 0011 o Z 1rn 0 r Dmp r~r1 z n r00mZ z ZO Z 00.X_1 ODy0 01 O0m V) 11 ocni zc T1 r r :52 (�/1:o- oA D"'2?75N1Z m\O zmm2?D010010" AA_Om0Z 0] x75 N2Dm�mA0 m CoA omaoocNm ppm1001 0 z0mmX00fmm �F�OAn O.��7 mz rN1��'TAJS N' 0 pC0= V7C C.T1 ZD0 omiriv .�7OZ Zm r 0112 S>00 0 '1> Z- r oc zo D ZO D 0 .0101 0 0112 r m 011 .,-..„r.0,-,x.-0 m. m n NZ Z� 2z D MONO Z o0� �rZ Oo O1 Z� TJ = Z 1 z O mob v2A r 0 m O z mmO z x OON01 D c m z r(mi) D F V n= x 1x01 D V Xm L. 30 M m.Z01 a (�/ 0=1 0Z _Fm o z 002 p��0D �020o co zoom,y 2�A a010 < Dco N n, Li ? m m= c2m gym? o O D 1 D 0 0 z N O r mr*�� Z' 1 NON m< m 0 V) O C A O x _ 0 v v o D C Z m c D m Z Z A 0 O 1 D c 3 m m-imy A im�1 D D n Z o m c N m O N m m V 1 r V) Z 0 1- 0 Z o A N m O N n Z z m vZ 0 r� H 2 AO2 �.T10 223 0010 01010 A�f0111 3 ZO Or 1r�OD '�O z �] O o A Z 750 A G o> �' > D Z 111 X r<*� v 0 m D 'X 1 Z NO ZpNm ZO 1 mo> 0=10 ACO 23 _0 0100 2 DTD { O fm/1 czi m m D m N 0 y mO Z o z • p vi 2r N00 0 Al O' 0 01 0 01 r -n z0 fn Z 1 Z v r " z 01 1 01 A .01 A D • r 0 75 0 z I • XOB 1VNDIS DIWWV21 )1 VWHDN39 310d 3NOHd3131 3N112131VM 03SOdOdd 3NI12131VM ONIISIX3 1 (1) 3NOHd3131 N 0 (OA) DIldO 21391d 0 m DI2110313 OV3H213A0 ®OOOC❑®Ek 21313W SVD 31OHNVW SVO 31OHNVW 012110313 1V1S303d 012113313 X08 30IAN3S ALVO D0 Iffil ®0 e 3NOHd3131 1NV21GAH 32113 31OHNVW 3NOHd3131 131NI 2J3M3S WNOlS 31OHNVW Wd01S d3SI21 HIIM 310d d3MOd 1VIS303d ALVD 310d d3MOd 13021V1 1VI213V 3d3H N3)IV1 010Hd O Z ®0 O Z 3dId 1N3A 2131VM 3A1VA 2131VM i1313W 2J31VM 31OHNVW 2131VM31SVM 1DONV3ID 2131VM31SVM Z 176•006'ZOT'LT ONIH190N VA -E° NOI I VA313 319V1 )I2IVWHJ N39 3UID3dS 31IS 2 D 0 m D 10 O D 4- - x N m>P• C mm 011 0 Z 4 ODO PO { O 0 _ z2 Zz.� z r 001 caO 0 9 xx0 9 C O 10 < E Z�1 Z N< 0 " A 0 2 0 2 D m Z=u) <(/1 N m v ADO 1 p[ n r 0 C A O 01 0 01 Z< f r D F m0 Z 2 0 XI 0= >>=01 m � V) A'() CO v F o m z< D m m D 2 m A 1 w- 0 00 2 N ZO D m 0 z 0 U1 Z p _ 1011_ _, V) DOA 0m��07 1z2 �1no 0O D C r 100 rt--r:A 20Z -x')10 O'1' 0 1 x m= 0 O Z 1�00, A mz <X. Z E Z V) '^mrN*10 zD 0=' 110 0 N v 01 0 N N Z 0 D T) r z D 0 f N N r 0 Dp 00 Or 001 2 ,�m7 mn {Dr 0D min F >mm zo " 0> 0 D m m D x 01 111 D 01 -IN Z 01 0 0 0 rF D imam 1c H00 D A z N 0 K A 1 COr .TI m C r m 10 .Tl O m 1 - m QAI- 0 n0 vN 0 m m v 1 0 v O 0 o m o f 133 M R) 0] 1 x 00 0 m N O X • Z Z • V m n o 1n o C 0 z co -H 0 m Z 0 NoDo m n m Z i m 2 c Z 01 D AFS z T 0 V) 010101 Or A p Z O 2CZ mmm m 0 O Z O 73 -0 1 m A ZAm 0 0 1 0 0 z x 8 0 r Z O Z O Z A 0 -102 p O pZ w FEET AND REFERENCED TO STATE PLANE 1O81NO0 A.3AMfS 'H off.' m 01 •02 m >r mo o� 0 N z O 0 m F7, m 0 m C mm "O vA 0 0 m -I 0 Z m -I V) 0f m m Z m 02 23 01 Mm 0 01 0 0 01 201 5 ci ONV ONIl11141213d 'A2101V1110321 'V D m A Z v 0 0 N D vl v 5l e Z Z v r 0 0 v 0 r =v cCA z 1 c 0 73- 2 2mD m m v r .Z_7 Fm0A O A < zz om o o X10 o0Zz -< 01 < o > 0 0 z 00 (/) Vmi Z D 0 1 rod 10 020 = D v N A D o 73 0r�1 2 m = O D A 1 TO OR BETTER THAN EXISTED PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. 00 N 0 1000010 00 '0D 10 z� T)v 0 Z N 1-K3 2 m 0 D D N 1- C O Z 2 l N 0 J �N • 0-• 0100 AA• o 20 I Z 0001 11nn ZO 0 v 510 0] ND CDvy 5'��T1j 0x11 N� 210 mmzcrn �o z1 nzomm, 1,Z/1A1Krn 00 D z 0 0 T1', 0 r p m m z =,„, 1 x0 1 = m m e 1 v m O m .0 0 2 .T7 D 2 O ADmZ V)? 1A11� m vNOD <Z 1ci1m mr T1 o O 11 Z0. r `zm m<=75101 oA 12M/ �Z2V) yco2 N D •0 10 r1.T1 101 D 1 r1 -0 F 00101 O =�00� 2A C?O p 1D'T) v 0 pm (7,2 1 m Z ' 1' O = Z C o m Z r m > .01 p m f*' 0 C X - z 1n Z N T) 0 f oo mom�o A0 nmlmv o2Dci m Z P 1 D 2 '1� o m O o O O O O > Z 1 v .0] -1 m 000201 TlZ j 301 2.X1 00101 75 z z p 1 1 p 1 1* 1 O D N m p= 2 V) Z 2 r0 v 010 ZAn O� x 010 AN ..C- C p o z _ D 3 V) f p1 1 N C v O r = o Z o- m N A n 1 x =751101 mm mmm" p -n21> Z n O 0 p v m 2 Z> m N 0 m O A r Z V) 23 1 .T1 m 1� v > N Am 010102 O o P O 0 0 0 O ((nn r Al m- A 0 c XIOXM D 2011 20 0j 00 I1<1100 1n 3Z m -0m my AO zm DAr`L 0011 Z 20201 AO m mS *.Trr1 '1' m10_m V * x 0r .T1. - A*t 0 mm Oz" z Zm mm 012rr1 T] A 111 7' 53 N� 02 D 0001 1n 0 x m 2 m m r m 1 A 1 m m Z 2 0 4 Z m 01 1 REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 090!!3# 1D3COdd ADO CEFE VALENZUELA OUTFALL MODIFICATIONS PROJECT CONSTRUCTION NOTES & LEGEND CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services ha 1 HDR Engineering, Inc. Texas P.E. Firm Registration No. 754 TF `'�•OF ��el • • • RICASDoON� �DRAZA to: 139.� G J Z0 I 5-l0 'ON 133HS S,1NV171SNO0 D m m z 0 z m m (1) O (n 0 m O —I —I 22 mm Z W 0 0 2 Mm �m (n M-1 M 0 m mD u)m 10) i> m� coo 2z �r 0D z —1 00 Z D C P1 n m -o 0 0 0 6 m O 1— z z D Z rm m 0) Z SUBTOTAL PART A - GENERAL (Items Al thru A18) I— CO I— V I— (T I— Ln A14 I— W Al2 I— F, I—h o A8 V Ol A5 A4 U.) N h, SILT FENCE TRENCH SAFETY SEEDING AND WATERING INSTALL CONC RIPRAP FURNISH AND INSTALL HAY BALES FURNISH & INSTALL PAINTED GALVANIZED PIPE MARKER FURNISH AND INSTALL CONC HEADWALL 36 IN 3:1 SLOPE FURNISH AND INSTALL 4 FT X 4 FT POST INLET FURNISH AND INSTALL 36 IN RCP FURNISH AND INSTALL GEOTEXTILE FABRIC FURNISH AND INSTALL EMBANKMENT CRUSHED CONC RIPRAP REMOVAL & RELOCATION 4 FT X 4 FTX 5 IN CONC RIPRAP REMOVE & REPAIR TIMBER BOLLARD ADJUSTMENT FURNISH AND INSTALL SAND BAG BERM TIMBER BLOCKOUT CONCRETE REPAIR FURNISH AND INSTALL FLOWABLE FILL MOBILIZATION LF LF <-< D D D D LF SY CY -< D D D D-< LS i- O O UnN 0 O 800 IW-` V F-� F-� 37 OO 0 I -A O0 0 UI F-� l0 IN-` W O O F-� 0 0 Z 0 M2z^7I C 71 DrZ-1 X10-10 m 2> zz r -n z m 0 0 0 K -0 M cn Z ..c2 _, R. N CO0 D (n 0 r (n 00(n(n.. zzDD u)Nzz D D mm73xi (n (n (7 D IIv-ID M M (n—I00 D 00 0200 0MZ7 m 2 00I m m K j z zr�o WW >0 D O m-9 r TESTING SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION: -0v-0 mmPl 70M71 C/) 22 j D m O tnD = r m r vv -0v mmmm 707IXM cAr-cnK -I r -1 r � z ND O = r TI m (n W 0 `.c M 1 0 m * A D n m N QUANTITY: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ENGINEER WITH TRUCK TICKETS FOR FLOWABLE FILL. S31111NVO0 3O A21VWWfS 31f103HOS ONI1S31 REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 090113# 133POeld A113 0 CrJ 00 CEFE VALENZUELA OUTFALL MODIFICATIONS SUMMARY OF QUANTITIES & TESTING SCHEDULE CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services ha HDR Engineering, Inc. Texas P.E. Firm Registration No. 754 c/�P�E OF t k RICARDO PEDRAZA -o• 113193 :rr%� , 14, %\ • "YONA1-fir_: 5-I0 - Zo 'ON 133HS S,1NV17I1SNO C:\pwworking\dal\d0472538\00C-04.dwg, OVERALL SITE PLAN, 4/14/2016 10:36:17 AM, rpedraza REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 090113# 103r08d ADO 9 0 -fes 00 CEFE VALENZUELA OUTFALL MODIFICATIONS OVERALL SITE PLAN CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services ha 1 HDR Engineering, Inc. Texas P.E. Firm Registration No. 754 ..-.e.. of reL,,. 16 i c°•'' * *.d"I e R fo RICARDO PEDRAZA J to -0.-113193 �!1r 4tslks ALE lSSION��� 5-10 - 201 b 'ON 133HS S,1NV17IlSNOO O O O 313210NOD ONIISI V) 73m N 0 D r m w 0 0 0 0 � w = -I M -H M M �m 73O 0 0 o -1 -o o O r 0 ci) mci) m r n r W i-11 0 73 2 P �N D o� D � 7 X 0 �m0 D O 0 m� rO 23 = D NW m m 23 w w m r O P1 m FILL BELOW EXISTING PAVEMENT • alV1108 LI381111 ONIISIX3 PI C7 m z 0 SHALL FILL VOID WITH FLOWABLE FILL BELOW EXISTING 03 CA 0OrTi I MM X -I-I O D mn -O NOS 0mN D m <O r — r <�m z 00 m m� zx C7� mn m 73 0 073 73 M m N (n < 0 Nm C D O < mm N m mm O OO N N 3NI13e1OHS 'XONddV 'M'0'2l ONIISIX3 n m 0 z CX C) P 0 D m -o • • 111 11 11 111 111 11 11 • • II, 11 111 /It 111 11 0, REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION n -o 0 0 cn o CEFE VALENZUELA OUTFALL MODIFICATIONS SLOPE PAVING SUBGRADE REPAIR PLAN — SITE 1 \ CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services 31VINIX021ddV) win -3 3132:10N00 ONIISIX3 23 m v 73 z 0 P1 z 0 23 0 2i 0 m 0 0 0 M 7 l m < rr l m D > < x < x Z 0 Z - G7 _W0 0m 0 n G J n a7 ±Z7 -< - O -< -i M z rn 3'-8" 3' ha HDR Engineering, Inc. Texas P.E. Firm Registration No. 754 i cl ... * ...r 11 1 • RICARDO PEDRAZA • • ji off: 113193 itr `,65%ONALe" -� �'C\4a--I 1,- 5-10 - Zo 'ON 133HS S,1NV17I1SNOO 0 0 0 X m - n Z n D D -1 z 0 Z 0 m r N D = r o 1— PI m m o 0 m m - n 0 0 c C N m m o w � 01 21 P1 21 0 D ✓ ONIISIX3 W m m 0 z m 0 o c 3071 orn z rn oz O 30 o� 0 0 o O D rnOz(1) IC) O m — z m�z� COWSN Cn D I m N CD 20 OCDm-D 4, pD- N r D 00 Corm 0 S D z 30N33 >1N1-1 reltriktilllaibt ' Ire Ire iv Pa. eo `16 Ca x c O D m FM 70 m O'd06 SS300d 30 3j X (1' 0 0 m z vm 0< wm 1:1 m�0 0 0 D moc "gym m 0 0 rn m z m• Pi I— N m Coo O N cn (o N co 0 J 0 0 2j w(• r9 4, 4, LJ REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 0) 21 0 ti rn cn 0 (3) 0 CEFE VALENZUELA OUTFALL MODIFICATIONS CHANNEL AND DITCH MAINTENANCE PLAN - SITE 2 CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services D m I EXIST ROW x X 0 0 m D O O m (n 11 23 0 D IJ HDR Engineering, Inc. Texas P.E. Firm Registration No. 754 \/k1 iRICARDO PEDRAZA j -nom: 11319:, J5 ,`�i C�:ENSE ‘"S%ONAL� - 5-I0- Zo Jo �l -N D nu' Z7 m (, NV "Id NIV da GNV 2113M ti rri z 4' 5' P1 m -v0 00X X X m z O 11 11 m 0 O p o N -J W J NO 40' C7 0 XI X = A n RC) _ Z D N m—1 0 0 Z 0� m- —j� O p Z r D Z q r O O 0 2. CONTRACTOR HAS THE OPTION TO INSTALL PRECAST INLET. z 0 m -U 0 m 0 z 0 0 0 z P1 0 m mMmm OWO rro Iv Xi CO Co � (Z 0o 0D Z 0 D Zm _- m >i m D 1 0 .m., m 0 CO 0) M 0 mmc P1 0 0 m m 0 Z ,o �m0 <Xrn 0 D N a y rn r Z Z 7l OOO J < J I A CO gz 0 m o� rel N)) z 0 0 x 110' D z m moa ONUSIX3 NI REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION C-) 0 0 n CEFE VALENZUELA OUTFALL o MODIFICATIONS IAV o C/•1 ROCK RIPRAP WEIR AND DRAIN PLAN — SITE 3 CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services ha 1 HDR Engineering, Inc. Texas P.E. Firm Registration No. 754 RICARDO PEDRAZA o 113193 $/ Fs • tG, ���SfONA1.E �0\saw_ 20 5-10 1 FURNISH AND INSTALL 36" RCP (37 LF.) SEE SHEET 15 FOR TRENCH BACKFILL DETAIL Mi Tit :0404 �+I 0 I o1,0 I i 2:1 2:1 I 3:1 J o W I I I 4�I co �— 13' r TRENCH I I PROTECTION (54 LF.) DU - FURNISH AND It HEADWALL TY C DIA=36 IN W/3 .(SEE STANDARD SHEET 9 FOR [ I a c v m � E'll '1 0io o ii 0 2. CONTRACTOR HAS THE OPTION TO INSTALL PRECAST INLET. z 0 m -U 0 m 0 z 0 0 0 z P1 0 m mMmm OWO rro Iv Xi CO Co � (Z 0o 0D Z 0 D Zm _- m >i m D 1 0 .m., m 0 CO 0) M 0 mmc P1 0 0 m m 0 Z ,o �m0 <Xrn 0 D N a y rn r Z Z 7l OOO J < J I A CO gz 0 m o� rel N)) z 0 0 x 110' D z m moa ONUSIX3 NI REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION C-) 0 0 n CEFE VALENZUELA OUTFALL o MODIFICATIONS IAV o C/•1 ROCK RIPRAP WEIR AND DRAIN PLAN — SITE 3 CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services ha 1 HDR Engineering, Inc. Texas P.E. Firm Registration No. 754 RICARDO PEDRAZA o 113193 $/ Fs • tG, ���SfONA1.E �0\saw_ 20 5-10 ,011 eita P1 m CO ,0 S = „l : NHOS m 80HONV 0121843 3711X31030 C-1 rrt 0 CO 0 CO > 3 0 D - 'rl 0{ Fv .50' mP� m -i0 i1XN X 2.1 Z 9mz RPRAP THICKNES m 1.50' TYP too C 0 Dn 0 mm 0 O m0o1" N M -I 0 70mN Z 133 Z o 0 z z 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 0 „0 -,OL = „l 3lVOS m m0� N m o 0 A m X Z mrrnz RIPRAP THICKNES z 1.50' TYP N CD M D 0 0 -I mm 0 0 D Z D 0 0 0 Z REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 090113# 133POeld u13 0 CO CO CEFE VALENZUELA OUTFALL MODIFICATIONS TYPICAL SECTIONS AND DETAILS CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services ha HDR Engineering, Inc. Texas P.E. Firm Registration No. 754 i, AP�of r. 9� ▪ t▪ 1 1 RICARDO PEDRAZA I •. ,o 113193 /r, `'�FC/FS,.W i N.c. 5--10 - 'ON 133HS S,1NV17I1SNO 0 0 0 m 31000 01 ION V1 n m m 0 OF F1NISHED CASTINGS: THE COVER = 60 POUNDS. THE RING = 135 POUNDS. 161 31VOS 01 ION 0 0 3103S 01 ION 310OS 01 ION q 3dId .10 .0.0 NOI109S ONId a V10 "91/C1 £Z 9. 6" NNT103 '0600 "9 7IV130 1075>I3Id N0I103d10 ANY r) VARIABLE 5 P too BACK OF CURB q_ FACE OF CURB I I 011111110 0000a I I a 29 3/8" r 1.34 1/4. 0 0 )13079 91Vd0 9 5311.7N1 86 = '01 3dId 'AYR z 0 O I 78l O nO CO V, In A INLET SIZE (Nom. Length) STANDARD CURB INLET STEEL SCHEDULE ALL BARS No. 4 PREFORMED V, ^}y� q A p\ : N N O O NO. R£0'0./LENGTH A" BARS I B" BARS I"C" BARS l D" BARS I E" HORS S v1 O A A I O O 41 I N o1 N O. N N I I q q N N I' I' q q "01 :::\4E.., m \ l.r m I N 01 \ \ I I. N N A.A \ \ I. L. I I. N N N N N '-i.' a of N N m 0 a A N N u a. w a 31VOS 01 ION r •c • q REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 050113# 103r08d .1113 CEFE VALENZUELA OUTFALL MODIFICATIONS STORM WATER STANDARD DETAILS (1 OF 3) CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Deportment of Engineering Services ha I -IDR Engineering, Inc. Texas P.E. Firm Registration No. 754 RICARDO PEDRAZA °9"oy : 113193 •�wr� 1f• •••C/<�ENS;�'0•••+ %FS '. %OIVAL� 5-10 - 'ON 133HS S,1NY11IISN00 0 0 Y //� 7....g �rn Gr � m • �I • I I 31VOS 01 ION r •c • q REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 050113# 103r08d .1113 CEFE VALENZUELA OUTFALL MODIFICATIONS STORM WATER STANDARD DETAILS (1 OF 3) CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Deportment of Engineering Services ha I -IDR Engineering, Inc. Texas P.E. Firm Registration No. 754 RICARDO PEDRAZA °9"oy : 113193 •�wr� 1f• •••C/<�ENS;�'0•••+ %FS '. %OIVAL� 5-10 - 'ON 133HS S,1NY11IISN00 0 0 HIIM S31JNV ROADWAY MANHOLE RING & COVER NOTES GENERAL NOTES FOR CONCRETE DRAINAGE STRUCTURES: 0 0 0 0 D 0 O �s z A m0 33. o P 6 8 i r 6" MIN VARIES 0 0 m za35 FI O tti a0 ttl g • 39, • 6' VARIES MIN 10 \ MAX 1 0" MIN VARIES "0'0 „Ol 0 'DEA S VARIES Cel O � O SEE PIANS (12'-0" MAX.) 0 0 0 O 0 0 m 0 6' 8„ \ 2A 8„ 8' CD REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 090!!3# 1D3COdd ADO CEFE VALENZUELA OUTFALL MODIFICATIONS STORM WATER STANDARD DETAILS (2 OF 3) CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services ha 1 HDR Engineering, Inc. Texas P.E. Firm Registration No. 754 'ON 133HS S,1NV171SNOO z 0 0 0 0 ts t4 FINAL BACKFILL 1, 3,_0." (TYP) AS CALLED FOR ON PLANS FINAL BACKFILL a 0 0 12" 6" 6" 2MIN_ 6 j6" 4' 8" O 0 tit ti tl a 43a BACK OF CURB 0 -33 '0'0 „6 C? .1NO0 b 4, O O -4; 8, MIN, CLR 4,m REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 090113# 113rodd J,1IJ x 1,1 cn 00 CEFE VALENZUELA OUTFALL MODIFICATIONS STORM WATER STANDARD DETAILS (3 OF 3) \ CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services ha 1 HDR Engineering, Inc. Texas P.E. Firm Registration No. 754 _(EEEf_ ,* •1• RICARDO PEDRAZA j 15 113193 .jai / ••4...ENSE.:' 5— l 0 'ON 133HS S,1NV1711SNOO 4,A o' '. 1$,2� a on A" 0 �4, A !`i ce n O rn a 2 2 p a 4 2 0 A o 4,4,0 ti a=m O y 0 0�o c n o2 0 mn 2,. 0 O mm Z O n� pyo 2 p4, .nn'o �cn 4,> 41 m C)n 000 10��c 20 nzn �� np0.2 0> m nA mp O m� � -• m �0 On ( 0 o to ti Q','" A O � n� a a, xmm icy). vm a�� n Lp $ O Jnr` O',81 O 0 O 'A O 0 1 A an ° - O 0 m n� 0 m n 6r,,,, N p m 4, > C a O n , =Z ti N 2 TABLE 1 BEDDING AND INITIAL BACKFILL 1BELOW PIPE TO 12" ABOVE PIPE1 4, ����0 E�0O �O - �Z2'��nOO 000 _ 0 O0 Oj i'nl >0 p! OUOO:11—pOt.�;O �� 0n f?iin ��p O�O00 2��V2ik�2�^i 4� jrpp p n`;O�^�i 0: 0 c ti -0i O; ^i . S x n_ Ont Ok� O o>nn�p Op>yO C O �O, m��-� 4, Om2�- 0 m U ,.y 1-,; oo�x0a �4 pp m '''' nn� p Z @ 2 ? �,_ 3 0 � N� p Z y� TABLE 2 FINAL BACKFILL IGREATER THAN 12" ABOVE PIPE' UNPAVED AREAS PAVED AREAS 0 v. a O O \6, NO 'i 0 O �m O 11:i, '0 O' �o p �;' �o c�'i, o chi, p 00opp. 00 4, m mom, tier p�Z' �a �, n o O -OC 2 2 y 0 0 w 0 0! 2 a n O 0 m y m ti n x 00 ti c)p ^tn �0 On L U>00 �a 10 o k n� 0yo 1a o �tiV �� 2 y, 0o %- °)4, "2�� 0�� m �o anoi in a maF ZT �� 0Oj 4O %,;',--„ ^m !ng 'env p �Ny p2 O� m00 O pk-R w zto n 0 A >4, 4 4, O ym'� o 0)00 Om m Ni Oy0 �O mC � � O �p O 4" ASO O 0 tit ti tl a 43a BACK OF CURB 0 -33 '0'0 „6 C? .1NO0 b 4, O O -4; 8, MIN, CLR 4,m REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 090113# 113rodd J,1IJ x 1,1 cn 00 CEFE VALENZUELA OUTFALL MODIFICATIONS STORM WATER STANDARD DETAILS (3 OF 3) \ CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services ha 1 HDR Engineering, Inc. Texas P.E. Firm Registration No. 754 _(EEEf_ ,* •1• RICARDO PEDRAZA j 15 113193 .jai / ••4...ENSE.:' 5— l 0 'ON 133HS S,1NV1711SNOO ,S 131VM ONIA1303d 30 31NVN >33N0 V1IN0 1Jd 0 0 < 0 A ZD c cn c m A 9 O A 00 = 0 mm 0 z aX A zu)O1 m A <Z N e cn 0 , o r 0 rm R fp m D m< P Om D W N O O 0 A 001 WEIGHTED RUNOFF COEFFICIENT: 1 0 D :cEENn1s10 09 01 VENV S3a0V WO 1 0 D :v32Av 133r0Nd S3a0V Sr 0 DRAINAGE STRUCTURE AND 2000 SY OF CONCRETE RIPRAP 0 2 m O z 1.74 0 m z 0 m 0 P1 D z m C O N 0 cn z 0 0 0 A 0 A z .71 m W 0 rn 0 = z 0 m 0 O m m z 70 D n z A v 0A 0 A C) 0 0 0 A m m f A 0 0 m v N A 0 (Dm N D rm O 0 z0 0� MO O D z R1 R1 0 m P1 0 m z m D 0 1 Fa 0 D 0 N 0 0 N m m 0 C 0 m m P1 z c D 0 v O Dm rr*m Z.4 r r a O NOIlc1180S30 31IS N O z D mo m � A z � D z 0 Z rmi' r O z r� m• N r. P1 rr N r. Z O D Z m r m z m NARRATIVE — SEQUENCE OF CONSTRUCTION (STORM WATER MANAGEMENT D 0 1 SOVB ONVS a31-110 !MH!TI:7,,:l! AA A 0 0 0ASCoD G<<ODr0< m m m m0<T.m A �] �]� m O m N N N m D m rN,ZOZ,ArKmm 0000m z O D C A A m O 0 0* O A m W -1 r= 0 m K N m Z 0 A O m 1 D A Z A Z r,., 0 0 Z Z N N 7 N C N A A z O N A m 0 A 1 N m z N N D > A A r 0 1_1 O N 1 Z7JK D O O r A C m D O N O V A 0 N O Z O O 1 A N G c- 0 Z N 0 O 0 A l Z N A A m mm N A Non A m A CO O AO O z z m m X xA 1 m A O o O A A < m m m A A z � � OMMD m m 0 m m z N N 0 >1-7 N N :S30110V8d 1V8n10nas O m x 000an000N TVNn1VN :S30I10V8d NOIIVZllI8VIS 1IOS Amo Z z 1 0 Z 0Mm C D A Z m 1 O D z C m F O m D En z O z Z )2* z vo oA z N O T1 z O m N m no a CC N V1 � 0 O z o D O D� Z 0 = . D -^ - m D 0 p0 0 O m Z 0 P1-HZA0M- p O (U 0 0 = D o D m A m 0 N >0 A A n M A n- N z o . mH AlHD O Z ro m O' z rozm N 1 z> z o m p D O=A rN • <D z m A m A A-0 cn m N m Am D F �, .5, Z O N m m m 1 KO F0 D D A om 1 O 1 m = mm N rC O m m oma C x -9D AMA L11O D O, O A m m m -H O �z m Z' A.A M O m z A 1 CO'�m err m A r m N m D O Z C O ACMMO mKA • A 1 Z N Z O AOS N Z -,• A A Z Z • m _ a m N C m OZ m0 0 Z O 3NON :SA0v1000 N m m = m. ›0OD C m m O r r N m N N O A m O = 0 O A D O O m � N OZ O mm› O A C K A O , A e>„), mm m O A 7 0 Z m O K O Z O A A m 0 0 D O 0 C pD r7 O m 1 m r mo H A = O 1 D Z ONINOVNI 0101HIA 1115330 ,31SVM ONV1INVS HAZARDOUS WASTE (INCLUDING SPILL REPORTING): :S1vISOUVW 31SVM D EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURE IF NE -o m 0 1 m 1 m 0 S10�I1N00 1N3WIO3S ON`d NOIS083 H3H10 S102i1N00 1N31"1103S ONV NOIS0d3 REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 090!!3# 1D3COdd )i/ CEFE VALENZUELA OUTFALL MODIFICATIONS STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL STANDARD DETAILS (1 OF 3) CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services ha 1 HDR Engineering, Inc. Texas P.E. Firm Registration No. 754 O F TF*9� +11 RtCARDO PEDRAZA -o% 113193 •2 14:54( ,'%SS%ONAL.��� �\<,.•�_—to 5_ 0 _ ZD 1 'ON 133HS S,1NV171SNO0 ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ 3 uoyo/abaq R oaodwal ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ZZ ❑ ❑ Z r. ❑ Compost Filter Berm and Socks ❑ Vegetation Lined Ditches ❑ Sand Filter Systems m 3 3 29 ❑ ❑ ,973 SSI U0id JJsuo3-)sod 00 00 O 3 0 0 3 5 X No Permit Required ❑ Nationwide Permit 14 - PCN not Required ❑ Nationwide Permit 14 - PCN Required (1/ ❑ Individual 404 Permit Required ❑ Other Nationwide Permit RequirecF NWP. 22. The Contractor must adhere to all of the terms and conditions associated with the following perm/its), 050/ 0S / y 3 3 0 0 CJ o a F 2. Comply with the SW3P and revise when necessa the Engineer. to control pollution or required by 0 F 3 J0000 ui uogo}uaw!pas puo u MO 3 MI - 0_ a Co 0 a � — 3 3 anaJd uognllod is}oesu o}S 005 0000a0 P5 aa}oM uoaI0 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SEED AS SHOWN IN PLANS AND WATER UNTIL SEED GERMINATION. 0000n0008 oc9o}absw (Include applicable regional or site speci sanssi lo}uawo 0 3 :{oafoud s/4/ o/ o poadf sans/ uoµou/tto4uo3 so s/o/Ja/D/N snopaozo// o D o g a o 0 " p3 3 0 -,;,:-'3, 26-35 0 'JQ.1% 0!NQ D �o jT6 . p o 0 5. 0 O C4 0 N J v o --,-3,='',,-,,---s--,-; , o o c O '0 , m 5 0o c) N p p o Q 4 0'0 o 3 ‘sr--:- � � o �c.a :-: 3a 11 mcoo0omO 11o°cn:` o o Q o 0 m p i° O J O m 1 4 4 4 9- o 5. y 5. o o o n o n 5.5- 5. d 0 0 0 4 00 3 J 5 b 0 ,0 (° 0 0 0 b J 0 0 m l i 0 0 Q 4 9- 4 Q a 0 5 9-9.8 5 4 a- O 5. 5. 5 0 N d O 4 939 ,--1 p 4 n o 0 0 0 0 9 mj �° o J 4 a p of m 1 j p m 0 0 4 o General (applies to all projects): n 3 REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 090113# 103COdd )0LJ Cf) m Cf) rT� 2 I n 5. � z r , o 0 oo CEFE VALENZUELA OUTFALL MODIFICATIONS STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL STANDARD DETAILS (2 OF 3) 7-0 CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services ha HDR Engineering, Inc. Texas P.E. Firm Registration No. 754 F Tres,► RICARDO PEDRAZA +��: 113193 N %s.'SiONAt 1� ' N 5_ — I� 20 'ON 133HS S,1NV17IlSNO0 %':,1 mz o ooa "o�� z��o -m �yy m n CoA �x -`�'�an rNl'''j!!!'!PN o - - oori!!1%; zAoya i o z D 04;j:1,1: mc»�mz ��spc�A o m_Amoo:=o �� moan )N� o� �oa A» CNK oA W=N oi !I I! Amm �yC 0� o _ '4' _ mmo A� oN���oNm' n' > A ~ z m Z A 6' w II ; po oow li o�moeililiN �- o� o� zo AA sD- > SA�nlzz:> S r D m- AZ 02 O0 y O Z O <Z 0CZ <DA2 I ti lZ+l Z ?m mO0n0> OA -1 0G- 0 Z N Cm Z A 0 y N ZZ {A�ZA� DDDZI r Z W m m O m w 000 ��n OD �mi�2 AZyDZ In � N Z OD Om O DnZ O m n _ C Z m A ,t1 `«00m�Umi Z m Z AZImm�` A 2 m G~ O.7o Z�yAA r Z D Z W U m m C O Dm CiZSW � O r`� IA -0 A 0 A Or Z{ A n C 0 o D 00 � A 0 O O D 0 D 0 A V m 2 rU 0 n 0) Gyyr ASCAn 2 r p mZOm OW0`�`� D 2y C yy Z � m O�Z W y 00GOm0 OZ Orz ZS 1!i Oy�Om �ZZ D O � mAt/iOz p ASW Z n���D ADZmO OZG7 N OmZjO K 7,p UI DI(1- {DVi 0 m C 1 � r �mm F71511! 0 m� m D O r mzN�� Ar Ay�AA oZ1Z (noOti CURB INLET PROTECTION NOTES: :S31ON WHO 831113 NOON CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE NOTES: 0 0 0 O D 711f130 NO/1031021d 137NI 9un0 31VOS 01 1ON 00700 0011107 Oz 7 O > O A O m� 00m0 y-7:) ti m OG m ti A O f1 A (� 8 0 0 y D 0 0 0SZ 7 OAA moD0 Z O A A 0 0 7 77 OZym :0 �OCz mm AAmm D < m O m NO7 D O> yzO oN0 C D W Dno m0 m0 U� z OO 0 r A � � Z � � m01 0 mm :0<DA Ami 7N'1 O nC : Z 0 A m S m 0 Z m O � O Z_m O Z" Z m C D D N m 01 O X F9 A zo O > O � O A O 30833 10N1N00 :S31\11-1301110 01 O 3iVOs 01 105 z 0 0 m tri z m in 0 0 N REVISION NO. DATE BY DESCRIPTION 090113# 103COdd )LJJ 00 00 CEFE VALENZUELA OUTFALL MODIFICATIONS STORM WATER POLLUTION CONTROL STANDARD DETAILS (3 OF 3) CITY of CORPUS CHRISTI TEXAS Department of Engineering Services ha( HDR Engineering, Inc. Texas P.E. Firm Registration No. 754 � k ,A RICAADO PEDAAZA +-: 11319 0t jJ 11�: NSE�' •�i AL�r,Go 5—IO - 'ON 133HS S,1NV17I1SNO O O co— 00 91 01 ADDENDUM NUMBER 1 Project: Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications Owner: City of Corpus Christi City Engineer: J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Designer: Ricardo Pedraza, P.E. Project Number: E11050 Addendum No. Specification Section: 00 9101 Issue Date: 6/8/2016 Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. Make the additions, modifications or deletions to the Contract Documents described in this Addendum. Approved by: [Designer] Ricardo Pedraza, P.E. 6/8/2016 Name Date Addendum Items: 1. Deletion of Section 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls, Paragraph 2.01, TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES 2. Deletion of Section 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls, Paragraph 3.05, CONSTRUCTION FENCE 3. Definition of regular working hours Approved by: [Designer] Name Date Addendum Items: Addendum No. 1 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 � : •• so4 1 is MC:ARDO PEDRAZA jo\ 113193 14*/ ` Srorvai.� 2 r' pb HDR Engineering Inc. Texas Firm Registration No. F-754 009101-1 Rev 01-13-2016 Project: Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications Project Number: Owner: City of Corpus Christi E11050 City Engineer: J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Designer: Ricardo Pedraza, P.E. ARTICLE 1— BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 1.01 ACKNOWLEDGE ADDENDA A. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. 1.02 MODIFICATIONS TO THE BIDDING REQUIREMENTS A. SECTION 01 50 00 " Temporary Facilities and Controls" - Paragraph 2.01: DELETE: Paragraph 2.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES entirely. B. SECTION 01 50 00 " Temporary Facilities and Controls" - Paragraph 3.05: DELETE: Paragraph 3.05 CONSTRUCTION FENCE entirely. ARTICLE 4 — CLARIFICATIONS 4.02 CLARIFICATIONS A. Clarification: Section 00 72 00 General Conditions Paragraph 7.02, B: States that contractor shall perform work at site during regular working hours. Regular working hours will be defined for the purposes of this project, from 7am to 6 pm. END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 Addendum No. 1 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 009101-2 Rev 01-13-2016 00 30 00 BID ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM ARTICLE 1— BID RECIPIENT 1.01 In accordance NO the Drawings Specifications, andlContract Documents, this Bid Proposal is submitted by T)(1/4c+L P 5 E L.(�A �� I e� 14'1L : (type or print name of company) on: June 15, 216 at 2:00 P.M. for E11050 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications. 1.02 Submit Bids, Bid Security and all attachments to the Bid (See Section 7.01 below) to the City's electronic bidding website at www.CivCastUSA.com. If submitting hard copy bids or bid security in the form of a cashier's or certified check, please send to: The City of Corpus Christi, Texas City Secretary's Office 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 Attention: City Secretary Bid - Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications, Project No. E11050 All envelopes and packages (including FEDEX envelopes) must clearly identify, on the OUTSIDE of the package, the project name and number and that bid documents are enclosed. ARTICLE 2 — BIDDERS'S ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 2.01 Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement with Owner on the form included in the Contract Documents, to perform all Work specified or indicated in Contract Documents for the Contract Price indicated in this Bid or as modified by Contract Amendment. Bidder agrees to complete the Work within the Contract Times established in the Agreement or as modified by Contract Amendment and comply with the all other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 2.02 Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of SECTION 00 21 13 INVITATION AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, including those dealing with required Bonds. The Bid will remain subject to acceptance for 90 days after the opening of Bids. 2.03 Bidder accepts the provisions of the Agreement as to liquidated damages in the event of its failure to complete Work in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Agreement. 2.04 Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following Addenda: Addendum No. Addendum Date Signature Acknowledging eceipt Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 -1 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 ARTICLE 3 — BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS 3.01 The Bidder has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. 3.02 The Bidder has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. 3.03 The Bidder is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. 3.04 The Bidder has carefully studied the following Site -related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: A. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; B. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; C. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; D. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and E. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. 3.05 The Bidder has considered the: A. Information known to Bidder; B. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; C. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and D. The Contract Documents. 3.06 The Bidder has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 3.04 and 3.05 with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: A. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; B. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Bidder; and C. Bidder's safety precautions and programs. 3.07 Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Bidder agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 3.08 The Bidder is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. 3.09 The Bidder has correlated the information known to the Bidder, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and Bid Acknowledgement Form Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 003000-2 Rev 01-13-2016 all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. 3.10 The Bidder has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Bidder has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Bidder. 3.11 The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. 3.12 Bidder's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Bidder that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 — BASIS OF BID 4.01 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents for: Base Bid $4 563.5o The Bidder selected for award of the Contract will be either the Lowest Responsible Bidder or the Bidder who provides the Best Value for the Owner that submits a responsive Bid. Owner will, at its discretion, award the contract to the lowest responsible Bidder for the Base Bid, plus any combination of Add or Deduct Alternates or to the Bidder who provides the Best Value for the Owner. 4.02 Bidder will complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the BID FORM. A. Extended amounts have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 13.03 of the General Conditions. B. Bidder acknowledges that the estimated quantities are not guaranteed, and final payment for all Unit Price items will be based on actual quantities provided, measured as provided in the Contract Documents. C. Unit Price and figures column will be used to compute the actual Bid price. ARTICLE 5 — EVALUATION OF BIDDERS 5.01 The contract may be awarded either to the lowest responsible bidder or to the bidder who provides the best value for the Owner. The Owner will consider the amount bid, the Bidder's responsibility, the Bidder's safety record, the Bidder's indebtedness to Owner and whether the Bidder has met the minimum specific project experience requirements to determine the lowest responsible Bidder. The Owner reserves the right to waive any and all irregularities in determining the Bidders' responsibility or value, and whether the Bidder has met the minimum specific project experience requirements, and reserves the right to require the submission of additional information. 5.02 The Owner has the right to accept a Bid, reject any and all Bids, to waive any and all irregularities in the Bids, or to reject non -conforming, non-responsive or conditional Bids. In Bid Acknowledgement Form Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 003000-3 Rev 01-13-2016 addition, the Owner reserves the right to reject any Bid where circumstances and developments have, in the opinion of the Owner, changed the responsibility of the Bidder. 5.03 Material misstatements in the documentation submitted to determine the Bidder's responsibility, including information submitted per SECTION 00 45 16 STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE, may be grounds for rejection of the Bidder's Bid on this Project. Any such misstatement, if discovered after award of the Contract to such Bidder, may be grounds for immediate termination of the Contract. Additionally, the Bidder will be liable to the Owner for any additional costs or damages to the Owner resulting from such misstatements, including costs and attorney's fees for collecting such costs and damages. ARTICLE 6 —TIME OF COMPLETION 6.01 Bidder will complete the Work required to be substantially completed within 55 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in Paragraph 4.01 of the General Conditions. Bidder will complete the Work required for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within 85 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. 6.02 Bidder agrees that the Work will be substantially complete and will be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within the number of days indicated. ARTICLE 7 —ATTACHMENTS TO THIS BID In compliance with the Bid Requirements in SECTION 00 21 13 INVITATION TO BID AND INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, the following are made a condition of this Bid: A. Bid Security. B. SECTION 00 30 00 BID ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM and documentation of signatory authority. C. SECTION 00 30 01 BID FORM. D. SECTION 00 30 02 COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW ON NONRESIDENT BIDDERS. E. SECTION 00 30 05 DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST. F. SECTION 00 30 06 NON -COLLUSION CERTIFICATION. ARTICLE 8 — DEFINED TERMS 8.01 The terms used in this Bid have the meanings indicated in the General Conditions and the Supplementary Conditions. The significance of terms with initial capital letters is described in the General Conditions. ARTICLE 9 — VENUE 9.01 Bidder agrees that venue shall lie exclusively in Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 4 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 ARTICLE 10 — SIGNATORY REQUIREMENTS FOR BIDDERS 10.01 Bidders must include their correct legal name, state of residency, and federal tax identification number in the Bid Form. 10.02 The Bidder, or the Bidder's authorized representative, shall sign and date the Bid Form to accompany all materials included in the submitted Bid. Bids which are not signed and dated in this manner, or which do not contain the required documentation of signatory authority may be rejected as non-responsive. The individual(s) signing the Bid must have the authority to bind the Bidder to a contract, and if required, shall attach documentation of signatory authority to the Bid Form. 10.03 Bidders who are individuals ("natural persons" as defined by the Texas Business Organizations Code §1.002), but who will not be signing the Bid Form personally, shall include in their bid a notarized power of attorney authorizing the individual designated as their authorized representative to submit the Bid and to sign on behalf of the Bidder. 10.04 Bidders that are entities who are not individuals shall identify in their Bid their charter or Certificate of Authority number issued by the Texas Secretary of State and shall submit with their Bid a copy of a resolution or other documentation approved by the Bidder's governing body authorizing the submission of the Bid and designating the individual(s) authorized to execute documents on behalf of the Bidder. Bidders using an assumed name (an "alias") shall submit a copy of the Certificate of Assumed Name or similar document. 10.05 Bidders that are not residents of the State of Texas must document their legal authority to conduct business in Texas. Nonresident Bidders that have previously registered with the Texas Secretary of State may submit a copy of their Certificate of Authority. Nonresident Bidders that have not previously registered with the Texas Secretary of State shall submit a copy of the Bidder's enabling documents as filed with the state of residency, or as otherwise existing. Bid Acknowledgement Form Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 00 30 00 - 5 Rev 01-13-2016 ARTICLE 11— BID SUBMITTAL 11.01 This Bid is submitted by: Bidder: By: Name: Title: Attest: i ( e_5 5�eccl-key inc. (typed or printed full legal name of Bidder) (individual's dividual's signature) 3O Cern C\ Cje_ 5 (typed or printed) l,ul�e� 1Pierje [1 t LU State of Residency: Federal Tax Id. No. Address for giving notices: (typed or printed) (individual's signature) Tecs 2-6-26(,b,3y l ftL r 624 —7S3 PhoneL3(2_035-1- 27 L13 Email: )Y-1CA bP I-"(CGjeSSpecc H -i (SI nC .CO — (Attach evidence of authority to sign if the authorized individual is not the Bidder, but an individual signing on behalf of another individual Bidder, or if the authorized individual is a representative of a corporation, partnership, or joint venture.) END OF SECTION Bid Acknowledgement Form 00 30 00 - 6 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev 01-13-2016 " 00 30 01 BID FORM Project Name: CEFE VALENZUELA OUTFALL MODIFICATIONS Project Number: E11050 Owner: City of Corpus Christi Bidder: 54/ /, 6-g5 SAF -4-/ 77', //LG OAR: MOBILIZATION/ BONDS/ INSURANCE/ DEMOBILIZATION Designer: HDR ENGINEERING INC Item DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT Base Bid Part A - General (per SECTION 01 29 01 MEASUREMENT AND BASIS FOR PAYMENT) Al MOBILIZATION/ BONDS/ INSURANCE/ DEMOBILIZATION LS 1 / 4-00 / /-7(-7c) A2 FURNISH AND INSTALL FLOWABLE FILL CY 300 / 43,0'-7 44 40o A3 TIMBER BLOCKOUT CONCRETE REPAIR EA 21 /C)C, -c-/' f_ / I 0z 7 A4 FURNISH AND INSTALL SAND BAG BERM EA 24 4oO ✓ Q /,_ D A5 TIMBER BOLLARD ADJUSTMENT EA 9 0,.00 J6r7 A6 4 FT X 4FT X 5 IN CONC RIPRAP REMOVE & REPAIR EA 1 2 000 l, 000 A7 CRUSHED CONC RIPRAP REMOVAL & RELOCATION CY 5 /00rj 00 A8 FURNISH AND INSTALL EMBANKMENT (FINAL) (ORD COMP) CY 1100 0. OC, 7 /1 Co 0 A9 FURNISH AND INSTALL GEOTEXTILE FABRIC SY 2000 2.50 5 once A10 FURNISH AND INSTALL 36 IN RCP LF 37 /n ' 4-/ & 2 5 All FURNISH AND INSTALL 4FT X 4FT POST INLET EA 1 s 000 - 000 Al2 FURNISH AND INSTALL CONC HEADWALL 36 IN 3:1 SLOPE EA 1 /, 000 / 'c3c'o A13 FURNISH & INSTALL PAINTED GALVANIZED PIPE MARKER EA 7 / c"'L' / 71' c' A14 FURNISH AND INSTALL HAY BALES EA 31 4-, 50 /-jc7, 5C> A15 INSTALL CONC RIPRAP CY 800 O, n c' 4- . 000 A16 SEEDING AND WATERING SY 550 /3.60 7,1? 5 A17 TRENCH SAFETY LF 54 /-on 54 ,e,0 A18 SILT FENCE LF 1000 5 '00 .5,poo SUBTOTAL PART A - GENERAL (Items Al thru A19) /i9,5&,' 5-C Bid Form Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Page 1 of 2 Rev 01-13.2016 00 30 01 BID FORM Item DESCRIPTION UNIT ESTIMATED QUANTITY UNIT PRICE EXTENDED AMOUNT BID SUMMARY SUBTOTAL PART A - GENERAL (Items Al thru A19) TOTAL PROJECT BASE BID (PARTS A THRU A) Contract Times ./1 -1,51x3 -;o /49. 5-.1 ,3. 5o Bidder agrees to reach Substantial Completion in 55 days Bidder agrees to reach Final Completion in 85 days Bid Form Page 2 of 2 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 Rev01-13-2016 00 30 02 COMPLIANCE TO STATE LAW ON NONRESIDENT BIDDERS Chapter 2252 of the Texas Government Code applies to the award of government contract to nonresident bidders. This law provides that: "a government entity may not award a governmental contract to a nonresident bidder unless the nonresident underbids the lower bid submitted by a responsible resident bidder by an amount that is not less than the amount by which a resident bidder would be required to underbid the nonresident bidder to obtain a comparable contract in the state in which the nonresident's principal place of business is located." "Nonresident bidder" refers to a person who is not a resident of Texas. "Resident bidder" refers to a person whose principal place of business is in this state, including a contractor whose ultimate parent company or majority owner has its principal place of business in this state. Check the statement that is correct for Bidder. 0 Bidder qualifies as a nonresident bidder whose principal place of business or residency is in the State of -:),441___13idder (includes parent company or majority owner) qualifies as a resident bidder whose principal place of business is in the State of Texas. The Owner will use the information provided in the State of Texas Comptroller's annual publication of other states' laws on contracts to evaluate the Bids of nonresident Bidders. Bidder: Company Name: By: Name: Title: Business address: IJ i\ & S S\c\a. l -k-i c3, hrAc. (typed or printed) (signature -- attach evidence of authority to sign) 131*:\e_._5 (typed or printed) (\n e /Pfe3Ve►n 62L -I VO -kow►r i 774- 3 20 Phone: 3 3O- 27 L._1 Email: f(�hhi h 1 END OF SECTION P'-)5PtcIaI-I-ieSIv)c Compliance to State Law on Nonresident Bidders 00 30 02 - 1 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 11-25-2013 00 30 05 City of Corpus Christi Disclosure of Interest SUPPLIER NUMBER TO BE ASSIGNED BY CI IY PURCHASING DIVISION w1r City of CoChrp u CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI DISCLOSURE OF INTEREST City of Corpus Christi Ordinance 17112, as amended, requires all persons or firms seeking to do business with the City to provide the following information. Every question must be answered. If the question is not applicable, answer with "NA". See reverse side for Filing Requirements, Certifications and definitions. COMPANY NAME: 10„ C` C� e S SPCC- t 14-1 3 , I I P. O. BOX: STREET ADDRESS: LI Z j 5 Fry -1 2 LI FIRM IS: 1. Corporation 4. Association ■ CITY: 2,6954-0 (U 1-L ZIP: 753,58 2. Partnership 8 5. Other 3. Sole Owner ❑ DISCLOSURE QUESTIONS If additional space is neces, please use the reverse side of this page or attach separate sheet. 1. State the names of each ` employee" of the City of Corpus Christi having an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm." Name Job Title and City Department (if known) 2. State the names of each "official" of the City of Corpus Christi having an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm." Name Title 3. State the names of each "board member" of the City of Corpus Christi having an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm." Name Board, Commission or Committee I!� 4. State the names of each employee or officer of a "consultant" for the City of Corpus Christi who worked on any matter related to the subject of this contract and has an "ownership interest" constituting 3% or more of the ownership in the above named "firm." Name Consultant City of Corpus Christi Disclosure of Interest 003005-1 Rev 01-13-2016 FILING REQUIREMENTS If a person who requests official action on a matter knows that the requested action will confer an economic benefit on any City official or employee that is distinguishable from the effect that the action will have on members of the public in general or a substantial segment thereof, you shall disclose that fact in a signed writing to the City official, employee or body that has been requested to act in the matter, unless the interest of the City official or employee in the matter is apparent. The disclosure shall also be made in a signed writing filed with the City Secretary. [Ethics Ordinance Section 2-349 (d}] CERTIFICATION I certify that all information provided is true and correct as of the date of this statement, that I have not knowingly withheld disclosure of any information requested; and that supplemental statements will be promptly submitted to the City of Corpus Christi, Texas as changes occur. Certifying Person: ci)\ \01/4.VZ ckc Title: nume (- / P es l (kEtr -1- T (Type or Print) Signature of Certifying Person: DEFINITIONS Date:-IL(—I5 a. "Board member." A member of any board, commission, or committee appointed by the City Council of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas. b. "Economic benefit". An action that is likely to affect an economic interest if it is likely to have an effect on that interest that is distinguishable from its effect on members of the public in general or a substantial segment thereof. c. "Employee." Any person employed by the City of Corpus Christi, Texas either on a full or part- time basis, but not as an independent contractor. d. "Firm." Any entity operated for economic gain, whether professional, industrial or commercial, and whether established to produce or deal with a product or service, including but not limited to, entities operated in the form of sole proprietorship, as self-employed person, partnership, corporation, joint stock company, joint venture, receivership or trust, and entities which for purposes of taxation are treated as non-profit organizations. e. "Official." The Mayor, members of the City Council, City Manager, Deputy City Manager, Assistant City Managers, Department and Division Heads, and Municipal Court Judges of the City of Corpus Christi, Texas. f. "Ownership Interest." Legal or equitable interest, whether actually or constructively held, in a firm, including when such interest is held through an agent, trust, estate, or holding entity. "Constructively held" refers to holdings or control established through voting trusts, proxies, or special terms of venture or partnership agreements." g. "Consultant." Any person or firm, such as engineers and architects, hired by the City of Corpus Christi for the purpose of professional consultation and recommendation. City of Corpus Christi 00 30 05 - 2 Disclosure of Interest Rev 01-13-2016 00 30 06 NON -COLLUSION CERTIFICATION STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF NUECES OWNER: City of Corpus Christi, Texas 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78401 CONTRACT: Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications Project #E11050 Bidder certifies that the it has not been a party to any collusion among Bidders in the restraint of freedom of competition by agreement to submit a Bid at a fixed price or to refrain from bidding; or with any official or employee of the Owner as to quantity, quality, or price in the prospective contract, or any other terms of said prospective contract; or in any discussion between Bidders and any official of the Owner concerning exchange of money or other thing of value for special consideration in the letting of a contract. / p ` Company Name: \k\e5 S�e�ICL��1�te5 lnc (typed or printed) By: (signature -- attach evidence of authority to sign) Name: 12X\6 ti'i TX-1&° j� (typed or printed) Title: bb3n tf / I r 5 16{6.0 LI255 r1' i 62/-1 Business address: 6\94;u00 7$ �,o Phone: 561-351- 2 -IL-13 Email: bri cAn b END OF SECTION bridcjbSpecic lie>ic.Cir") Non -Collusion Certification 00 30 06 - 1 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications - E11050 11-25-2013 5':•5eZatv5 23-4•1"9OC :;S'..'Y`, x:5..o-S;5:55•0064=:.S::S ::'S:c.1g:Ux_jx 11.E ii 8 it BRIDGES SPECIALTIES INC 8. i3 . __ ..-.: 5 : 5,5 .00.: T. :`7C•, 5 4.5,15: x :•x-.: x•c oed:t" V•sc.m'�•s•;.•oa.:`ic Ax•zx _•s <,x.�`Da--xo:x(y`,,} 713452 CASHIER'S CHECK REMITTER PAY TO THE ORDER OF CITY OF CORPUS C:HR ]"'! I 88-1472/1149 .r .14. 20:6 . I $. $7.479. _00 Ni.ori J0*yp**4:34.k*k*3:: r:r : ,.Seven '1 hi3L'5•itnd For Ei .r:dr .1 C3 r TEXAS v CD—flA PUON BANK P.O. BOX 2090 801 N. TX. BLVD. ALICE, TX 78332 (361) 668-8301 LP! Bt[. EI1050 I07b3115211° 1:1s0,90,7231e 20 262 II° LI u 3 ALM 1(1111Z11)SIGNATURE N NP 8 00 91 01 ADDENDUM NUMBER 1 Project: Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications Project Number: Owner: City of Corpus Christi City Engineer: J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Designer: Ricardo Pedraza, P.E. E11050 Addendum No. 1 Specification Section: 00 9101 Issue Date: 6/8/2016 Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. Make the additions, modifications or deletions to the Contract Documents described in this Addendum. Approved by: [Designer] Ricardo Pedraza, P.E. 6/8/2016 Name Date Addendum Items: 1. Deletion of Section 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls, Paragraph 2.01, TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES 2. Deletion of Section 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities and Controls, Paragraph 3.05, CONSTRUCTION FENCE 3. Definition of regular working hours Approved by: [Designer] Name Date Addendum Items: Addendum No. 1 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 • RICARDO PEDRAZA j 113193 �'ii i zo! HDR Engineering Inc. Texas Firm Registration No. F-754 009101-1 Rev 01-13-2016 Project: Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications Project Number: Owner: City of Corpus Christi E11050 City Engineer: J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Designer: Ricardo Pedraza, P.E. ARTICLE 1— BIDDING REQUIREMENTS 1.01 ACKNOWLEDGE ADDENDA A. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form submitted for this Project. Failure to acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Acknowledgement Form may render the Bid as non-responsive and serve as the basis for rejecting the Bid. 1.02 MODIFICATIONS TO THE BIDDING REQUIREMENTS A. SECTION 0150 00 " Temporary Facilities and Controls" - Paragraph 2.01: DELETE: Paragraph 2.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES entirely. B. SECTION 0150 00 " Temporary Facilities and Controls" - Paragraph 3.05: DELETE: Paragraph 3.05 CONSTRUCTION FENCE entirely. ARTICLE 4 — CLARIFICATIONS 4.02 CLARIFICATIONS A. Clarification: Section 00 72 00 General Conditions Paragraph 7.02, B: States that contractor shall perform work at site during regular working hours. Regular working hours will be defined for the purposes of this project. from lam to 6 pm. END OF ADDENDUM NO. 1 Addendum No. 1 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications — E11050 00 91 01 - 2 Rev 01-13-2016 00 52 23 AGREEMENT This Agreement, for the Contract Renewal approved on September 20, 2016 , is between the City of Corpus Christi (Owner) and Bridges Specialties, Inc. (Contractor). Owner and Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE 1— WORK 1.01 Contractor shall complete all Work as specified or indicated in the Contract Documents. The Work is generally described as: Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications E11050 ARTICLE 2 — DESIGNER AND OWNER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE 2.01 The Project has been designed by: HDR Engineering, Inc. 555 N. Carancahua St. Corpus Christi, TX 78401 2.02 The Owner's Authorized Representative for this Project is: Phil Boehk, P.E. - Acting Construction Engineer City of Corpus Christi - Engineering Services 4917 Holly Road #5 Corpus Christi TX 78411 ARTICLE 3 — CONTRACT TIMES 3.01 Contract Times A. The Work is required to be substantially completed within 55 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run as provided in the Notice to Proceed and is to be completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions within 85 days after the date when the Contract Times commence to run. B. Milestones, and the dates for completion of each, are as defined in SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES. Agreement 00 52 23 - 1 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications Rev 06-22-2016 3.02 Liquidated Damages A. Owner and Contractor recognize that time limits for specified Milestones, Substantial Completion, and completion and readiness for Final Payment as stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. Owner and Contractor recognize that the Owner will suffer financial loss if the Work is not completed within the times specified in Paragraph 3.01 and as adjusted in accordance with Paragraph 11.05 of the General Conditions. Owner and Contractor also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal or arbitration proceeding the actual loss suffered by Owner if the Work is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, Owner and Contractor agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty): 1. Substantial Completion: Contractor shall pay Owner $ 500 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for Substantial Completion until the Work is substantially complete. 2. Completion of the Remaining Work: Contractor agrees to pay Owner $ 500 for each day that expires after the time specified in Paragraph 3.01 for completion and readiness for final payment until the Work is completed and ready for final payment in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions. 3. Liquidated damages for failing to timely attain Substantial Completion and Final Completion are not additive and will not be imposed concurrently. 4. Milestones: Contractor agrees to pay Owner liquidated damages as stipulated in SECTION 01 35 00 SPECIAL PROCEDURES for failure to meet Milestone completions. 5. The Owner will determine whether the Work has been completed within the Contract Times. B. Owner is not required to only assess liquidated damages, and Owner may elect to pursue its actual damages resulting from the failure of Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 4 — CONTRACT PRICE 4.01 Owner will pay Contractor for completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents at the unit prices shown in the attached BID FORM. Unit prices have been computed in accordance with Paragraph 13.03 of the General Conditions. Contractor acknowledges that estimated quantities are not guaranteed, were solely for the purpose of comparing Bids, and final payment for all unit price items will be based on actual quantities, determined as provided in the Contract Documents. Total Base Bid Price $151,783.50 ARTICLE 5 — PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5.01 Submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 15 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by the OAR as provided in the General Conditions. Agreement 00 52 23 - 2 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications Rev 06-22-2016 5.02 Progress Payments; Retainage: A. The Owner will make progress payments on or about the 25th day of each month during performance of the Work. Payment is based on Work completed in accordance with the Schedule of Values established as provided in the General Conditions. B. Progress payments equal to 95% percent of the total earned value to date for completed Work and properly stored materials will be made prior to Substantial Completion. The balance will be held as retainage. C. Payment will be made for the amount determined per Paragraph 5.02.B, less the total of payments previously made and less set -offs determined in accordance with Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions. D. At the Owner's option, retainage may be required at a higher percentage rate if progress on the Project is considered to be unsatisfactory. If retainage in excess of the amount described above is held prior to Substantial Completion, the Owner will place the additional amount in an interest bearing account. Interest will be paid in accordance with Paragraph 6.01. E. At the Owner's option, Owner may pay Contractor 100 percent of the Work completed, less amounts withheld in accordance with Paragraph 15.01 of the General Conditions and less 200 percent of OAR's estimate of the value of Work to be completed or corrected to reach Substantial Completion. Owner may, at its sole discretion, elect to hold retainage in the amounts set forth above for progress payments prior to Substantial Completion if Owner has concerns with the ability of the Contractor to complete the remaining Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or within the time frame established by this Agreement. Release or reduction in retainage is contingent upon and consent of surety to the reduction in retainage. 5.03 Owner will pay the remainder of the Contract Price as recommended by OAR in accordance with Paragraph 15.06 of the General Conditions upon Final Completion and acceptance of the Work. ARTICLE 6 — INTEREST ON OVERDUE PAYMENTS AND RETAINAGE 6.01 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on overdue payments except as required by Texas Government Code Chapter 2251. 6.02 The Owner is not obligated to pay interest on moneys not paid except as provided in Texas Government Code Chapter 2252. ARTICLE 7 — CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIONS 7.01 The Contractor makes the following representations: A. The Contractor has examined and carefully studied the Contract Documents and the other related data identified in the Bidding Documents. B. The Contractor has visited the Site and become familiar with and is satisfied as to the general, local, and Site conditions that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. Agreement 00 52 23 - 3 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications Rev 06-22-2016 C. The Contractor is familiar with Laws and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, and performance of the Work. D. The Contractor has carefully studied the following Site -related reports and drawings as identified in the Supplementary Conditions: 1. Geotechnical Data Reports regarding subsurface conditions at or adjacent to the Site; 2. Drawings of physical conditions relating to existing surface or subsurface structures at the Site; 3. Underground Facilities referenced in reports and drawings; 4. Reports and drawings relating to Hazardous Environmental Conditions, if any, at or adjacent to the Site; and 5. Technical Data related to each of these reports and drawings. E. The Contractor has considered the: 1. Information known to Contractor; 2. Information commonly known to contractors doing business in the locality of the Site; 3. Information and observations obtained from visits to the Site; and 4. The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor has considered the items identified in Paragraphs 7.01.D and 7.01.E with respect to the effect of such information, observations, and documents on: 1. The cost, progress, and performance of the Work; 2. The means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction to be employed by Contractor; and 3. Contractor's safety precautions and programs. G. Based on the information and observations referred to in the preceding paragraphs, Contractor agrees that no further examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, or data are necessary for the performance of the Work at the Contract Price, within the Contract Times, and in accordance with the other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. H. The Contractor is aware of the general nature of Work to be performed by Owner and others at the Site that relates to the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents. I. The Contractor has correlated the information known to the Contractor, information and observations obtained from visits to the Site, reports and drawings identified in the Contract Documents, and all additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, studies, and data with the Contract Documents. J. The Contractor has given the OAR written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or discrepancies that the Contractor has discovered in the Contract Documents, and the written resolution provided by the OAR is acceptable to the Contractor. K. The Contract Documents are generally sufficient to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance and furnishing of the Work. Agreement 00 52 23 - 4 Rev 06-22-2016 L. Contractor's entry into this Contract constitutes an incontrovertible representation by Contractor that without exception all prices in the Agreement are premised upon performing and furnishing the Work required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 8 — ACCOUNTING RECORDS 8.01 Accounting Record Availability: The Contractor shall keep such full and detailed accounts of materials incorporated and labor and equipment utilized for the Work consistent with the requirements of Paragraph 13.01 of the General Conditions and as may be necessary for proper financial management under this Agreement. Subject to prior written notice, the Owner shall be afforded reasonable access during normal business hours to all of the Contractor's records, books, correspondence, instructions, drawings, receipts, vouchers, memoranda, and similar data relating to the Cost of the Work and the Contractor's fee. The Contractor shall preserve all such documents for a period of 3 years after the final payment by the Owner. ARTICLE 9 — CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 9.01 Contents: A. The Contract Documents consist of the following: 1. Specifications, forms, and documents listed in SECTION 00 01 00 TABLE OF CONTENTS 2. Drawings listed in the Sheet Index 3. Addenda 4. Exhibits to this Agreement: a. Contractor's Bid Form b. n/a 5. Documentation required by the Contract Documents and submitted by Contractor prior to Notice of Award B. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed above in this Article. C. The Contract Documents may only be amended, modified, or supplemented as provided in Article 11 of the General Conditions. ARTICLE 10 — CONTRACT DOCUMENT SIGNATURES One original of the signed Agreement will be required. The sequence of signatures will be completed in the following order: A. CONTRACTOR — Agreement must be signed by a person authorized to bind the firm or company. If Contractor is a Corporation, agreements must be Attested; B. ASSISTANT CITY ATTORNEY for the City; C. DIRECTOR OF ENGINEERING SERVICES; D. CITY SECRETARY for the City. Agreement 00 52 23 - 5 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications Rev 06-22-2016 ATTEST CITY OF CORPUS CHRISTI Digitally signed by Rebecca Huerta DN: cn=Rebecca Huerta, o, ou, email=rebeccah@cctexas.com, c=US Date: 2016.10.12 15:50:32 -0500' Rebecca Huerta City Secretary APPROVED AS TO LEGAL FORM: / - 2016.10.06 13:40:09 -05'00' Janet L. Kellogg Assistant City Attorney Digitally signed by Jeff Edmonds DN: cn=Jeff Edmonds, o, ou=Engineering, email=jeffreye@cctexas.com, c=US Date: 2016.10.11 11:08:26 -0500' J.H. Edmonds, P.E. Director of Engineering Services M2016-111 AUTHORIZED BY COUNCIL 9/20/16 RH/ML ATTEST (IF CORPORATION) CONTRACTOR 74adt, Bridges Specialties, Inc. Note: Attach copy of authorization to sign if person signing for CONTRACTOR is not President, Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, or Chief Financial Officer Digitally signed by RH/ML Date: 2016.10.12 10:44:40 -0500' By: Title: Owner/ President 4233 FM 624 Address Robstown Texas 78380 City State Zip 361/387-2743 361/387-1769 Phone Fax Brianb@bridgesspecialtiesinc.com EMail END OF SECTION Agreement 00 52 23 - 6 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications Rev 06-22-2016 ACCPROF CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE(,n,DDDIYYU) 10/3/2016 THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder Is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(les) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certaln policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). PRODUCER K&S Insurance Agency 2255 Ridge Road, Ste. 333 P. 0. Box 277 Rockwall TX 75087 CONTACT Cheryl Rogers NAME: PHONE B l• (972) 771-4071 (aC. No): (972)771-4695 WC No AODRESS:crogers@kandsins.com INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# INSURERA:FCCI Insurance Co. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURED Bridges Specialties, Inc. 4233 FM 624 RobstoWn TX 78380 INSURER B :Travelers Lloyds Ins. Co. 41564 INSURER C: INSURER D: $ 1,000,000 INSURER E : X INSURERF: COVtHALitS 4CRI n'IVMI I I\vs.w._.'. -,-. THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTVNTHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR TYPE OFINSURAHCE TYPE AD NW 4WD POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF 16NNOD)YYYY) POLICY EXP (MINDDIYYYY) LIMITS LTR COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY EACH OCCURRENCE $ 1,000,000 X DA MAGE TO RENTED $ 100,000 PREMISES (Ea newnonce) A CLAIMS -MADE X OCCUR $ 5,000 01,0016740 5/10/2016 5/10/2017 MED EXP (Any one person) $ 1,000,000 PERSONAL &ADV INJURY $ 2,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE GENL AGGREGATE X LIMIT APPLIES PRO- PER: PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGG $ 2,000,000 POLICY OTHER: JECT LOC Limited Jobsite Pollution$ 100,000 LIABILITY COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT (Ea accident) $ 1,000,000 AUTOMOBILE BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ A X ANY AUTO ALL OWNED SCHEDULED CA0027046 5/10/2016 5/10/2017 BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $ AUTOS X NO -OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE (Per accident) X HIRED AUTOS AUTOS Urensuredmetodstcclnb:ned $ 1,000,000 X EACH OCCURRENCE $ 5,000,000 $ 5,000,000 $ X UMBRELLALIAB =op AGGREGATE A EXCESSLIAB CLAIMS -MADE X RECENT ON$ 10,000 0400010969 5/10/2016 5/10/2017 WORKERS DED COMPENSATION '`t SR TATUTE OTRH- ANDEMPLOYERS'LIABILITY y)N E.L. EACH ACCIDENT $ 1,000,000 ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE N )EXCLUDED'! NIA NC00002671 5/10/2016 5/10/2017 E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ 1,000,000 A (MandatoryIn If yeESs, dePTIONscnbe aOF OPERATIONS bebv rtier DCRI EL. DISEASE - POLICY MUTT 5 1,000,000 B B Leased/Rented Equipment Installation Floater QT -660 -6C203231 -TLC -16 QT -660 -6C203231 -TLC -16 5/10/2016 5/10/2016 5/10/2017 5/10/2017 4200.000w/$2500Detlucfb!e $1,209000 w/$2500 Deducbble DESCRIPTION RE Applies Auto Subrogation 6/14 General COVERAGE,LIMITS,CONDITIONS OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space Is required) E11050 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications. Additional Insured Form #CGL084 10/13 and CGL088 10/13 to the General Liability Policy. Additional insured Form #CAU058 12/09 Applies to the Business Policy. Waiver of Subrogation Form #CGL088 10/13 Applies to the General Liability Policy. Waiver of Form #CAU058 12/09 Applies to the Business Auto Policy. Waiver of Subrogation Form #WC420304B Applies to the Workers Compensation Policy. Primary & Non -Contributory Form #CGL025 11/08 Applies to Liability Policy. *ALWAYS REFER TO THE ATTACHED POLICY FORMS FOR SPECIFIC WORDING OF SUCH & EXCLUSIONS. CERTIFICATE HOLDER City of Corpus Christi Engineering Services ATTN: Sylvia Arriaga, Construction Contract Mgr P.O. Box 9277 Corpus Christi, TX 78469-9277 SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE Gary Thompson/CHERYL ACORD 25 (2014/01) INS025 r2n14mm © 1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved. The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD GL0016740 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CGL 084 (10 13) THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSURED - OWNERS, LESSEES OR CONTRACTORS - AUTOMATIC STATUS WHEN REQUIRED IN CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT WITH YOU - ONGOING OPERATIONS AND PRODUCTS -COMPLETED OPERATIONS This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM SCHEDULE (OPTIONAL) Name of Additional Insured Persons or Organizations (As required by written contract or agreement per Paragraph A. below.) Locations of Covered Operations (As per the written contract or agreement, provided the location is within the "coverage territory") (Information required to complete this Schedule, if not shown above, will be shown in the Declarations.) A. Section II — Who Is An Insured is amended to include as an additional insured: 1. Any person or organization for whom you are performing operations when you and such person or organization have agreed in writing in a contract or agreement in effect during the term of this policy that such person or organization be added as an additional insured on your policy; and 2. Any other person or organization you are required to add as an additional insured under the contract or agreement described in Paragraph 1. above; and 3. The particular person or organization, if any, scheduled above. Such person(s) or organization(s) is an additional insured only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" occurring after the execution of the contract or agreement described in Paragraph 1. above and caused, in whole or in part, by: 1. Your acts or omissions; or 2. The acts or omissions of those acting on your behalf in the performance of your ongoing operations for the additional insured; or 3. Your work" performed for the additional insured and included in the "products -completed operations hazard" if such coverage is specifically required in the written contract or agreement. CGL 084 (10 13) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Offices, Inc. with its permission. Page 1 of 3 Copyright 2013 FCCI Insurance Group. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CGL 084 (10 13) However, the insurance afforded to such additional insured(s) described above: 1. Only applies to the extent permitted by law; 2. Will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured; 3. Will not be broader than that which is afforded to you under this policy; and 4. Nothing herein shall extend the term of this policy. B. The insurance provided to the additional insured does not apply to "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of the rendering of, or the failure to render, any professional architectural, engineering or surveying services, Including: 1. The preparing, approving, or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders or drawings and specifications; or 2. Supervisory, inspection, architectural or engineering activities. C. This insurance is excess over any other valid and collectible insurance available to the additional insured whether on a primary, excess, contingent or any other basis; unless the written contract or agreement requires that this insurance be primary and non-contributory, in which case this Insurance will be primary and non-contributory relative to insurance on which the additional insured is a Named Insured. D. With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, the following is added to Section III — Limits of Insurance: The most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: 1. Required by the contract or agreement described in Paragraph A.1.; or 2. Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. E. Section IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions is amended as follows: The Duties In The Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit condition is amended to add the following additional conditions applicable to the additional insured: An additional insured under this endorsement must as soon as practicable: 1. Give us written notice of an "occurrence" or an offense which may result in a claim or "suit" under this insurance, and of any claim or "suit" that does result; 2. Send us copies of all legal papers received in connection with the claim or "suit", cooperate with us in the investigation or settlement of the claim or defense against the "suit", and otherwise comply with all policy conditions; and 3. Tender the defense and indemnity of any claim or "suit" to any provider of other insurance which would cover the additional insured for a loss we cover under this endorsement and agree to make available all such other insurance. However, this condition does not affect Paragraph C. above. CGL 084 (10 13) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Offices, Inc. with its permission. Page 2 of 3 Copyright 2013 FCCI lnsurance Group. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CGL 084 (10 13) We have no duty to defend or indemnify an additional insured under this endorsement until we receive from the additional insured written notice of a claim or 'suit". F. This endorsement does not apply to any additional insured or project that is specifically identified in any other additional insured endorsement attached to the Commercial General Liability Coverage Form. CGL 084 (10 13) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Offices, Inc. with its permission. Page 3 of 3 Copyright 2013 FCCI Insurance Group. GL0016740 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CGL 025 (11 08) THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. ADDITIONAL INSUREDS - PRIMARY/NON-CONTRIBUTORY COVERAGE WHEN REQUIRED BY CONTRACT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM The following is added to SECTION IV — Commercial General Liability Conditions, Paragraph 4, entitled "Other Insurance", subsection b. entitled "Excess Insurance", paragraph (1): This insurance is excess over: (v) Any other insurance naming an additional insured as an insured on a primary basis, excess, contingent or on any other basis unless a written contract specifically requires that this Insurance be primary and noncontributing. The written contract must be currently in effect or become effective during the term of this policy and must be executed prior to the °bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury." CGL 025 (11 08) Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, with its permission. Page 1 of 1 Copyright 2008 FCCI Insurance Group. GL0016740 FIRST CHOICE CONTRACTORS LIABILITY ENDORSEMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS DESCRIPTION PAGE Additional Insured Coverage 10 Bail Bonds 9 Blanket Waiver of Subrogation 16 Bodily Injury and Property Damage 1 Care, Custody or Control 3 Contractors Errors and Omissions 7 Contractual Liability (Personal & Advertising Injury) 2 Electronic Data Liability 1 General Liability Conditions 14 Incidental Malpractice 10 Insured 10 Limited Product Withdrawal Expense 4 Limits of Insurance 12 Loss of Earnings 10 Newly Formed or Acquired Organizations 12 Non -Owned Watercraft 1 Property Damage Liability — Borrowed Equipment 1 Tenant's Property and Premises Rented To You 9 Voluntary Property Damage 2 GL0016740 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CGL 088 (10 13) THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. FIRST CHOICE CONTRACTORS LIABILITY ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM NOTE: The following are additions, replacements and amendments to the Commercial General Liability Coverage Form, and will apply unless excluded by separate endorsement(s) to the Commercial General Liability Coverage Form. The COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM is amended as follows: SECTION I - COVERAGES, COVERAGE A. BODILY INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE is amended as follows: 1. Extended "Property Damage" Exclusion 2.a., Expected or Intended Injury, is replaced with the following: a. "Bodily injury" or "property damage" expected or intended from the standpoint of the insured. This exclusion does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" resulting from the use of reasonable force to protect persons or property. 2. Non -owned Watercraft Exclusion 2.g. (2) (a) is replaced with the following: (a) Less than 51 feet long; and 3. Property Damage Liability — Borrowed Equipment The following is added to Exclusion 2.4 (4): Paragraph (4) of this exclusion does not apply to "property damage" to borrowed equipment while at a jobsite and not being used to perform operations. The most we will pay for "property damage" to any one borrowed equipment item under this coverage is $25,000 per "occurrence". The insurance afforded under this provision is excess over any other valid and collectible property insurance (including deductible) available to the insured, whether primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. 4. Limited Electronic Data Liability Exclusion 2.p. is replaced with the following: p. Electronic Data Damages arising out of the loss of, loss of use of, damage to, corruption of, inability to access, or inability to manipulate "electronic data" that does not result from physical injury to tangible property. The most we will pay under Coverage A for "property damage" because of all loss of "electronic data" arising out of any one "occurrence" is $10,000. CGL 088 (10 13) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 16 Copyright 2013 FCCI Insurance Group COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CGL 088 (10 13) We have no duty to investigate or defend claims or "suits" covered by this Limited Electronic Data Liability coverage. The following definition is added to SECTION V — DEFINITIONS of the Coverage Form: "Electronic data" means information, facts or programs stored as or on, created or used on, or transmitted to or from computer software (including systems and applications software), hard or floppy disks, CD- ROMS, tapes, drives, cells, data processing devices or any other media which are used with electronically controlled equipment. For purposes of this Limited Electronic Data Liability coverage, the definition of "Property Damage" in SECTION V — DEFINITIONS of the Coverage Form Is replaced by the following: 17. "Property damage° means: a. Physical injury to tangible property, including all resulting loss of use of that property. All such loss of use shall be deemed to occur at the time of the physical injury that caused it; b. Loss of use of tangible property that is not physically injured. All such loss of use shall be deemed to occur at the time of the "occurrence" that caused it; c. Loss of, loss of use of, damage to, corruption of, Inability to access, or inability to properly manipulate "electronic data", resulting from physical injury to tangible property. All such loss of "electronic data" shall be deemed to occur at the time of the "occurrence" that caused it. For purposes of this insurance, "electronic data" is not tangible property. SECTION I — COVERAGES, COVERAGE B. PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY LIABILITY is amended as follows: Paragraph 2.e. Exclusions — the Contractual Liability Exclusion is deleted. SECTION I — COVERAGES, the following coverages are added: COVERAGE D. VOLUNTARY PROPERTY DAMAGE 1. Insuring Agreement We will pay, at your request, for "property damage" caused by an "occurrence", to property of others caused by you, or while in your possession, arising out of your business operations. The amount we will pay for damages is described in SECTION III LIMITS OF INSURANCE, 2. Exclusions This insurance does not apply to: "Property Damage" to: a. Property at premises owned, rented, leased or occupied by you; b. Property while in transit; c. Property owned by, rented to, leased to, loaned to, borrowed by, or used by you; CGL 088 (10 13) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 2 of 16 Copyright 2013 FCCI Insurance Group COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CGL 088 (10 13) d. Premises you sell, give away, or abandon, if the "property damage" arises out of any part of those premises; e. Property caused by or arising out of the "products -completed operations hazard"; f. Motor vehicles; g. "Your product" arising out of It or any part of it; or h. "Your work" arising out of it or any part of It. 3. Deductible We will not pay for loss in any one "occurrence" until the amount of loss exceeds $250. We will then pay the amount of loss in excess of $250 up to the applicable limit of insurance. 4. Cost Factor In the event of a covered loss, you shall, if requested by us, replace the damaged property or furnish the labor and materials necessary for repairs thereto at your actual cost, excluding profit or overhead charges. The insurance afforded under COVERAGE D is excess over any other valid and collectible property or inland marine insurance (including the deductible applicable to the property or inland marine coverage) available to you whether primary, excess, contingent or any other basis. Coverage D covers unintentional damage or destruction, but does not cover disappearance, theft, or loss of use. The insurance under COVERAGE D does not apply if a loss is paid under COVERAGE E. COVERAGE E. CARE, CUSTODY OR CONTROL 1. Insuring Agreement We will pay those sums that the insured becomes legally obligated to pay as damages because of "property damage" caused by an "occurrence", to property of others while In your care, custody, or control or property of others as to which you are exercising physical control if the "property damage" arises out of your business operations. The amount we will pay for damages is described in SECTION III LIMITS OF INSURANCE. 2. Exclusions This insurance does not apply to: "Property Damage" to: a. Property at premises owned, rented, leased or occupied by you; b. Property while in transit; c. Premises you sell, give away, or abandon, if the "property damage" arises out of any part of those premises; d. Property caused by or arising out of the "products -completed operations hazard"; CGL 088 (10 13) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 3 of 16 Copyright 2013 FCCI Insurance Group COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CGL 088 (10 13) e. Motor vehicles; f. "Your product" arising out of it or any part of it; or g. "Your work" arising out of it or any part of it. 3. Deductible We will not pay for loss in any one "occurrence" until the amount of loss exceeds $250. We will then pay the amount of loss in excess of $250 up to the applicable limit of insurance. 4. Cost Factor In the event of a covered loss, you shall, if requested by us, replace the damaged property or furnish the labor and materials necessary for repairs thereto at your actual cost, excluding profit or overhead charges. The insurance afforded under COVERAGE E is excess over any other valid and collectible property or inland marine insurance (including the deductible applicable to the property or inland marine coverage) available to you whether primary, excess, contingent or any other basis. The insurance under COVERAGE E does not apply if a loss is paid under COVERAGE D. COVERAGE F. LIMITED PRODUCT WITHDRAWAL EXPENSE 1. Insuring Agreement a. If you are a "seller", we will reimburse you for "product withdrawal expenses" associated with "your product" incurred because of a "product withdrawal" to which this insurance applies. The amount of such reimbursement is limited as described in SECTION III - LIMITS OF INSURANCE. No other obligation or liability to pay sums or perform acts or services is covered. a. This insurance applies to a "product withdrawal" only if the "product withdrawal" is initiated in the "coverage territory" during the policy period because: (1) You determine that the "product withdrawal" is necessary; or (2) An authorized government entity has ordered you to conduct a "product withdrawal". c. We will reimburse only those "product withdrawal expenses" which are incurred and reported to us within one year of the date the "product withdrawal" was initiated. d. The initiation of a "product withdrawal" will be deemed to have been made only at the earliest of the following times: (1) When you have announced, in any manner, to the general public, your vendors or to your employees (other than those employees directly involved in making the determination) your decision to conduct a "product withdrawal" This applies regardless of whether the determination to conduct a "product withdrawal" is made by you or is requested by a third party; (2) When you received, either orally or in writing, notification of an order from an authorized government entity to conduct a "product withdrawal; or CGL 088 (10 13) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 4 of 16 Copyright 2013 FCCI Insurance Group COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CGL 088 (10 13) (3) When a third party has initiated a "product withdrawal" and you communicate agreement with the "product withdrawal", or you announce to the general public, your vendors or to your employees (other than those employees directly involved in making the determination) your decision to participate in the "product withdrawal", whichever comes first. e. "Product withdrawal expenses" incurred to withdraw "your products" which contain: (1) The same "defect" will be deemed to have arisen out of the same "product withdrawal"; or (2) A different "defect" will be deemed to have arisen out of a separate "product withdrawal" if newly determined or ordered in accordance with paragraph 1.b of this coverage. 2. Exclusions This Insurance does not apply to "product withdrawal" expenses" arising out of: a. Any "product withdrawal" initiated due to: (1) The failure of "your products" to accomplish their intended purpose, including any breach of warranty of fitness, whether written or implied. This exclusion does not apply if such failure has caused or is reasonably expected to cause "bodily injury" or physical damage to tangible property. (2) Copyright, patent, trade secret or trademark infringements; (3) Transformation of a chemical nature, deterioration or decomposition of "your product", except if it is caused by: (a) An error in manufacturing, design, processing or transportation of "your product': or (b) "Product tampering". (4) Expiration of the designated shelf life of "your product". b. A "product withdrawal", initiated because of a "defect" in "your product" known to exist by the Named Insured or the Named Insured's "executive officers", prior to the inception date of this Coverage Part or prior to the time "your product" leaves your control or possession. c. Recall of any specific products for which "bodily injury" or "property damage" is excluded under Coverage A - Bodily Injury And Property Damage Liability by endorsement. d. Recall of "your products" which have been banned from the market by an authorized government entity prior to the policy period. e. The defense of a claim or "suit" against you for "product withdrawal expenses". 3. For the purposes of the insurance afforded under COVERAGE F, the following is added to 2. Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim Or Suit Condition under SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS: e. Duties In The Event Of A "Defect" Or A "Product Withdrawal" (1) You must see to it that we are notified as soon as practicable of any actual, suspected or threatened "defect" in "your products", or any governmental investigation, that may result In a "product withdrawal". To the extent possible, notice should include: CGL 088 (10 13) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 5 of 16 Copyright 2013 FCCI Insurance Group COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CGL 088 (10 13) (a) How, when and where the "defect" was discovered; (b) The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses; and (c) The nature, location and circumstances of any injury or damage arising out of use or consumption of "your product". (2) If a "product withdrawal" is initiated, you must: (a) Immediately record the specifics of the "product withdrawal" and the date it was initiated; (b) Send us written notice of the "product withdrawal" as soon as practicable; and (c) Not release, consign, ship or distribute by any other method, any product, or like or similar products, with an actual, suspected or threatened defect. (3) You and any other involved insured must: (a) Immediately send us copies of pertinent correspondence received in connection with the "product withdrawal"; (b) Authorize us to obtain records and other information; and (c) Cooperate with us in our investigation of the "product withdrawal". 4. For the purposes of this Coverage F, the following definitions are added to the Definitions Section: a. "Defect" means a defect, deficiency or inadequacy that creates a dangerous condition. b. "Product tampering" is an act of intentional alteration of "your product" which may cause or has caused "bodily injury" or physical injury to tangible property. When "product tampering" Is known, suspected or threatened, a "product withdrawal" will not be limited to those batches of your product" which are known or suspected to have been tampered with. c. "Product withdrawal" means the recall or withdrawal of "your products", or products which contain "your products", from the market or from use, by any other person or organization, because of a known or suspected "defect" in "your product", or a known or suspected "product tampering", which has caused or is reasonably expected to cause "bodily injury" or physical injury to tangible property. d. "Product withdrawal expenses" means those reasonable and necessary extra expenses, listed below paid and directly related to a "product withdrawal": (1) Costs of notification; (2) Costs of stationery, envelopes, production of announcements and postage or facsimiles; (3) Costs of overtime paid to your regular non -salaried employees and costs incurred by your employees, including costs of transportation and accommodations; (4) Costs of computer time; (5) Costs of hiring Independent contractors and other temporary employees; (6) Costs of transportation, shipping or packaging; CGL 088 (10 13) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with Its permission. Page 6 of 16 Copyright 2013 FCCI Insurance Group (7) (8) COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CGL 088 (10 13) Costs of warehouse or storage space; or Costs of proper disposal of "your products", or products that contain "your products", that cannot be reused, not exceeding your purchase price or your cost to produce the products; but "product withdrawal expenses" does not include costs of the replacement, repair or redesign of "your product", or the costs of regaining your market share, goodwill, revenue or profit. e. "Seller" means a person or organization that manufactures, sells or distributes goods or products. "Seller' does not include a "contractor as defined elsewhere in this endorsement. The insurance under COVERAGE F does not apply if a loss is paid under COVERAGE G. COVERAGE G. CONTRACTORS ERRORS AND OMISSIONS 1. Insuring Agreement If you are a "contractor", we will pay those sums that you become legally obligated to pay as damages because of "property damage" to "your product", "your work" or "impaired property", due to faulty workmanship, material or design, or products including consequential loss, to which this Insurance applies. The damages must have resulted from your negligent act, error or omission while acting in your business capacity as a contractor or subcontractor or from a defect in material or a product sold or installed by you while acting in this capacity. The amount we will pay for damages is described in SECTION III LIMITS OF INSURANCE. We have no duty to investigate or defend claims or "suits" covered by this Contractors Errors or Omissions coverage. This coverage applies only if the "property damage" occurs in the "coverage territory" during the policy period. This coverage does not apply to additional insureds, if any. Supplementary Payments — Coverage A and B do not apply to Coverage G. Contractors Errors and Omissions. 2. Exclusions This insurance does not apply to: a. "Bodily injury" or "personal and advertising injury". b. Liability or penalties arising from a delay or failure to complete a contract or project, or to complete a contract or project on time. c. Liability because of an error or omission: (1) In the preparation of estimates or job costs; (2) Where cost estimates are exceeded; (3) In the preparation of estimates of profit or return on capital; (4) In advising or failure to advise on financing of the work or project; or (5) In advising or failing to advise on any legal work, title checks, form of insurance or suretyship. CGL 088 (10 13) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 7 of 16 Copyright 2013 FCCI Insurance Group COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CGL 088 (10 13) d. Any liability which arises out of any actual or alleged infringement of copyright or trademark or trade dress or patent, unfair competition or piracy, or theft or wrongful taking of concepts or intellectual property. e. Any liability for damages: (1) From the intentional dishonest, fraudulent, malicious or criminal acts of the Named Insured, or by any partner, member of a limited liability company, or executive officer, or at the direction of any of them; or (2) Which is In fact expected or intended by the insured, even if the injury or damage is of a different degree or type than actually expected or intended. f. Any liability arising out of manufacturer's warranties or guarantees whether express or implied. g. Any liability arising from "property damage" to property owned by, rented or leased to the insured. h. Any liability incurred or "property damage" which occurs, in whole or in part, before you have completed "your work." "Your work" will be deemed completed at the earliest of the following times: (1) When all of the work called for in your contract or work order has been completed; (2) When all the work to be done at the job site has been completed if your contract calls for work at more than one job site; or (3) When that part of the work done at a job site has been put to its intended use by any person or organization other than another contractor or subcontractor working on the same project. Work that may need service or maintenance, correction, repair or replacement, but which is otherwise complete, will be treated as complete. i. Any liability arising from "property damage" to products that are still in your physical possession. j. Any liability arising out of the rendering of or failure to render any professional services by you or on your behalf, but only with respect to either or both of the following operations: (1) Providing engineering, architectural or surveying services to others; and (2) Providing or hiring independent professionals to provide engineering, architectural or surveying services in connection with construction work you perform. Professional services include the preparing, approving or failing to prepare or approve, maps, shop drawings, opinions, reports, surveys, field orders, change orders, or drawings and specifications. Professional services also include supervisory or inspection activities performed as part of any related architectural or engineering activities. But, professional services do not include services within construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures employed by you in connection with construction work you perform. k. Your loss of profit or expected profit and any liability arising therefrom. I. "Property damage" to property other than "your product," "your work" or "impaired property." m. Any liability arising from claims or "suits" where the right of action against the insured has been relinquished or waived. CGL 088 (10 13) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 8 of 16 Copyright 2013 FCCI Insurance Group COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CGL 088 (10 13) n. Any liability for "property damage" to "your work" if the damaged work or the work out of which the damage arises was performed on your behalf by a subcontractor. o. Any liability arising from the substitution of a material or product for one specified on blueprints, work orders, contracts or engineering specifications unless there has been written authorization, or unless the blueprints, work orders, contracts or engineering specifications were written by you, and you have authorized the changes. p. Liability of others assumed by the insured under any contract or agreement, whether oral or in writing. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the insured would have in the absence of the contract or agreement. 3. For the purposes of Coverage G, the following definition is added to the Definitions section: a. "Contractor" means a person or organization engaged in activities of building, clearing, filing, excavating or improvement in the size, use or appearance of any structure or land. "Contractor" does not include a "seller" as defined elsewhere in this endorsement. 4. Deductible We will not pay for loss in any one "occurrence" until the amount of loss exceeds $250. The limits of insurance will not be reduced by the application of the deductible amount. We may pay any part or all of the deductible amount to effect settlement of any claim or "suit", and upon notification of the action taken, you shall promptly reimburse us for such part of the deductible amount as has been paid by us. 5. Cost Factor In the event of a covered loss, you shall, if requested by us, replace the damaged property or furnish the labor and materials necessary for repairs thereto at your actual cost, excluding profit or overhead charges. The insurance under COVERAGE G does not apply if a loss is paid under COVERAGE F. EXPANDED COVERAGE FOR TENANT'S PROPERTY AND PREMISES RENTED TO YOU The first paragraph after subparagraph (6) in Exclusion j., Damage to Property is amended to read as follows: Paragraphs (1), (3) and (4) of this exclusion do not apply to "property damage" (other than damage by fire) to premises, including the contents of such premises, rented to you. A separate limit of insurance applies to Damage To Premises Rented To You as described in Section III — Limits Of Insurance. SECTION 1 - COVERAGES, SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGE A and B Is amended as follows: All references to SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES A and B are amended to SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS — COVERAGES A, B, D, E, and G. 1. Cost of Ball Bonds Paragraph 1.b. Is replaced with the following: b. Up to $2,500 for cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to furnish these bonds. CGL 088 (10 13) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 9 of 16 Copyright 2013 FCCI Insurance Group COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CGL 088 (10 13) 2. Loss of Earnings Paragraph 1.d. is replaced with the following: d. All reasonable expenses incurred by the insured at our request to assist us in the investigation or defense of the claim or "suit", including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. SECTION II -- WHO IS AN INSURED is amended as follows: 1. Incidental Malpractice Paragraph 2.a.(1)(d) is replaced with the following: (d) Arising out of his or her providing or failing to provide professional health care services. However, this exclusion does not apply to a nurse, emergency medical technician or paramedic employed by you to provide medical services, unless: (i) You are engaged in the occupation or business of providing or offering medical, surgical, dental, x-ray or nursing services, treatment, advice or instruction; or (ii) The "employee" has another insurance that would also cover claims arising under this provision, whether the other insurance is primary, excess, contingent or on any other basis. 2. Broadened Who Is An Insured The following are added to Paragraph 2.: Subsidiaries e. Your subsidiaries if: (1) They are legally incorporated entities; and (2) You own more than 50% of the voting stock in such subsidiaries as of the effective date of this policy. If such subsidiaries are not shown in the Declarations, you must report them to us within 180 days of the inception of your original policy. Additional Insureds f. Any person or organization described in paragraphs g. through k. below whom you are required to add as an additional insured on this policy under a written contract or agreement in effect during the term of this policy, provided the written contract or agreement was executed prior to the "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" for which the additional insured seeks coverage. However, the insurance afforded to such additional insured(s): (1) Only applies to the extent permitted by law; (2) Will not be broader than that which you are required by the contract or agreement to provide for such additional insured; (3) Will not be broader than that which is afforded to you under this policy; (4) Is subject to the conditions described in paragraphs g. through k. below; and CGL 088 (10 13) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 10 of 16 Copyright 2013 FCCI Insurance Group g. COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CGL 08B (10 13) (5) Nothing herein shall extend the term of this policy. Owner, Lessor or Manager of Premises If the additional insured is an owner, lessor or manager of premises, such person or organization shall be covered only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of that part of any premises leased to you and subject to the following additional exclusions: (1) Any "occurrence" that takes place after you cease to occupy those premises; or (2) Structural alterations, new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of such person or organization. h. State or Governmental Agency or Subdivision or Political Subdivision — Permits or Authorizations If the additional insured is the state or any political subdivision, the state or political subdivision shall be covered only with respect to operations performed by you or on your behalf for which the state or political subdivision has Issued a permit or authorization. This Insurance does not apply to: (1) "Bodily injury", "property damage", or "personal and advertising injury" arising out of operations performed for the federal government, state or municipality; or (2) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" included within the "products -completed operations hazard". I. Lessor of Leased Equipment If the additional insured is a lessor of leased equipment, such lessor shall be covered only with respect to liability for "bodily injury", "property damage" or "personal and advertising injury" caused, in whole or in part, by your maintenance, operation or use of equipment leased to you by such person(s) or organization(s). With respect to the insurance afforded to these additional insureds, this insurance does not apply to any "occurrence" which takes place after the equipment lease expires. Mortgagee, Assignee, or Receiver If the additional Insured is a mortgagee, assignee, or receiver of premises, such mortgagee, assignee or receiver of premises is an additional insured only with respect to their liability as mortgagee, assignee, or receiver and arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of the premises by you. This insurance does not apply to structural alterations, new construction and demolition operations performed by or for that person or organization. J• k. Vendor If the additional insured is a vendor, such vendor is an additional insured only with respect to "bodily injury" or "property damage" caused by "your products" which are distributed or sold in the regular course of the vendor's business, subject to the following additional exclusions: (1) The insurance afforded to the vendor does not apply to: (a) "Bodily injury" or "property damage" for which the vendor is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the vendor would have in absence of the contract or agreement. (b) Any express warranty unauthorized by you; CGL 088 (10 13) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 11 of 16 Copyright 2013 FCCI Insurance Group COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CGL 088 (10 13) (c) Any physical or chemical change in "your product" made intentionally by the vendor; (d) Repackaging, unless unpacked solely for the purpose of inspection, demonstration, testing, or the substitution of parts under instructions from the manufacturer, and then repackaged in the original container; (e) Any failure to make such inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of the products; (f) Demonstration, installation, servicing or repair operations, except such operations performed at the vendor's premises in connection with the sale of the product; (g) Products which, after distribution or sale by you, have been labeled or relabeled or used as a container, part or ingredient of any other thing or substance by or for the vendor; or (h) "Bodily injury' or "property damage" arising out of the sole negligence of the vendor for its own acts or omissions or those of its own acts or omissions or those of its employees or anyone else acting on its behalf. However, this exclusion does not apply to: i. The exceptions contained in Subparagraphs d. or f.; or ii. Such inspections, adjustments, tests or servicing as the vendor has agreed to make or normally undertakes to make in the usual course of business, in connection with the distribution or sale of the products. (2) This insurance does not apply to any insured person or organization, from whom you have acquired such products, or any ingredient, part or container, entering into, accompanying or containing such products. 3. Newly Formed or Acquired Organizations Paragraph 3. is amended as follows: a. Coverage under this provision is afforded until the end of the policy period. d. Coverage A does not apply to product recall expense arising out of any withdrawal or recall that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization. SECTION III — LIMITS OF INSURANCE is amended as follows: 1. Paragraph 2. is replaced with the following: 2. The General Aggregate Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of: a. Medical expenses under Coverage C; b. Damages under Coverage A, except damages because of "bodily injury" or "property damage" included in the "products -completed operations hazard c. Damages under Coverage B; d. Voluntary "property damage" payments under Coverage D; and e. Care, Custody or Control damages under Coverage E. CGL 088 (10 13) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 12 of 16 Copyright 2013 FCCI Insurance Group COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CGL 088 (10 13) 2. Paragraph 5. is replaced with the following: 5. Subject to Paragraph 2. or 3. above, whichever applies, the Each Occurrence Limit is the most we will pay for the sum of: a. Damages under Coverage A; b. Medical expenses under Coverage C; c. Voluntary "property damage" payments under Coverage D; d. Care, Custody or Control damages under Coverage E; e. Limited Product Withdrawal Expense under Coverage F; and f. Contractors Errors and Omissions under Coverage G. because of all "bodily injury" and "property damage" arising out of any one "occurrence". 3. Paragraph 6. is replaced with the following: 6. Subject to Paragraph 5. above the Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit is the most we will pay under Coverage A for damages because of °property damage' to any one premises, while rented to you, or in the case of damage by fire or explosion, while rented to you or temporarily occupied by you with permission of the owner. The Damage to Premises Rented to You Limit is the higher of the Each Occurrence Limit shown In the Declarations or the amount shown in the Declarations as Damage To Premises Rented To You Limit. 4. Paragraph 7. Is replaced with the following: 7. Subject to Paragraph 5. above, the higher of $10,000 or the Medical Expense Limit shown In the Declarations is the most we will pay under Coverage C for all medical expenses because of "bodily injury" sustained by any one person. 5. Paragraph 8. is added as follows: 8. Subject to Paragraph 5. above, the most we will pay under Coverage D. Voluntary Property Damage for loss arising out of any one "occurrence" is $1,500. The most we will pay in any one -policy period, regardless of the number of claims made or suits brought, is $3,000. 6. Paragraph 9. is added as follows: 9. Subject to Paragraph 5. above, the most we will pay under Coverage E. Care, Custody or Control for "property damage" arising out of any one "occurrence" is $1,000. The most we will pay in any one -policy period, regardless of the number of claims made or suits brought, is $5,000. 7. Paragraph 10. is added as follows: 10. Subject to Paragraph 5. above, the most we will pay under Coverage F. Limited Product Withdrawal Expense for "product withdrawal expenses" In any one -policy period, regardless of the number of Insureds, "product withdrawals" initiated or number of "your products" withdrawn Is $10,000. CGL 088 (10 13) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 13 of 16 Copyright 2013 FCCI Insurance Group COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CGL 088 (10 13) 8. Paragraph 11. is added as follows: 11. Subject to Paragraph 5. above, the most we will pay under Coverage G. Contractors Errors and Omissions for damage in any one -policy period, regardless of the number of insureds, claims or "suits" brought, or persons or organizations making claim or bringing "suits" is $10,000. For errors in contract or job specifications or in recommendations of products or materials to be used, this policy will not pay for additional costs of products and materials to be used that would not have been incurred had the correct recommendations or specifications been made. 9. Paragraph 12. is added as follows: 12. The General Aggregate Limit applies separately to: a. Each of your projects away from premises owned by or rented to you; or b. Each "location" owned by or rented to you. "Location" as used in this paragraph means premises involving the same or connecting lots, or premises whose connection is interrupted only by a street, roadway, waterway or right-of-way of a railroad. 10. Paragraph 13. is added as follows: 13. With respect to the insurance afforded to any additional insured provided coverage under this endorsement: If coverage provided to the additional insured is required by a contract or agreement, the most we will pay on behalf of the additional insured is the amount of insurance: a. Required by the contract or agreement; or b. Available under the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations; whichever is less. This endorsement shall not increase the applicable Limits of Insurance shown in the Declarations. SECTION IV — COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS is amended as follows: 1. Subparagraph 2.a. of Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim, or Suit is replaced with the following: a. You must see to it that we are notified as soon as practicable of an "occurrence" or an offense which may result in a claim. This requirement applies only when the "occurrence" or offense is known to the following: (1) An individual who is the sole owner; (2) A partner, if you are a partnership or joint venture; (3) An "executive officer" or insurance manager, if you are a corporation; (4) A manager, if you are a limited liability company; CGL 088 (10 13) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 14 of 16 Copyright 2013 FCCI Insurance Group COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CGL 088 (10 13) (5) A person or organization having proper temporary custody of your property if you die; (6) The legal representative of you if you die; or (7) A person (other than an "employee") or an organization while acting as your real estate manager. To the extent possible, notice should include: (1) How, when and where the °occurrence" or offense took place; (2) The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses; and (3) The nature and location of any injury or damage arising out of the "occurrence" or offense. 2. The following is added to Subparagraph 2.b. of Duties In The Event Of Occurrence, Offense, Claim, or Suit: The requirement in 2.b.applies only when the "occurrence" or offense is known to the following: (1) An individual who is the sole owner; (2) A partner or insurance manager, if you are a partnership or joint venture; (3) An "executive officer" or insurance manager, if you are a corporation; (4) A manager or Insurance manager, if you are a limited liability company; (5) Your officials, trustees, board members or insurance manager, if you are a not-for-profit organization; (6) A person or organization having proper temporary custody of your property if you die; (7) The legal representative of you if you die; or (8) A person (other than an "employee") or an organization while acting as your real estate manager. 3. The following is added to paragraph 2. of Duties in the Event of Occurrence, Offense, Claim or Suit: e. If you report an "occurrence" to your workers compensation carrier that develops into a liability claim for which coverage is provided by the Coverage Form, failure to report such an "occurrence" to us at the time of the "occurrence" shall not be deemed a violation of paragraphs a., b., and c. above. However, you shall give written notice of this "occurrence" to us as soon as you become aware that this "occurrence" may be a liability claim rather than a workers compensation claim. 4. Paragraph 6. is replaced with the following: 6. Representations By accepting this policy, you agree: a. The statements in the Declarations are accurate and complete; b. Those statements are based upon representations you made to us; and c. We have issued this policy in reliance upon your representations. CGL 088 (10 13) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 15 of 16 Copyright 2013 FCCI lnsurance Group COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CGL 088 (10 13) Any error or omission in the description of, or failure to completely describe or disclose any premises, operations or products intended to be covered by the Coverage Form will not invalidate or affect coverage for those premises, operations or products, provided such error or omission or failure to completely describe or disclose premises, operations or products was not intentional. You must report such error or omission to us as soon as practicable after its discovery. However, this provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium charges or exercise our right of cancellation or nonrenewal. 5. The following Is added to paragraph 8. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us: However, we waive any right of recovery we may have because of payments we make for Injury or damage arising out of your ongoing operations or "your work" included in the "products -completed operations hazard" under the following conditions: a) Only when you have agreed in writing to waive such rights of recovery in a contract or agreement; b) Only as to the person/entity as to whom you are required by the contract to waive rights of recovery; and c) Only if the contract or agreement is in effect during the term of this policy, and was executed by you prior to the loss. 6. Paragraph 10. is added as follows: 10. Liberalization If we revise this Coverage Form to provide more coverage without additional premium charge, your policy will automatically provide the additional coverage as of the day the revision is effective in the applicable state(s). CGL 088 (10 13) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 16 of 16 Copyright 2013 FCCI Insurance Group CA0027046 AUTO FIRST CHOICE COVERAGE ENDORSEMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS DESCRIPTION Airbag Coverage 3 Auto Loan/Lease Gap Coverage 3 Broad Form Insured 1 Concealment, Misrepresentation or Fraud 5 Deductible 3 Duties in the Event of Accident, Claim, Suit or Loss 4 Fellow Employee 2 Fire Department Service Charge 3 Hired Auto Physical Damage 5 Loss of Earnings 2 Loss of Use Expenses 2 Supplementary Payments 2 Transfer of Rights of Recovery Against Others to Us 4 Transportation Expenses 2 PAGE THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. AUTO FIRST CHOICE COVERAGE ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM NOTE: The following are additions, replacements and amendments to the Business Auto Coverage Form, and will apply unless excluded by separate endorsement(s) to the Business Auto Coverage Form. With respect to coverages provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Business Auto Coverage Form apply unless modified by this endorsement. The Business Auto Coverage Form is amended as follows: SECTION II — LIABILITY COVERAGE Is amended as follows: A.1. Who Is An Insured provision Is amended by adding the following: d. Any legally incorporated subsidiary of yours in which you own more than 50% of the voting stock on the effective date of this coverage form. However, "insured" does not include any subsidiary that is an "insured" under any other liability policy or would be an "insured" under such a policy but for its termination or the exhaustion of its limits of insurance. In order for such subsidiaries to be considered Insured under this policy, you must notify us of such subsidiaries within 60 days of policy effective date. e. Any organization you newly acquire or form during the policy period, other than a partnership or joint venture, and over which you maintain sole ownership or a majority interest. However, coverage under this provision: (1) Does not apply if the organization you acquire or form is an "insured" under another liability policy or would be an "insured" under such a policy but for its termination or the exhaustion of its limits of insurance; (2) Does not apply to "bodily injury" or "property damage" that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization; and (3) Is afforded only for the first 90 days after you acquire or form the organization or until the end of the policy period, whichever comes first. f. Any person or organization who is required under a written contract or agreement between you and that person or organization, that is signed and executed by you before the "bodily injury" or "property damage" occurs and that is in effect during the policy period, to be named as an additional insured is an "Insured" for Liability Coverage, but only for damages to which this insurance applies and only to the extent that person or organization qualifies as an "insured" under the Who Is An Insured provision contained in Section II. g. Any "employee" of yours using: (1) a covered "auto" you do not own, hire or borrow, or a covered "auto" not owned by an "employee" or a member of his or her household, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business or your personal affairs; or CAU 058 (12 09) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 5 Copyright 2009 FCCI Insurance Group. COMMERCIAL AUTO CAU 058 (12 09) (2) an "auto" hired or rented under a contract or agreement in that "employee's" name, with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. However, your "employee" does not qualify as an insured under this paragraph (2) while using a covered "auto" rented from you or from any member of the "employee's" household h. Your members, if you are a limited liability company, while using a covered "auto" you do not own, hire or borrow, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business or your personal affairs. A.2. Coverage Extensions, Supplementary Payments a.(2) and a (4) are deleted and replaced with the following: (2) Up to $3,000 for cost of bail bonds (including bond for related traffic violations) required because of an "accident° we cover. We do not have to furnish these bonds. (4) All reasonable expenses incurred by the "insured" solely at our request, including actual loss of earnings up to $500 a day because of time off from work. B. Exclusions 5. Fellow Employee "Bodily injury" to any fellow "employee" of the "insured" arising out of and in the course of a fellow "employee's" employment or while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. However, this exclusion does not apply to your "employees" that are officers or managers if the "bodily injury" results from the use of a covered "auto" you own, hire or borrow. Coverage is excess over any other collectible Insurance. SECTION III — PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE is amended as follows: A. 4. Coverage Extensions a. and b. are deleted and replaced with the following: a. Transportation Expenses: We will pay up to $75 per day to a total maximum of $2,000 for temporary transportation expense incurred by you due to covered loss to any covered auto. We will pay only for those covered "autos" for which you carry either Comprehensive or Specified Causes Of Loss Coverage. We will pay for temporary transportation expenses incurred during the period beginning 24 hours after a loss and ending, regardless of the policy's expiration, when the covered "auto" is returned to use or we pay for its "loss". b. Loss of Use Expenses For Hired Auto Physical Damage, we will pay expenses for which an "insured" becomes legally responsible to pay for loss of use of a vehicle rented or hired without a driver, under a written rental contract or agreement. We will pay for loss of use expenses if caused by: (1) Other than collision only if the Declarations indicate that Comprehensive Coverage is provided for hired "autos"; (2) Specified Causes of Loss only if the Declarations indicate that Specified Causes of Loss Coverage is provided for hired "autos"; or (3) Collision only if the Declarations indicate that Collision Coverage Is provided for hired "autos". However, the most we will pay for any expenses for loss of use to any one vehicle is $75 per day, to a total maximum of $2,000. CAU 058 (12 09) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 2 of 5 Copyright 2009 FCCI Insurance Group. COMMERCIAL AUTO CAU 058 (12 09) B. Exclusions Paragraph 3. Is replaced with the following: 3. We will not pay for "loss" caused by or resulting from any of the following unless caused by other "loss" that is covered by this insurance: a. Wear and tear, freezing, mechanical or electrical breakdown b. Blowouts, punctures or other road damage to tires However, this exclusion does not include the discharge of an airbag in a covered "auto" you own that inflates due to a cause other than a cause of "loss" set forth in Paragraphs A.1.b and A.1.c.but only: a. If that "auto" is a covered "auto" for Comprehensive Coverage under this policy; b. The airbags are not covered under any warranty; and c. The airbags were not intentionally inflated We will pay up to a maximum of $1,000 for any one "loss". D. Deductible is replaced with the following: For each covered "auto", our obligation to pay for, repair, return or replace damaged or stolen property will be reduced by the applicable deductible shown in the Declarations subject to the following: Any Comprehensive Coverage deductible shown in the Declarations does not apply to: (1) "loss" caused by fire or lightning, and no deductible applies to glass damage if the glass is repaired rather than replaced, (2) the comprehensive deductible is waived for theft If your vehicle is equipped with an active GPS tracking system. The following Coverage Extension Is added: c. Fire Department Service Charge When a fire department is called to save or protect a covered "auto", its equipment, its contents, or occupants from a covered cause of loss, we will pay up to $1,000 for your liability for fire department service charges assumed by contractor or agreement prior to loss. No deductible applies to this additional coverage. d. Auto Loan/Lease Gap Coverage For those businesses not shown in the Declarations as "auto" dealerships, the following provisions apply: (1) If a long term leased "auto", under an original lease agreement, is a covered "auto" under this Coverage Form and the lessor of the covered °auto" is named as an additional insured under this policy, in the event of a total loss to the leased covered "auto", we will pay any unpaid amount due on the lease, less the amount paid under the Physical Damage Coverage Section of the policy; and less any: CAU 058 (12 09) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 3 of 5 Copyright 2009 FCCI Insurance Group. COMMERCIAL AUTO CAU 058 (12 09) (a) Overdue lease or loan payments including penalties, interest, or other charges resulting from overdue payments at the time of the "loss'; (b) Financial penalties imposed under a lease for excessive use, abnormal wear and tear or high mileage; (c) Security deposits not refunded by the lessor; (d) Costs for extended warranties, Credit Life Insurance, Health Accident or Disability Insurance purchased with the loan or lease; and (e) Carry-over balances from previous leases. (2) If an owned "auto" is a covered "auto" under this Coverage Form and the loss payee of the covered "auto" is named a loss payee under this policy, in the event of a total loss to the covered "auto", we will pay any unpaid amount due on the loan, less the amount paid under the Physical Damage Coverage Section of the policy; and less any; (a) Overdue loan payments at the time of the "loss"; (b) Costs for extended warranties, Credit Life Insurance, Heath Accident or Disability Insurance purchased with the loan; and (c) Carry-over balances from previous loans. SECTION IV — BUSINESS AUTO CONDITIONS is amended as follows: A. Loss Conditions. 2.a. Duties in the Event of Accident, Claim, Suit or Loss is amended to add the following paragraph: (4) This duty applies when the "accident", claim, "suit" or "loss" is first known to: (a) You, If you are an individual; (b) A partner, if you are a partnership; (c) An executive officer or insurance manager, if you are a corporation; or (d) A member or manager, if you are a limited liability company. 5. Transfer Of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us is replaced with the following: If a person or organization to or for whom we make payment under this Coverage Form has rights to recover damages from another, those rights are transferred to us. That person or organization must do everything necessary to secure our rights and must do nothing after "accident" or "loss" to impair them. However, if the insured has waived rights to recover through a written contract, or if your work was commenced under a letter of intent or work order, subject to a subsequent reduction in writing of such a waiver with customers whose customary contracts require a waiver, we waive any right of recovery we may have under this Coverage Form. CAU 058 (12 09) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 4 of 5 Copyright 2009 FCCI Insurance Group. COMMERCIAL AUTO CAU 058 (12 09) B. General Conditions 2. Concealment, Misrepresentation or Fraud is amended to include the following: However, if you unintentionally fail to disclose any hazards at the Inception of your policy, we will not deny coverage under this Coverage Form because of such failure. This provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or non -renewal. 5. Other Insurance - Paragraph b. Is replaced as follows: b. For Hired Auto Physical Damage Coverage, the following are deemed to be covered "autos" you own; (1) Any covered "auto" you lease, hire, rent or borrow; and (2) Any covered "auto" hired or rented by your "employee" under a contract in that individual "employee's" name , with your permission, while performing duties related to the conduct of your business. However, any "auto" that is leased, hired, rented or borrowed with a driver is not a covered "auto", nor is any "auto" you hire from any of your "employees", partners (if you are a partnership), members (if you are a limited liability company), or members of their households, CAU 058 (12 09) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 5 of 5 Copyright 2009 FCCI Insurance Group. WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC420304B (Ed. 6-14) TEXAS WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A. of the Information Page. We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the Schedule where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule. Schedule Specific Waiver Name of person or organization Blanket Waiver Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish this waiver. 2. Operations: All Texas Operations 3. Premium: The premium charge for this endorsement shall be 2 percent of the premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above person(s) or organization(s) arising out of the operations described. 4. Advance Premium: Refer to Premium Calculation Page This endorsement changes the policy to which It is attached and Is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below Is required only when this endorsement is Issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective 05/10/2016 Insured Bridges Specialties Inc Insurance Company FCCI INSURANCE COMPANY Policy No. WC0000267'2 Endorsement No. Premium INCLUDED Countersigned by 4 WC420304B (Ed. 6-14) © Copyright 2014 National Council on Compensation Insurance, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Page 1 of 1 0L0016740, CA0027046 & UMB0018969 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. AMENDED NOTICE OF CANCELLATION PROVIDED BY US This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM BUSINESS AUTO PHYSICAL DAMAGE COVERAGE FORM BUSINESSOWNERS COVERAGE FORM COMMERCIAL CRIME COVERAGE FORM COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART COMMERCIAL INLAND MARINE COVERAGE PART COMMERCIAL LIABILITY UMBRELLA COVERAGE FORM COMMERCIAL OUTPUT POLICY COMMERCIAL PROPERTY COVERAGE PART FARM COVERAGE PART FARM UMBRELLA COVERAGE FORM GARAGE COVERAGE FORM LIQUOR LIABILITY COVERAGE PART PRODUCT WITHDRAWAL COVERAGE PART PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART SCHEDULE A. Number of Days' Notice: 60 B. Person(s) or Organization Name and Address: INTERLINE IL 011 (07 09) (If no entry appears above, information required to complete this Schedule will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to the endorsement.) For any statutorily permitted reason other than nonpayment of premium, the number of days required for notice of cancellation to the first Named Insured, as provided in Paragraph 2. of either the Cancellation Common Policy Condition or as amended by an applicable state cancellation endorsement, is increased to the number of days shown in item A. in the Schedule above. When a person or organization is listed in item B. in the Schedule above, the num ber of days notice in item A. also applies to the person(s) or organization listed in the schedule. IL 011 (07 09) Includes copyrighted material of the Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. Page 1 of 1 Copyright 2008 FCCI Insurance Group. WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 42 06 01 (Ed. 1-94) TEXAS NOTICE OF MATERIAL CHANGE ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A. of the Information Page. In the event of cancellation or other material change of the policy, we will mail advance notice to the person or organization named in the Schedule. The number of days advance notice is shown in the Schedule. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. Schedule 1. Number of days advance notice: 30 2. Notice will be mailed to: Any person or organization when required by written contract as per schedule on file with FCCI at 2435 N Central Expy Ste 1000 Richardson, TX 75080-2736 This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement Is Issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective 05/10/2016 Insured Bridges Specialties Inc Insurance Company FCCI INSURANCE COMPANY WC 42 06 01 (Ed. 1-94) Policy No. WC00002671 2 Endorsement No. Premium Countersigned by 00 6116 PAYMENT BOND BOND NO. 1001026541 Contractor as Principal Name: Bridges Specialties, Inc. Mailing address (principal place of business): 4233 FM 624 Robstown, TX 78380 Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78469 Contract Project name and number: E11050 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications Award Date of the Contract: September 20, 2016 Contract Price: $151,783.50 Bond Date of Bond: October 3. 2016 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date of Contract) Surety Name: Texas Bonding Company Mailing address (principal place of business): 5601 Granite Parkway Ste. 1100 Plano, TX 75024 Physical address (principal place of business): 5601 Granite Parkway Ste. 1100 Plano, TX 75024 Surety is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of: CA By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms its authority to do business In the State of Texas and its !!cense to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Telephone (main number): 972-772-7220 Telephone (for notice of claim): 1-800-486-6695 Local Agent for Surety Name: Address: Telephone: Email Address: Cam Fletcher 5601 Granite Parkway Ste. 1100 Plano, TX 75024 972-930-0641 cfletcher@hcc.com The address of the surety company to which any notke of claim should be sent may be obtained from the Texas Dept. of Insurance by calling the following toll-free number: 1-800 252-3439 Payment Bond Form E11050 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications 006116-1 7-8-2014 Surety and Contractor, intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Payment Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, Jointly and severally to this bond, The condition of this obligation is such that if the Contractor as Principal pays all claimants providing labor or materials to him or to a Subcontractor In the prosecution of the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise the obligation is to remain in full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if It were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively In Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor as Principal') Brid Specia ics, Inc. Signature: -/- Surety Signature. Texas Bonding Company �r Name: X). WC)r1�t�e5 Name: Robert G. Kanuth Title: (101er / PrC3(d2•n-r Title: Attorney-in-Pact Email Address:12-x,00/DP L' 66.( P55,)FCiCtili-5 Email Address: (Attach Power of rkanuthAkandsins.com IOC. COM Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Payment Bond Form E11050 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications 006116-2 7-8-2014 POWER OF ATTORNEY AMERICAN CONTRACTORS INDEMNITY COMPANY TEXAS BONDING COMPANY UNITED STATES SURETY COMPANY U.S. SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That American Contractors Indemnity Company, a California corporation, Texas Bonding Company, an assumed name of American Contractors Indemnity Company, United States Surety Company, a Maryland corporation and U.S. Specialty insurance Company, a Texas corporation (collectively, the "Companies"), do by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Johnny Moss, Jay Jordan, Tony Fierro, Jeremy Barnett, Jade Porter, Mistie Beck or Robert G. Kanuth of Rockwall, Texas its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, undertakings or other instruments or contracts of suretyship to include riders, amendments, and consents of surety, providing the bond penalty does not exceed ********************Ten Million******************** Dollars ($ **10,000,000.00** ). This Power of Attorney shall expire without further action on December 20, 2017. This Power of Attorney is granted under and by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Companies: Be it Resolved. that the President, any Vice -President, any Assistant Vice -President, any Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Auorney(s)-in-Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions: Attoniey-in-Fact may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and on behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements or indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings, including any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts, and any and all notices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such Attomey-in-Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and sealed and effected by the Corporate Secretary. Be it Resolved, that the signature of any authorized officer and seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile, and any power of attomey or certificate bearing facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this 1st day of December, 2014. AMERICAN CONTRACTORS INDEMNITY COMPANY TEXAS BONDING COMPANY UNITED STATES SURETY COMPANY U.S. SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY Corporate Seals ,01,174;'N r.�..,/'i Daniel P. Aguilar, Vice President A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Los Angeles SS: On this 1st day of December, 2014, before me, Maria G. Rodriguez -Wong, a notary public, personally appeared Dan P. Aguilar, Vice President of American Contractors Indemnity Company, Texas Bonding Company, United States Surety Company and U.S. Specialty Insurance Company who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. MARIA G. RODRIGUEZ-WONG � = �t Commission # 2049771 Signature ( (Seal) z :i'� Notary Public -California Los Angeles County 1. w _ My Comm. Exp res Dec 2..0.20_17j I, Kio Lo, Assistant Secretary of American Contractors Indemnity Company, Texas Bonding Company, United States Surety Company and U.S. Specialty Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect; furthermore, the resolutions of the Boards of Directors, set out in the Power of Attorney are in full force and effect. In W ess Whereof, I have hovet my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies at Los Angeles, California-NSday of Q 2 y > Corporate Seals ot;UCTo., ,,,s s'sugT},, Bond No. gr `O ( k Agency No_ 17042 Kio Lo, Assistant Secretary . N Kan't Kopy K1 Security Paper • Hidden Pantograph • Color Match • Artificial Watermark • Anti -Copy Coin Rub • Erasure Protection • Security Features Box • Microprint Protection • Acid Free Kan't Kopy K1 Security Paper • Hidden Pantograph • Color Match • Artificial Watermark • Anti -Copy Coin Rub • Erasure Protection • Security Features Box • Microprint Protection • Acid Free Kant Kopy K1 Security Paper • Hidden Pantograph • Color Match • Artificial Watermark • Anti -Copy Coin Rub • Erasure Protection • Security Features Box • Microprint Protection • Acid Free 1 Kira Kopyit. 1''• •.. Security Paper • Hidden Pantograph • Color Match ' • Artificial Watermark , • . Anti-Copypoin Rub • Erasure Protectior; ,`, ' _` • Secinity Fegtures Box' , • Microprint Protection, �.N . • Acid Free ,,,,\'''� American Contractors Indemnity Company dbaTexas Bonding Company TEXAS COMPLAINT NOTICE IMPORTANT NOTICE AVISO IMPORTANTE 1. To obtain information or make a complaint: 2. You may contact your agent. 3. You may call the company's toll free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800-486-6695 4. You may also write to the company at: 601 S. Figueroa Street, Suite 1600 Los Angeles, CA 90017 5. You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights, or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 6. You may write to the Texas Department of Insurance at: Consumer Protection (111-1A) P.O. Box 149091 Austin, TX 78714-9091 Fax No. (512) 490-1007 Web: http://www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtectionna,tdi.texas.gov 7. PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the agent or the company first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. 8. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. Para obtener informacion o para someter una queja: Puede comunicarse con su agente. Usted puede Hamar al numero de telefono gratis de la compania's para informacion o para someter una queja al: 1-800-486-6695 Usted tambien puede escribir a la compania: 601 S. Figueroa Street, Suite 1600 Los Angeles, CA 90017 Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas para obtener informacion acerca de companias, coberturas, derechos, o quejas al: 1-800-252-3439 Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas al: Consumer Protection (111-1A) P.O. Box 149091 Austin, TX 78714-9091 Fax No. (512) 490-1007 Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtection@tdi.texas.gov DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS 0 RECLAMOS: Si tiene una disputa concerniente a su prima o a un reclamo, debe comunicarse con el agente o la compania primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede entonces comunicarse con el departamento (TDI). UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA Esta aviso es solo para proposito de informacion y no se convierte en parte o condicion del documento adjunto. HCCSTXM0008/I0 00 6113 PERFORMANCE BOND BOND NO, 1001026541 Contractor as Principal Name: Bridges Specialties, Inc. Mailing address (principal place of, business): 4233 FM 624 Robstown. TX 78380 Owner Name: City of Corpus Christi, Texas Mailing address (principal place of business): Engineering Services 1201 Leopard Street Corpus Christi, Texas 78469 Contract Project name and number: E11050 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications Award Date of the Contract: September 20, 2016 Contract Price: $151,783.50 Bond Date of Bond: October 3, 2016 (Date of Bond cannot be earlier than Award Date of the Contract) Surety Name: Texas Bonding Company Mailing address (principal place of business): 5601 Granite Parkway Ste. 1100 Plano, TX 75024 Physical address (principal place of business): 5601 Granite Parkway Ste. 1100 Plano, TX 75024 Surety is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of: CA By submitting this Bond, Surety affirms Its authority to do business in the State of Texas and its license to execute bonds in the State of Texas. Telephone (main number): 972-772-7220 Telephone (for notice of claim): 1-800-486-6695 Local Agent for Surety Name: Cam Fletcher Address: 5601 Granite Parkway Telephone: Email Address: Ste. 1100 Plano, TX 75024 972-930-0641 cfletcher@hcc.com The address of the surety company to which any notke of claim should be sent may be obtained from the Texas Dept. of insurance by calling the following toll-free number: 1-800 252-3439 Performance Bond E11050 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications 006113-1 7-8-2014 Surety and Contractor, Intending to be legally bound and obligated to Owner do each cause this Performance Bond to be duly executed on its behalf by its authorized officer, agent or representative. The Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, Jointly and severally to this bond. The condition of this obligation Is such that If the Contractor as Principal faithfully performs the Work required by the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise the obligation is to remain In full force and effect. Provisions of the bond shall be pursuant to the terms and provisions of Chapter 2253 and Chapter 2269 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Chapter to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Venue shall lie exclusively In Nueces County, Texas for any legal action. Contractor as Principa Signature: ridges eciallie• Inc. Surety Texas Bonding Company Signature: Name: -- - Name: Robert G. Kanuth Soon- F,(�L5 Title: \rle ( / 10.0(1 Title: Attorney-in-Fact Email Address: i I let lb- t 4(E5 Email Address: (Attach Power of rkantith@kandsins.com Ih (, CO Attorney and place surety seal below) END OF SECTION Performance Bond E11050 Cefe Valenzuela Outfall Modifications 006113-2 7-8-2014 �: r • POWER OF ATTORNEY AMERICAN CONTRACTORS INDEMNITY COMPANY TEXAS BONDING COMPANY UNITED STATES SURETY COMPANY U.S. SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That American Contractors Indemnity Company, a California corporation, Texas Bonding Company, an assumed name of American Contractors Indemnity Company, United States Surety Company, a M aryland corporation and U.S. Specialty Insurance Company, a Texas corporation (collectively, the "Companies"), do by these presents make, constitute and appoint: Johnny Moss, Jay Jordan, Tony Fierro, Jeremy Barnett, Jade Porter, Mistie Beck or Robert G. Kanuth of Rockwall, Texas its true and lawful Attorney(s)-in-fact, each in their separate capacity if more than one is named above, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, undertakings or other instruments or contracts of suretyship to include riders, amendments, and consents of surety, providing the bond penalty does not exceed ********************Ten Million******************** Dollars ($ **10,000,000.00** ). This Power of Attorney shall expire without further action on December 20, 2017. This Power of Attorney is granted under and by authority of the following resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Companies: Be it Resolved, that the President, any Vice -President, any Assistant Vice -President, any Secretary or any Assistant Secretary shall be and is hereby vested with full power and authority to appoint any one or more suitable persons as Attomey(s)-in-Fact to represent and act for and on behalf of the Company subject to the following provisions: Attorney -in -Fact may be given full power and authority for and in the name of and on behalf of the Company, to execute, acknowledge and deliver, any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts, agreements or indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertakings, including any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction contracts, and any and all notices and documents canceling or terminating the Company's liability thereunder, and any such instruments so executed by any such Attomey-in-Fact shall be binding upon the Company as if signed by the President and sealed and effected by the Corporate Secretary. Be it Resolved, that the signature of any authorized officer and seal of the Company heretofore or hereafter affixed to any power of attorney or any certificate relating thereto by facsimile. and any power of attorney or certificate bearing facsimile signature or facsimile seal shall be valid and binding upon the Company with respect to any bond or undertaking to which it is attached. - IN WITNESS WHEREOF, The Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and their corporate seals to be hereto affixed, this 1st day of December, 2014. AMERICAN CONTRACTORS INDEMNITY COMPANY TEXAS BONDING COMPANY Corporate Seals UNITED STATES SURETY COMPANY U.S. SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY patF��T'L.•• Lu MC w:• SEPT.21.990 2l. t t,90 :t '' 111110 ,."fig SURF•S!!!°IH.....G AT/\CA's_ y =' /\ .•'�'_ On e. 3xi ` .W; 3Y,. ,��`qTf OF SE'FP. �renmin���o"• Daniel P. Aguilar, Vice President A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document. State of California County of Los Angeles SS: On this 1st day of December, 2014, before me, Maria G. Rodriguez -Wong, a notary public, personally appeared Dan P. Aguilar, Vice President of American Contractors Indemnity Company, Texas Bonding Company, United States Surety Company and U.S. Specialty Insurance Company who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his authorized capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument the person, or the entity upon behalf of which the person acted, executed the instrument. I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct. WITNESS my hand and official seal. MARIA G. RODRIGUEZ-WONG Commission # 2049771 Signature (Seal)Notary Public - California a � Los Angeles County EAlre _Dec 2_0._20_174 I, Kio Lo, Assistant Secretary of American Contractors Indemnity Company, Texas Bonding Company, United States Surety Company and U.S. Specialty Insurance Company, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by said Companies, which is still in full force and effect; furthermore, the resolutions of the Boards of Directors, set out in the Power of Attomey are in full force and effect. In W ess Whereof, I have hereu set my hand and affixed the seals of said Companies at Los Angeles, California.this 3 day of f?�r Kio Lo, Assistant Secretary • Kan't Kopy K1 Security Paper • Hidden Pantograph • Color Match • Artificial Watermark • Anti -Copy Coin Rub • Erasure Protection • Security Features Box • Microprint Protection • Acid Free Kan't Kopy K1 Security Paper • Hidden Pantograph • Color Match • Artificial Watermark • Anti -Copy Coin Rub • Erasure Protection • Security Features Box • Microprint Protection • Acid Free Kan't Kopy" K1 Security Paper • Hidden Pantograph • Co!or Match • Artificial Watermark • Anti -Copy Coin Rub • Erasure Protection • Security Features Box • Microprint Protection • Acid Free Ktin't Kopyr°K1 Security Paper 1 • Hidden Pantograph • Color Match • Artificial Watermark • Ariti-Copy Coin Rub • Erasure Protection • Secinity Features Box • Microprint Protection , • Acid Free • `: American Contractors Indemnity Company dbaTexas Bonding Company TEXAS COMPLAINT NOTICE IMPORTANT NOTICE AVISO IMPORTANTE 1. To obtain information or make a complaint: 2. You may contact your agent. 3. You may call the company's toll free telephone number for information or to make a complaint at: 1-800-486-6695 4. You may also write to the company at: 601 S. Figueroa Street, Suite 1600 Los Angeles, CA 90017 5. You may contact the Texas Department of Insurance to obtain information on companies, coverages, rights, or complaints at: 1-800-252-3439 6. You may write to the Texas Department of Insurance at: Consumer Protection (111-1A) P.O. Box 149091 Austin, TX 78714-9091 Fax No. (512) 490-1007 Web: http://www.tdi.texas.gov E-mail: ConsumerProtection@a,tdi.texas.gov 7. PREMIUM OR CLAIM DISPUTES: Should you have a dispute concerning your premium or about a claim you should contact the agent or the company first. If the dispute is not resolved, you may contact the Texas Department of Insurance. 8. ATTACH THIS NOTICE TO YOUR POLICY This notice is for information only and does not become a part or condition of the attached document. Para obtener informacion o para someter una queja: Puede comunicarse con su agente. Usted puede llamar al numero de telefono gratis de la compania's para informacion o para someter una queja al: 1-800-486-6695 Usted tambien puede escribir a la compania: 601 S. Figueroa Street, Suite 1600 Los Angeles, CA 90017 Puede comunicarse con el Departamento de Seguros de Texas para obtener informacion acerca de companias, coberturas, derechos, o quejas al: 1-800-252-3439 Puede escribir al Departamento de Seguros de Texas al: Consumer Protection (111-1A) P.O. Box 149091 Austin, TX 78714-9091 Fax No. (512) 490-1007 Web: http://www.tdi.state.tx.us E-mail: ConsumerProtectionna,tdi.texas.gov DISPUTAS SOBRE PRIMAS 0 RECLAMOS: Si tiene una disputa concemiente a su prima o a un reclamo, debe comunicarse con el agente o la compania primero. Si no se resuelve la disputa, puede entonces comunicarse con el departamento (TDI). UNA ESTE AVISO A SU POLIZA Esta aviso es solo para proposito de informacion y no se convierte en parte o condicion del documento adjunto. HCCSTXM0008/ 10 Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Version V1.0,1021 CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM 1295 1 af 1 Complete Nos. 1- 4 and 6 if there are interested parties. Complete Nos. 1, 2, 3, 5, and 6 if there are no interested parties. OFFICE USE ONLY CERTIFICATION OF FILING Certificate Number: 2016-81659 Date Filed: 07/08/2016 Date Acknowledged: C/�J,,�- Z 2016.10.06 09:31:33 / -05'00' 1 Nanie of business entity filing form, and the city, state and country of the business entity's place of business. Bridges Specialties, Inc Robstown, TX United States 2 Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a party to the contract for which the form is being filed. City of Corpus Christi 3 Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract, and provide a description of the services, goods, or other property to be provided under the contract. E11050 Drainage Improvement A Name of Interested Party City,State, Country (place of business) Nature of interest (check applicable) Controlling Intermediary 5 Check only if there is NO Interested Party. X 6 AFFIDAVIT .#'11'.44%.6 ro • y „ -14s i SF' AFFIX NOTARY STAMP 5w rn to and subscribed 201 , to certify Kalelln Chase Hogan My Commission Expires 10!17!2017 1 SEAL ABOVE before me, by the said which, witness my hand and I swear, or affirm, under — penalty of perjury, that the above disclosure is true and correct. ...- , Signature \ �(VI\ of authorized agent of contracting business entity l - 1 e-5this the ��y, day of �u� , s✓✓✓✓✓Jeal of office. 2f\liii) Csico 6 -hloncam' 1�Ce Signature of officer admin stsa • • • i Printed name of officer administerirfg oath Title of officer administers oath Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Version V1.0,1021